US20120160835A1 - Wood heater with enhanced microwave barrier system - Google Patents
Wood heater with enhanced microwave barrier system Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20120160835A1 US20120160835A1 US13/323,133 US201113323133A US2012160835A1 US 20120160835 A1 US20120160835 A1 US 20120160835A1 US 201113323133 A US201113323133 A US 201113323133A US 2012160835 A1 US2012160835 A1 US 2012160835A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- microwave
- heater
- wood
- mode
- microwave energy
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
Images
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B27—WORKING OR PRESERVING WOOD OR SIMILAR MATERIAL; NAILING OR STAPLING MACHINES IN GENERAL
- B27K—PROCESSES, APPARATUS OR SELECTION OF SUBSTANCES FOR IMPREGNATING, STAINING, DYEING, BLEACHING OF WOOD OR SIMILAR MATERIALS, OR TREATING OF WOOD OR SIMILAR MATERIALS WITH PERMEANT LIQUIDS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL TREATMENT OF CORK, CANE, REED, STRAW OR SIMILAR MATERIALS
- B27K5/00—Treating of wood not provided for in groups B27K1/00, B27K3/00
- B27K5/003—Treating of wood not provided for in groups B27K1/00, B27K3/00 by using electromagnetic radiation or mechanical waves
- B27K5/0055—Radio-waves, e.g. microwaves
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B27—WORKING OR PRESERVING WOOD OR SIMILAR MATERIAL; NAILING OR STAPLING MACHINES IN GENERAL
- B27K—PROCESSES, APPARATUS OR SELECTION OF SUBSTANCES FOR IMPREGNATING, STAINING, DYEING, BLEACHING OF WOOD OR SIMILAR MATERIALS, OR TREATING OF WOOD OR SIMILAR MATERIALS WITH PERMEANT LIQUIDS, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL TREATMENT OF CORK, CANE, REED, STRAW OR SIMILAR MATERIALS
- B27K3/00—Impregnating wood, e.g. impregnation pretreatment, for example puncturing; Wood impregnation aids not directly involved in the impregnation process
- B27K3/34—Organic impregnating agents
- B27K3/346—Grafting onto wood fibres
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08H—DERIVATIVES OF NATURAL MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS
- C08H8/00—Macromolecular compounds derived from lignocellulosic materials
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F26—DRYING
- F26B—DRYING SOLID MATERIALS OR OBJECTS BY REMOVING LIQUID THEREFROM
- F26B3/00—Drying solid materials or objects by processes involving the application of heat
- F26B3/32—Drying solid materials or objects by processes involving the application of heat by development of heat within the materials or objects to be dried, e.g. by fermentation or other microbiological action
- F26B3/34—Drying solid materials or objects by processes involving the application of heat by development of heat within the materials or objects to be dried, e.g. by fermentation or other microbiological action by using electrical effects
- F26B3/347—Electromagnetic heating, e.g. induction heating or heating using microwave energy
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F26—DRYING
- F26B—DRYING SOLID MATERIALS OR OBJECTS BY REMOVING LIQUID THEREFROM
- F26B5/00—Drying solid materials or objects by processes not involving the application of heat
- F26B5/04—Drying solid materials or objects by processes not involving the application of heat by evaporation or sublimation of moisture under reduced pressure, e.g. in a vacuum
- F26B5/048—Drying solid materials or objects by processes not involving the application of heat by evaporation or sublimation of moisture under reduced pressure, e.g. in a vacuum in combination with heat developed by electro-magnetic means, e.g. microwave energy
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B6/00—Heating by electric, magnetic or electromagnetic fields
- H05B6/64—Heating using microwaves
- H05B6/70—Feed lines
- H05B6/707—Feed lines using waveguides
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B6/00—Heating by electric, magnetic or electromagnetic fields
- H05B6/64—Heating using microwaves
- H05B6/76—Prevention of microwave leakage, e.g. door sealings
- H05B6/763—Microwave radiation seals for doors
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B6/00—Heating by electric, magnetic or electromagnetic fields
- H05B6/64—Heating using microwaves
- H05B6/80—Apparatus for specific applications
-
- F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
- F26—DRYING
- F26B—DRYING SOLID MATERIALS OR OBJECTS BY REMOVING LIQUID THEREFROM
- F26B2210/00—Drying processes and machines for solid objects characterised by the specific requirements of the drying good
- F26B2210/16—Wood, e.g. lumber, timber
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05B—ELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
- H05B2206/00—Aspects relating to heating by electric, magnetic, or electromagnetic fields covered by group H05B6/00
- H05B2206/04—Heating using microwaves
- H05B2206/046—Microwave drying of wood, ink, food, ceramic, sintering of ceramic, clothes, hair
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02P—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
- Y02P20/00—Technologies relating to chemical industry
- Y02P20/10—Process efficiency
Definitions
- This invention generally relates to microwave heating systems suitable for heating wood.
- Electromagnetic radiation such as microwave radiation
- microwave radiation is a known mechanism for delivering energy to an object.
- the ability of electromagnetic radiation to penetrate and heat an object both rapidly and effectively has proven advantageous in many chemical and industrial processes.
- microwave heating is particularly useful in processing ‘sensitive’ dielectric materials, such as food and pharmaceuticals, and can even be useful for heating materials having a relatively poor thermal conductivity, such as wood.
- ‘sensitive’ dielectric materials such as food and pharmaceuticals
- thermal conductivity such as wood
- wood Because of its wide suitability for a variety of applications, its renewable nature, and its relatively low cost, wood is one of the most widely used building materials in existence. However, because wood is a natural product, its physical and structural properties can vary substantially, not only amongst different species, but also amongst different trees, or even different locations within the same piece of wood. Further, wood is generally hygroscopic, which affects its dimensional stability, and its biochemical composition makes it susceptible to attack by insects and fungi. As a result, several types of wood treatment processes have been developed to increase the stability of wood through modification of its chemical, physical, and/or structural properties. Examples of treatment processes include impregnation treatments, coating treatments, thermal modification, and chemical modification.
- One embodiment of the present invention concerns a system for producing chemically-modified, dried, and/or thermally-modified wood, the system comprising at least one microwave generator for generating microwave energy, a microwave heater for receiving a bundle of wood, and a microwave distribution system for directing microwave energy from the at least one generator to the interior of the microwave heater.
- the microwave distribution system comprises a first TM ab waveguide, a second TM ab waveguide, and a TM ab barrier assembly coupled to and disposed between the first and second TM ab waveguides, wherein a is 0 and b is an integer between 1 and 5.
- the TM ab barrier assembly comprises at least one sealed window member for fluidly isolating the first and second TM ab waveguides from each other while permitting passage of at least a portion of the microwave energy from the first TM ab waveguide to second TM ab waveguide.
- Another embodiment of the present invention concerns a system for producing chemically-modified, dried, and/or thermally-modified wood, the system comprising at least one microwave generator for generating microwave energy; a microwave heater for receiving a bundle of wood; and a microwave distribution system for directing at least a portion of the microwave energy from the at least one microwave generator to the interior of the microwave heater.
- the microwave distribution system comprises a first mode converter, a second mode converter, and a TM ab barrier assembly disposed therebetween, wherein a is 0 and b is an integer between 1 and 5.
- the total electrical length between the first mode converter and the second mode converter extending through and including the electrical length of the TM ab barrier assembly is equal to a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of the competing mode of microwave energy passing through the TM ab barrier assembly.
- Still another embodiment of the present invention concerns a process for producing chemically-modified, dried, and/or thermally-modified wood, the process comprising: (a) generating microwave energy; (b) directing at least a portion of the microwave energy to a microwave heater, wherein the directing includes passing at least a portion of the microwave energy in TM ab mode through a barrier assembly while a pressure differential is maintained across the barrier assembly, wherein a is 0 and b is an integer between 1 and 5; and (c) heating a bundle of wood in the microwave heater with at least a portion of the microwave energy passed through the barrier assembly.
- FIG. 1 is a top view of a wood treatment system configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a rail system for transporting bundles of wood to and from a chemical modification reactor and a wood heater;
- FIG. 2 is a top view of a wood treatment system configured in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a turntable system for transporting bundles of wood to and from a plurality of chemical modification reactors and a plurality of wood heaters;
- FIG. 3 is a top view of a wood treatment system configured in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a roller system for transporting bundles of wood to and from a plurality of chemical modification reactors and a plurality of wood heaters;
- FIG. 4 a is a top view of a pass-through wood treatment system suitable for use in producing chemically-modified wood and configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a chemical modification reactor and a wood heater that comprise separate, axially-aligned, two-door vessels and include a vapor containment room located between the reactor and heater vessels;
- FIG. 4 b is an isometric view of the pass-through wood treatment system of FIG. 4 a , particularly illustrating an exemplary blast panel/wall of the vapor containment room;
- FIG. 4 c is a sectional view of the vapor containment room depicted in FIGS. 4 a and 4 b , particularly illustrating an exemplary pair of one-way vents for allowing fluid (e.g., air) from the external environment to flow into the vapor containment room;
- fluid e.g., air
- FIG. 4 d is a side view of the pass-through wood treatment system of FIG. 4 a , but also illustrating a ventilation system for drawing vapors and gasses in through the vapor containment room and in through a product vapor removal structure located at the outlet of the heater;
- FIG. 5 is a schematic view of a microwave heating system configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a microwave heater that is equipped with a vacuum system and receives microwave energy from a microwave generator via a microwave distribution system;
- FIG. 6 is an isometric view of a two-door, pass-through vessel suitable for use as a chemical modification reactor and/or microwave heater in accordance with various embodiments of the present invention, particularly illustrating the shape and dimensional proportions of the vessel;
- FIG. 7 a is a partial sectional view of the junction of a door flange and a vessel flange of a microwave heater configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particular illustrating a microwave choke cooperatively formed by the door and vessel flanges and having two chambers that extend parallel to and alongside one another;
- FIG. 7 b is a partial sectional view of a microwave choke similar the choke depicted in FIG. 7 a , but having choke cavities that extend at an acute angle relative to one another;
- FIG. 7 c is a cut-away isometric view of the door flange of a microwave heater equipped with the microwave choke configuration depicted in FIG. 7 a , particularly illustrating a plurality of circumferentially-spaced, open-ended slots or gaps formed in a guidewall of the choke;
- FIG. 7 d is a side view of an open door on a microwave heater equipped with a microwave choke having a removable portion configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating that the removable portion of the microwave choke comprises a plurality of individually removable and replaceable choke segments;
- FIG. 7 e is a sectional view of a “G”-shaped removable choke portion previously depicted in FIG. 7 d;
- FIG. 7 f is a sectional view of a “J”- or “U”-shaped removable choke portion configured in accordance with a first alternative embodiment of the present invention
- FIG. 7 g is a sectional view of an “L”-shaped removable choke portion configured in accordance with a second alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 7 h is a sectional view of an “I”-shaped removable choke portion configured in accordance with a third alternative embodiment of the present invention.
- FIG. 8 a is a cut-away isometric view of a microwave heater configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating the heater as being equipped with an elongated waveguide launcher having staggered launch openings on opposite sides of the launcher;
- FIG. 8 b is an enlarged partial view of the waveguide launcher depicted in FIG. 8 a , particularly illustrating the configuration of the launch openings and the thickness of the sidewalls defining the launch openings;
- FIG. 9 a is a side view of a microwave heating system configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a microwave distribution system for delivering microwave energy to the microwave heater;
- FIG. 9 b is a top cut-away view of the microwave heater depicted in FIG. 9 a , particularly illustrating the microwave distribution system as including one pair of TM ab launchers on one side of the microwave heater and a second pair of the TM ab launchers on the opposite side of the microwave heater;
- FIG. 9 c is a diagram illustrating what is meant by the terms “opposite side” and “same side”;
- FIG. 9 d is a diagram illustrating what is meant by the term “axially aligned”
- FIG. 9 e is a partial cut-away isometric view of a microwave launching and reflecting or dispersing system configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a launch system similar to that depicted in FIG. 9 b but also including a movable reflector associated with each microwave launcher;
- FIG. 9 f is an isometric view of one embodiment of a reflector suitable for use in a microwave heating system as described herein, particularly illustrating the reflector as having a non-planar reflecting surface with a concavity of a first configuration;
- FIG. 9 g is an isometric view of another embodiment of a reflector suitable for use in a microwave heating system described herein, particularly illustrating the reflector as having a non-planar reflecting surface with a concavity of a second configuration;
- FIG. 9 h is a side elevation view of one embodiment of a reflector suitable for use in a microwave heating system described herein, particularly illustrating the curvature of the reflector surface;
- FIG. 9 i is an enlarged, cut-away, isometric view of a microwave launcher and reflector pair previously depicted in FIG. 9 e , particularly illustrating an actuator system for providing oscillating movement of the reflector;
- FIG. 10 a is a side view of a microwave heating system configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a microwave distribution system equipped with a plurality of TM ab barrier assemblies;
- FIG. 10 b is an axial sectional view of one of the TM ab barrier assemblies depicted in FIG. 10 a , particularly illustrating the barrier assembly as having two floating, sealed windows and impedance transforming diameter step-changes near the junction of the barrier assembly and the waveguides between which the barrier assembly is coupled;
- FIG. 10 c is an end view of the microwave heating system depicted in FIG. 10 a with a bundle of wood being received in the interior of the microwave heater, particularly illustrating the microwave heater as being equipped with split microwave launchers on opposite sides of the heater and movable reflectors for rastering microwave energy emitted from the split launchers;
- FIG. 10 d is an enlarged side view of one of the split launchers depicted in FIG. 10 c , particularly illustrating the launch angle for the two separate microwave energy fractions emitted from the split launcher;
- FIG. 10 e is an enlarged view of one embodiment of a system for moving a reflector, particularly illustrating an actuator used to cause oscillation of the reflector and a bellows for inhibiting fluid leakage at the location where the actuator penetrates the wall of the microwave heater;
- FIG. 11 a is a schematic top view of a microwave heating system configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating the heating system as including a plurality of microwave switches for routing microwave energy to different microwave launchers in an alternating fashion;
- FIG. 11 b is a schematic view of a microwave heating system configured in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating the heating system as including a plurality of microwave switches for routing microwave energy to different microwave launchers in an alternating fashion;
- FIG. 12 a presents results of a computer simulation predicting the peak electric field strengths for a TE 10 barrier assembly
- FIG. 12 b presents results of a computer simulation predicting the peak electric field strengths for a TM 01 barrier assembly
- FIG. 13 is a graphical comparison of breakdown pressure as a function of energy level within both a TE 10 and a TM 01 microwave barrier assembly;
- FIG. 14 is a schematic representation of a bundle of wood, particularly illustrating the configuration utilized when determining interior surface temperatures as described in Example 4;
- FIG. 15 is a cumulative frequency histogram incorporating thermal data obtained from surfaces B′ through D′ of the composite bundle shown in FIG. 14 ;
- FIG. 16 is a cumulative frequency histogram illustrating a predicted temperature distribution resulting from extrapolated thermal data for a bundle of acetylated wood as described in Example 5.
- a heating system configured according to various embodiments of the present invention can comprise a heat source, a heating vessel (e.g., a heater), and an optional vacuum system.
- a heating vessel e.g., a heater
- an optional vacuum system e.g., a vacuum system.
- heating systems configured according to one embodiment of the present invention can be suitable for use as stand-alone heating units, or can be employed as, or in conjunction with, chemical reactors in a variety of processes. Heating systems configured according to several embodiments of the present invention will now be described in detail below, with reference to the Figures.
- a heating system of the present invention can be used to heat lignocellulosic materials.
- Lignocellulosic materials can include any material comprising cellulose and lignin and, optionally, other materials such as hemicelluloses.
- lignocellulosic materials can include, but are not limited, to wood, bark, kenaf, hemp, sisal, jute, crop straws, nutshells, coconut husks, grass and grain husks and stalks, corn stover, bagasse, conifer and hardwood barks, corn cobs, and other crop residuals, and any combination thereof.
- the lignocellulosic material can be wood.
- the wood can be a softwood or a hardwood.
- suitable wood species can include, but are not limited to, pine, fir, spruce, poplar, oak, maple, and beech.
- wood can comprise red oak, red maple, German beech, or Pacific albus.
- the wood can comprise a pine species including, for example, Radiata pine, Scots pine, Loblolly pine, Longleaf pine, Shortleaf pine, or Slash pine, the latter four of which can be collectively referred to as “Southern Yellow Pine.”
- the wood processed by heating systems according to one embodiment of the present invention can be in any suitable form.
- Non-limiting examples of suitable forms of wood can include, but are not limited to, shredded wood, wood fibers, wood flour, wood chips, wood particles, wood flakes, wood strands, and wood excelsior.
- the wood processed in one or more heating systems of the present invention can comprise sawn timber, debarked tree trunks or limbs, boards, planks, veneers, beams, profiles, squared timber, or any other cut of lumber.
- the size of the wood can be defined by two or more dimensions.
- the dimensions can be actual “measured” dimensions or can be nominal dimensions.
- nominal dimension refers to the dimensions calculated using the size designation for the wood.
- the nominal size can be larger than the measured dimensions. For example, a dried “2 ⁇ 4” can have actual dimensions of 1.5 inches by 3.5 inches, but the nominal dimensions of “2 ⁇ 4” are still used. It should be understood that the dimensions referred to herein are generally nominal dimensions, unless otherwise noted.
- the wood can have three dimensions: a length, or longest dimension; a width, or second longest dimension; and a thickness, or shortest dimension. Each of the dimensions can be substantially the same, or, one or more of the dimensions can be different from one or more of the other dimensions.
- the length of the wood can be at least about 6 inches, at least about 1 foot, at least about 3 feet, at least about 4 feet, at least about 6 feet, or at least about 10 feet.
- the width of the wood can be at least about 0.5 inches, at least about 1 inch, at least about 2 inches, at least about 4 inches, at least about 8 inches, at least about 12 inches, or at least about 24 inches and/or no more than about 10 feet, no more than about 8 feet, no more than about 6 feet, no more than about 4 feet, no more than about 3 feet, no more than about 2 feet, no more than about 1 foot, or no more than about 6 inches.
- the thickness of the wood can be at least about 0.25 inches, at least about 0.5 inches, at least about 0.75 inches, at least about 1 foot, at least about 1.5 feet, or at least about 2 feet and/or no more than about 4 feet, no more than about 3 feet, no more than about 2 feet, no more than about 1 foot, and/or no more than about 6 inches.
- the wood can comprise one or more pieces of solid wood, engineered solid wood, or a combination thereof.
- solid wood refers to wood that measures at least about 10 centimeters in at least one dimensions but that is otherwise of any dimension (e.g., lumber having dimensions as described previously).
- engineered solid wood refers to a wooden body having the minimum dimensions of solid wood (e.g., at least one dimension of at least about 10 cm), but that is formed of smaller bodies of wood and at least one binder. The smaller bodies of wood in engineered solid wood may or may not have one or more of the dimensions described previously with respect to solid wood.
- Non-limiting examples of engineered solid wood can include wood laminates, fiberboard, oriented strand board, plywood, wafer board, particle board, and laminated veneer lumber.
- the wood can be grouped in a bundle.
- the term “bundle” refers to two or more pieces of wood stacked, placed, and/or fastened together in any suitable fashion.
- a bundle can comprise a plurality of boards stacked and coupled to one another via a belt, strap, or other suitable device.
- the two or more pieces of wood can be in direct contact or, in another embodiment, the wood pieces can be at least partially spaced using at least one spacer or “sticker” disposed therebetween.
- the bundle can have any suitable dimensions and/or shape.
- the bundle can have a total length, or longest dimension, of a least about 2 feet, at least about 4 feet, at least about 8 feet, at least about 10 feet, at least about 12 feet, at least about 16 feet, or at least about 20 feet and/or no more than about 60 feet, no more than about 40 feet, or no more than about 25 feet.
- the bundle can have a height, or second longest dimension, of at least about 1 foot, at least about 2 feet, at least about 4 feet, at least about 6 feet, at least about 8 feet, and/or no more than about 16 feet, no more than about 12 feet, no more than about 10 feet, no more than about 8 feet, no more than about 6 feet, or no more than about 4 feet.
- the bundle can have a width, or shortest dimension, of at least about least about 1 foot, at least about 2 feet, at least about 4 feet, at least about 6 feet, and/or no more than about 20 feet, no more than about 16 feet, no more than about 12 feet, no more than about 10 feet, no more than about 8 feet, or no more than about 6 feet.
- the total volume of the bundle, including the spaces between the boards, if any, can be at least about 50 cubic feet, at least about 100 cubic feet, at least about 250 cubic feet, at least about 375 cubic feet, or at least about 500 cubic feet.
- the weight of the bundle of wood (or cumulative weight of one or more objects, articles, or loads to be treated) introduced into the reactor and/or heater of one or more heating systems of the present invention can be at least about 100 pounds, at least about 500 pounds, at least about 1,000 pounds, or at least about 5,000 pounds.
- the bundle can be cubical or cuboidal in shape.
- one or more heating systems of the present invention can be used to chemically modify, dry, and/or thermally modify wood, thereby producing chemically-modified, dried, and/or thermally-modified wood.
- Wood that has been dried and/or thermally-modified wood may referred to as “thermally-treated” wood, such that the term “thermally-treated wood” refers to wood that has been heated, dried, and/or thermally-modified.
- thermally modify means to at least partially modify the chemical structure of at least a portion of one or more pieces of wood in the absence of an exogenous treating agent.
- a heating system can be used to heat and/or dry wood in a thermal modification process to thereby provide a bundle of thermally-modified wood.
- thermal modification can occur simultaneously with heating and/or drying of wood in a wood heater and/or dryer, while, in another embodiment, wood can be heated and/or dried in a wood heater or dryer without being thermally modified.
- dry means to cause or accelerate vaporization of or to otherwise remove at least a portion of one or more liquid or otherwise heat-removable components from the wood via the addition of heat or other suitable form of energy.
- Thermal modification processes can include a step of contacting wood with one or more heat transfer agents such as, for example, steam, heated inert vapors like nitrogen or air, or even liquid heat transfer media such as heated oils.
- a radiant heat source may be used during thermal modification.
- Thermally-modified wood can have a substantially lower moisture content than untreated wood and can have enhanced physical and/or mechanical properties such as, for example, increased flexibility, higher resistance to decay and biological attacks, and increased dimensional stability.
- heating systems configured according to various embodiments of the present invention can be used to chemically modify wood.
- chemically modify means to at least partially modify the chemical structure of at least a portion of one or more pieces of wood in the presence of one or more exogenous treating agents.
- Specific types of chemical modification processes can include, but are not limited to, acetylation and other types of esterification, epoxidation, etherification, furfurlyation, methylation, and/or melamine treatment.
- Non-limiting examples of suitable treatment agents can include anhydrides (e.g., acetic, phthalic, succinic, maleic, propionic, or butyric); acid chlorides; ketenes; carboxylic acids; isocyanates; aldehydes (e.g., formaldehyde, acetyldehyde, or difunctional aldehydes); chloral; dimethyl sulfate; alkyl chlorides; beta-propiolacetone; acrylonitrile; epoxides (e.g., ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, or butylenes oxides); difunctional epoxides; borates; acrylates; silicates; and combinations thereof.
- anhydrides e.g., acetic, phthalic, succinic, maleic, propionic, or butyric
- acid chlorides ketenes
- carboxylic acids isocyanates
- aldehydes e.g., formaldehy
- Processes for chemically modifying wood can include a chemical modification step followed by a heating step.
- a chemical modification step which can be carried out in a chemical modification reactor, wood can be exposed to one or more of the exogenous treatment agents described previously, which can react with at least a portion of the functional groups (e.g., hydroxyl groups) of the untreated wood to thereby provide chemically-modified wood.
- the functional groups e.g., hydroxyl groups
- one or more heat-initiated chemical reactions can take place, which may or may not be initiated by an external source of energy (e.g., thermal energy or electromagnetic energy, including, for example, microwave energy.)
- an external source of energy e.g., thermal energy or electromagnetic energy, including, for example, microwave energy.
- Specific details of chemical modification processes vary amongst the many types of chemical modification, but most chemically-modified wood can have enhanced structural, chemical, and/or mechanical properties including lower moisture sorption, higher dimensional stability, more biological and pest resistance, increased decay resistance, and/or higher weather resistance as compared to untreated wood.
- wood can be acetylated in a wood acetylation reactor.
- Acetylation can include replacement of surface or near-surface hydroxyl groups with acetyl groups.
- the treatment agent utilized during acetylation can comprise acetic anhydride in a concentration of at least about 50 weight percent, at least about 60 weight percent, at least about 70 weight percent, at least about 80 weight percent, at least about 90 weight percent, at least about 98 weight percent, or about 100 weight percent, with the balance, if any, comprising acetic acid and/or one or more diluents or optional acetylation catalysts.
- the treatment agent for acetylation can comprise mixtures of acetic acid and acetic anhydride having an anhydride-to-acid weight ratio of at least about 80:20, at least about 85:15, at least about 90:10, or at least about 95:5.
- the wood Prior to acetylation, the wood can be dried to reduce its moisture (e.g., water) content to no more than about 25 weight percent, no more than about 20 weight percent, no more than about 15 weight percent, no more than about 12 weight percent, no more than about 9 weight percent, or no more than about 6 weight percent using kiln drying, vacuum degassing, or other suitable methods.
- the wood can be contacted with the treatment agent via any suitable method. Examples of suitable contact methods can include, but are not limited to, vapor contacting, spraying, liquid immersion, or combinations thereof.
- the temperature of the treatment vessel can be no more than about 50° C., no more than about 40° C., or no more than about 30° C.
- the pressure can be at least about 25 psig, at least about 50 psig, at least about 75 psig and/or no more than about 500 psig, no more than about 250 psig, or no more than about 150 psig during the time the wood is contacted with the treatment agent.
- At least a portion of the liquid treatment agent can optionally be drained from the reactor and heat can be added to initiate and/or catalyze the reaction.
- microwave energy, thermal energy, or combinations thereof can be introduced into the vessel in order to increase the temperature of the wood to at least about 50° C., at least about 65° C., at least about 80° C.
- least a portion of the heat added to the reactor can be transferred to the wood from a non-microwave source, such as, for example, a hot vapor stream comprising at least about 50, at least about 75, at least about 90, or at least about 95 weight percent acetic acid, with the balance comprising acetic anhydride and/or diluents.
- a hot vapor stream comprising at least about 50, at least about 75, at least about 90, or at least about 95 weight percent acetic acid, with the balance comprising acetic anhydride and/or diluents.
- the hot vapor a portion of which can condense on at least a portion of the bundle of wood being treated, is introduced into the reaction vessel for at least about 20 minutes, at least about 35 minutes or, at least about 45 minutes and/or no more than about 180 minutes, no more than about 150 minutes, or no more than about 120 minutes.
- the “chemically-wet” chemically-modified wood can comprise at least one chemical component capable of being removed by heat and/or vaporization.
- the terms “chemically-wet” or “chemical-wet” refers to wood containing one or more chemicals present at least partially in a liquid phase as a result of a chemical treatment or modification.
- a “chemically-wet” bundle of wood can refer to a bundle of wood of which at least a portion is at least partially chemically-wet.
- the one or more chemicals can include reactants, impregnants, reaction products, or the like.
- the term “acid-wet” refers to wood containing residual acetic acid and/or anhydride.
- An “acid-wet” bundle of wood refers to a bundle of wood of which at least a portion is at least partially acid-wet.
- the chemical-wet or acid-wet wood can comprise at least about 20 weight percent, at least about 30 weight percent, at least about 40 weight percent, or at least about 45 weight percent and/or no more than about 75 weight percent, no more than about 60 weight percent, or no more than about 50 weight percent of one or more heat-removable or vaporizable chemicals, such as, for example, acetic acid and/or anhydride.
- heat-removable or vaporizable chemical component refers to a component that can be removed by heat and/or vaporization.
- the vaporizable or heat-removable component or chemical can comprise acetic acid.
- the flash vaporization step can be accomplished by reducing the pressure in the reactor from a pressure of at least about 1,000 torr, at least about 1,200 torr, at least about 1,800 torr, or at least about 2,000 torr and/or no more than about 7,700 torr, no more than about 5,000 torr, no more than about 3,500 torr, no more than about 2,500 torr to atmospheric pressure, or no more than about 2,000 torr.
- the flash vaporization step can be accomplished by reducing the pressure of the reactor from an elevated pressure, as described above, or atmospheric pressure, to a pressure of no more than about 100 torr, no more than about 75 torr, no more than about 50 torr, or no more than about 35 torr.
- the amount of one or more heat-removable chemical components (e.g., the chemical content) remaining in the chemical-wet wood after the flash vaporization step can be at least about 6 weight percent, at least about 8 weight percent, at least about 10 weight percent, at least about 12 weight percent, or at least about 15 weight percent and/or no more than about 60 weight percent, no more than about 40 weight percent, no more than about 30 weight percent, no more than about 25 weight percent, no more than about 20 weight percent, or no more than about 15 weight percent.
- a heating step can be carried out subsequent to the chemical modification step to further heat and/or dry the chemically-modified (or chemical-wet) wood to thereby provide a heated and/or dried bundle of chemically-modified wood.
- a bundle or other article or material is referred to as “heated” simply as a convenience to indicate that a temperature of at least a portion of the bundle has been elevated above ambient temperature.
- a bundle or other article or material is referred to as “dried” simply as a convenience to indicate that at least some heat-removable chemicals have been removed from at least a portion of the bundle by, in some embodiments, heating.
- the heating step can be operable to further reduce the level of one or more heat-removable chemical components present in the wood.
- the energy source utilized during the heating step can be any source of radiative, conductive, and/or convective energy suitable for heating and/or drying wood.
- the heater can be a microwave heater employing a microwave energy.
- another heat source can be utilized to directly or indirectly (via, for example, a hot gas injection, a jacketed or heat-traced vessel, or other means) heat at least a portion of the vessel, such as, for example, one or more side walls.
- the side walls can be heated to a temperature of at least about 45°, at least about 55° C., or at least about 65° C.
- the heating step can be carried out under any suitable conditions, including pressures above, at, or near atmospheric pressure. Specific embodiments of various heating systems suitable for use in producing chemically-modified and/or thermally-modified wood will be discussed in detail shortly.
- the heating step can be carried out such that at least about 50 percent, at least about 65 percent, at least about 75 percent, or at least about 95 percent of the total amount of the one or more heat-removable chemical components remaining in the chemical-wet wood is removed. In one embodiment, this can correspond to at least about 100 pounds, at least about 250 pounds, at least about 500 pounds, or at least about 1,000 pounds of total liquid removed.
- the heated or dried chemically-modified wood can comprise no more than about 5 weight percent, no more than about 4 weight percent, no more than about 3 weight percent, no more than about 2 weight percent, or no more than about 1 percent, based on the initial (pre-heated) weight of the bundle, of the one or more heat-removable chemicals (e.g., acetic acid).
- the heated or dried chemically-modified wood can have a water content of no more than about 6 weight percent, no more than about 5 weight percent, no more than about 3 weight percent, no more than about 2 weight percent, or no more than about 1 weight percent, or no more than about 0.5 weight percent based on the initial (pre-heated) weight of the wood.
- the wood can have a water content of approximately 0 percent subsequent to the heating step.
- the chemical modification step and the heating step can take place in a single vessel.
- the chemical modification step and the heating step can be carried out in separate vessels, such that the internal volumes of the chemical modification reactor and the heater are locationally distinct.
- the “internal volume” of a vessel refers to the entirety of the space encompassed by the vessel, including any volume defined by or within the door or doors of the vessel when closed.
- the term “locationally distinct” means that the internal volumes are not overlapping.
- various types of wood transportation systems can be utilized in order to transport the wood between the two vessels.
- the transportation system can comprise rails (as illustrated in FIG.
- FIG. 1 tracks, belts, hooks, rollers (as illustrated in FIG. 3 ), bands, carts, motorized vehicles, fork trucks, pulleys, turntables (as illustrated in FIG. 2 ), and any combination thereof.
- FIGS. 1-3 Various embodiments of wood treatment facilities capable of producing chemically-modified and/or thermally-modified wood will now be discussed in detail, with respect to FIGS. 1-3 .
- Chemical modification system 20 comprises a chemical modification reactor 22 , a reactor heating system 24 , and an optional reactor pressurization/depressurization system 26 .
- Heating system 30 comprises a heater 32 , an energy source 34 , and an optional heater pressurization/depressurization system 36 .
- Transportation system 40 comprises a plurality of transport segments 42 a - e for transporting wood between storage areas 60 a,b , reactor 22 , and heater 32 , as described in detail below.
- one or more bundles of wood can be removed from raw material storage area 60 a via transport segment 42 a .
- transport segment 42 a can comprise any type of transportation mechanism suitable for moving wood between storage area 60 a and reactor 22 .
- the wood can then be introduced or loaded into reactor 22 via an open reactor entrance door 28 . Thereafter, first reactor entrance door 28 can be closed in order to allow the wood disposed within reactor 22 to be chemically-modified according to one or more processes described above.
- the chemical-wet wood can be withdrawn from reactor 22 and be transported to heater 32 .
- the chemical-wet wood can be removed from reactor 22 via reactor entrance door 28 and transported to heater 32 via transport segment 42 b .
- the wood can be removed via an optional reactor exit door 29 and transported to heater 32 via transport segment 42 c , as shown in FIG. 1 .
- the chemical-wet wood can then be introduced or loaded into heater 32 via an open heater entrance door 38 , which can then be closed to thereby form a fluid seal between heater entrance door 38 and the body of heater 32 prior to initiating the heating of the wood.
- exit doors 29 , 39 can be located on generally opposite ends of reactor 22 and heater 32 than respective reactor and heater entrance doors 28 , 38 .
- pressurization system 36 can be used to maintain a pressure within heater 32 of no more than about 550 torr, no more than about 450 torr, no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more than about 150 torr, no more than about 100 torr, or no more than about 75 torr.
- the vacuum system can be operable to reduce the pressure in heater 32 to no more than about 10 millitorr (10 ⁇ 3 torr), no more than about 5 millitorr, no more than about 2 millitorr, no more than about 1 millitorr, no more than about 0.5 millitorr, or no more than about 0.1 millitorr.
- heater 32 comprises a microwave heater
- one or more features described in detail shortly, including for example, an optional microwave choke, one or more microwave launchers, and the like can be used to introduce energy into the interior of heater 32 , thereby heating and/or drying at least a portion of the bundle of wood contained therein.
- the wood treatment facility 10 can comprise multiple reactors and/or heaters. Any number of reactors and/or heaters can be employed, and the reactors and/or heaters can be arranged in any suitable configuration.
- wood treatment facility 10 can utilize at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 5 and/or no more than 10, no more than 8, or no more than 6 reactors and/or heaters.
- the vessels can be paired in any suitable combination or ratio.
- the ratio of reactors to heaters can be 1:1, 1:2, 2:1, 1:3, 3:1, 2:3, 3:2, 1:4, 4:1, 4:2, 2:4, 3:4, 4:3 or any feasible combination.
- one or more of reactors and/or heaters can comprise separate entrance and exit doors, while, in another embodiment, one or more of the reactors and/or heaters can comprise a single door for loading and unloading wood.
- the heated and/or dried wood can be removed from heater 34 via heater entrance door 38 , and transported to storage area 60 b via transport segment 42 d .
- the wood can be withdrawn via an optional heater exit door 39 , if present, and transported via segment 42 e to storage area 60 b , as illustrated in FIG. 1 .
- FIGS. 2 and 3 Various configurations of wood treatment facilities employing multiple reactors and heaters configured according to several embodiments of the present invention will be described briefly with respect to FIGS. 2 and 3 .
- Wood treatment facility 110 comprises a plurality of reactors illustrated as 122 a , 122 b , 122 n and plurality of heaters illustrated as 132 a , 132 b , 132 n .
- each of the reactors 122 a , 122 b , 122 n and each of the heaters 132 a , 132 b , 132 n comprise a single door 128 a , 128 b , 128 n , 138 a , 138 b , 138 n , for selectively permitting the passage of wood into and out of each vessel.
- wood treatment facility 110 can comprise a rotatable platform (illustrated as a turntable 140 ) operable to position a bundle of wood 102 such that it can be transported between reactors 122 a , 122 b , 122 n , heaters 132 , 132 b , 132 n , and a storage area 160 , in various directions generally indicated by arrows 190 a - c.
- a rotatable platform illustrated as a turntable 140
- a rotatable platform illustrated as a turntable 140
- heaters 132 , 132 b , 132 n can be transported between reactors 122 a , 122 b , 122 n , heaters 132 , 132 b , 132 n , and a storage area 160 , in various directions generally indicated by arrows 190 a - c.
- FIG. 3 another embodiment of a wood treatment facility 210 is shown as comprising a plurality of chemical modification reactors illustrated as 222 a , 222 n and a plurality of heaters illustrated as 232 a , 232 b , 232 n .
- each of the reactors comprises a respective reactor entrance door 228 a , 228 n and an optional reactor exit door 229 a , 229 n .
- each of the heaters 232 a , 232 b , 232 n comprises a heater entrance door 238 a , 238 b , 238 n and an optional heater exit door 239 a , 239 b , 239 n .
- Transportation system 240 shown in FIG. 3 comprises a plurality of segments 242 a - j and 244 a - e operable to transport wood to, from, and between reactors 222 a , 222 n and heaters 232 a , 232 b , 232 n .
- transportation system 240 can comprise one or more segments comprising any suitable transportation mechanism, as discussed in detail previously.
- wood loaded into first reactor 222 a via transport segment 242 a can be introduced through reactor entrance door 228 a .
- chemical-wet wood can be removed from reactor 222 a via reactor entrance door 228 a and can subsequently be transported to one of heaters 232 a , 232 b , or 232 n via respective transport segments 242 e , 242 f , 242 g .
- wood removed from reactor 222 a can be removed through reactor exit door 229 a via transport segment 244 a prior to being transported to heater 232 a , 232 b , or 232 n as described previously.
- wood treated in reactor 222 n can be loaded, chemically-modified, and transported to one of heaters 232 a , 232 b , 232 n , in a similar manner as previously described.
- the bundle or bundles of chemically-wet wood transported to heaters 232 a , 232 b , and 232 n can be heated and/or dried according to one or more methods described herein.
- at least one of heaters 232 a , 232 b , and 232 n can comprise a microwave heater.
- heated and/or dried bundles can be withdrawn from heaters 232 a , 232 b , and 232 n via respective entrance doors 238 a , 238 b , 238 n , or, optionally, from respective exit doors 239 a , 239 b , 239 n , when present.
- the modified bundles can be transported to subsequent processing and/or or storage via transport segments 242 h,i,j or 244 c,d,e , depending on whether the bundles were removed from heater entrance doors 238 a , 238 b , 238 n or heater exit doors 239 a , 239 b , 239 n.
- the above-described wood treatment facilities can comprise lab-scale, pilot plant-scale, or commercial-scale wood treatment facilities.
- the wood treatment facility used to produce chemically-modified and/or thermally-modified wood can be a commercial-scale facility having an annual production capacity of at least about 500,000 board feet, at least about 1 million board feet, at least about 2.5 million board feet, or at least about 5 million board feet.
- board feet refers to a volume of wood expressed in units measuring 144 cubic inches. For example, a board having dimensions of 2 inches by 4 inches by 36 inches has a total volume of 288 cubic inches, or 2 board feet.
- the internal volume of a single chemical modification reactor i.e., the “internal reactor volume” and/or the internal volume of a single heater (i.e., the “internal heater volume”) can be at least about 100 cubic feet, at least about 500 cubic feet, at least about 1,000 cubic feet, at least about 2,500 cubic feet, at least about 5,000 cubic feet, or at least about 10,000 cubic feet in order to accommodate commercial-scale operation.
- the total cycle time of the chemical and/or thermal modification processes carried out using one or more systems of the present invention measured from the time the modification step is initiated to the time the heating step is completed, can be no more than about 48 hours, no more than about 36 hours, no more than about 24 hours, or no more than about 12 hours, no more than about 10 hours, no more than about 8 hours, or no more than about 6 hours. This is in contrast to many conventional wood treatment processes, which can have overall cycle times that last several days or even weeks.
- wood treatment facilities of the present invention can comprise one or more vapor containment rooms and/or ventilation structures for substantially isolating the external environment (i.e., the environment immediately outside the chemical modification reactor and the heater) from the chemically-wet chemically-modified wood during transport of the wood.
- the vapor containment rooms and/or ventilation structures can be connected to a ventilation system that removes at least a portion of the gaseous environment out of the containment/ventilation area, thereby minimizing leakage one or more undesirable vapor-phase chemicals into the external environment. Additional details and one embodiment of a wood treatment facility employing vapor containment rooms and/or ventilation structures will now be described in greater detail with respect to FIGS. 4 a - d.
- FIG. 4 a is a top view of a vapor containment room 360 coupled to a chemical modification reactor 322 and a heater 332 .
- Vapor containment room 360 can be operable to partially, or almost completely, isolate the external environment from a chemically-modified bundle of wood as the wood is transported from chemical modification reactor 322 to heater 332 via a transfer region 361 located between reactor 322 and heater 332 .
- the term “isolate” refers to the inhibition of fluid communication between one or more areas, zones, or regions.
- vapor containment room 360 can be coupled to a ventilation system (not shown in FIG.
- chemical modification reactor 322 can comprise a reactor entrance door 328 for receiving a bundle of wood from an external environment and a reactor exit door 329 for discharging the bundle of wood from chemical modification reactor 322 after chemical modification.
- heater 332 can comprise a heater entrance door 328 for receiving the bundle of chemically-modified, chemical-wet wood discharged from chemical modification reactor 322 .
- heater 332 can also include a heater exit door 339 separate from heater entrance door 338 for discharging a bundle of wood from heater 332 .
- respective reactor and heater entrance doors 328 , 338 and reactor or heater exit doors 329 , 339 when present, can be positioned on a generally opposite end of reactor 322 or heater 332 such that the respective central axes of elongation of reactor 322 and heater 332 , represented as axes 370 a,b in FIG. 4 b , can extend through respective entrance 328 , 338 and exit 329 , 339 doors.
- reactor 322 and heater 332 are axially aligned with one another such that the central axes of elongation 370 a,b in FIG.
- substantially aligned refers to two or more vessels configured such that the maximum acute angle formed between the intersection of their respective central axes of elongation is not more than about 20°. In some embodiments, the maximum acute angle between the intersection of the two axes of elongation of substantially aligned vessels can be not more than about 10°, not more than about 5°, not more than about 2°, or not more than about 1°. In some embodiments, reactor 322 and heater 332 can be arranged in a side-by-side configuration (not shown).
- vapor containment room 360 can be sealingly coupled to reactor 322 and heater 332 such that the external environment is substantially isolated from transfer region 361 during transport of the bundle of wood from reactor 322 to heater 332 .
- sealingly coupled refers to two or more objects attached, fastened, or otherwise associated such that leakage of fluid is substantially reduced or nearly prevented from the junction of such objects.
- reactor entrance door 328 and/or heater exit door 339 when present, can open to the external environment, while reactor exit door 329 and/or heater entrance door 338 can open to the interior of vapor containment room 360 , thereby isolating the external environment from vapor or gases from chemical reactor 322 , heater 332 , and/or the bundle of chemical-wet wood during transport between reactor 322 and heater 332 via transfer region 361 .
- Vapor containment room 360 can be configured in any manner suitable manner.
- vapor containment room 360 comprises four generally upright walls 342 a - d coupled to a ceiling structure 344 and a floor (not shown).
- a vapor outlet conduit 349 for removing vapors and gases from the interior of vapor containment room 360 could alternatively be attached to one of walls 342 a - d or to the floor. Additional details regarding the removal of vapors and gases from vapor containment room 360 will be described in more detail shortly.
- At least one of walls 342 a - d can comprise at least one blast panel or blast wall 343 for controlling the direction of a pressure release in the event of an explosion or rapid pressurization within vapor containment room 360 .
- blast panel 343 can be attached to the ceiling 344 and/or floor (not shown) of vapor containment room 360 .
- Blast panel or wall 343 can be hinged, tethered, or otherwise fastened to another structure of vapor containment room 360 in order to prevent or reduce the likelihood that blast panel or wall 343 will be freely projected at an undesirable velocity away from vapor containment room 360 by an explosion.
- Blast panel or wall 343 can have a substantially solid surface, as shown in FIG.
- the sections of walls 342 a - d that are not blast panels/walls 343 are construction of a high-strength materials such as, for example, precast concrete panels, concrete blocks, or steel panels. Although illustrated herein as having four walls, it should be understood that vapor containment rooms having various other shapes can also be employed.
- vents 370 a,b are one-way vents that permit fluid flow from the external environment into vapor containment room 360 , as indicated by arrows 380 a,b in FIG. 4 c , but reduce, inhibit, or substantially prevent fluid flow from the interior of vapor containment room 360 out into the external environment.
- Examples of external fluids that can flow into vapor containment room 360 via vents 370 a,b include ambient air or one or more inert gases such as nitrogen.
- vents 370 a,b can be configured to maintain a predetermined pressure difference between the interior of vapor containment room 360 and the external environment. By maintaining a predetermined pressure difference between the interior of vapor containment room 360 and the external environment, vents 370 a,b can control the rate at which a fluid from the external environment is drawn into vapor containment room 360 .
- vents 370 a,b can be equipped with a control mechanism (e.g., an electronic actuator, a hydraulic actuator, a pneumatic actuator, or a mechanical spring) for varying the degree of openness of vents 370 a,b based on the pressure difference across vents 370 a,b .
- a control mechanism e.g., an electronic actuator, a hydraulic actuator, a pneumatic actuator, or a mechanical spring
- vents 370 a,b open wider, and, analogously, when the pressure difference is too low, vents 370 a,b move towards a closed position.
- vents 370 a,b can be spring loaded and biased towards the closed position, so that when the pressure difference between the vapor containment room 360 and the external environment is below a threshold value, vents 370 a,b are closed, but when the pressure in vapor containment room 360 is lower than the pressure of the external environment by an amount exceeding the threshold pressure difference value, vents 370 a,b open to allow an external fluid to be drawn into vapor containment room 360 .
- vents 370 a,b when vents 370 a,b are spring loaded, the vents help maintain a substantially constant pressure difference between the interior of vapor containment room 360 and the external environment by automatically opening wider when the pressure difference is high and automatically moving towards the closed position when the pressure difference is low.
- vapor containment room 360 is maintained at a sub-atmospheric pressure during transport and can be maintained at a vacuum of at least about 0.05 inches of water, at least about 0.1 inches of water, or at least about 0.15 inches of water and/or no more than about 10 inches of water, no more than about 1 inch of water, or no more than about 0.5 inches of water.
- vents 370 a,b are configured to permit fluid from the external environment (e.g., ambient air) to be drawn into vapor containment room 360 at a rate that causes at least about 2, at least about 4, or at least about 5 exchanges per hour to be drawn out of vapor containment room 360 , where one exchange is equal to one volume of vapor containment room 360 .
- the term “exchanges per hour” refers to the total number of times per hour that the total volume of fluid in the system is replaced, calculated by dividing the volumetric flow rate of vapor removed from the system by the total system volume.
- the size of vapor containment room 360 can be such that the reactor and heater 322 , 332 (e.g., positioning the internal volumes of the reactor and heater) are spaced apart from each other by a distance that is at least about 2 feet, at least about 4 feet, or at least about 6 feet and/or no more than about 50 feet, no more than about 30 feet, or no more than about 20 feet.
- the length of the vapor containment room can be the same as, or substantially the same as, the distance between reactor 322 and heater 332 .
- the ratio of the length of vapor containment room 360 to the total length of reactor 322 and/or the total length of heater 332 can be at least about 0.1:1, at least about 0.2:1, or at least about 0.3:1 and/or no more than about 1:1, no more than about 0.6:1, or no more than about 0.5:1.
- reactor exit door 329 and heater entrance door 338 may be capable of contacting one another during opening.
- reactor exit door 329 and heater entrance door 338 can be configured to nest/overlap with one another (but not contact one another) when they are both fully opened.
- FIG. 4 d is a side view of a wood treatment facility 416 comprising a reactor 322 , a heater 332 , and a vapor containment room 360 disposed therebetween.
- FIG. 4 d additionally depicts an embodiment that employs a product vapor removal system or structure 400 located near exit door 339 of heater 332 .
- Product vapor removal system 400 can be configured to transport vapors out of and away from the area near exit door 339 of heater 332 (e.g. the recovery room). This configuration can substantially reduce and, in some embodiments can nearly prevent escape of vapors from the chemically-treated bundle of wood exiting heater 332 and/or from vapors exiting reactor 322 and/or heater 332 to the external environment. As shown in FIG.
- both vapor containment room 360 and product vapor removal system 400 can be connected or otherwise operably coupled to a common ventilation system 402 .
- Ventilation system 402 is used to draw vapors and gases out of vapor containment room 360 and/or through product vapor removal system 400 .
- FIG. 4 d illustrates one common ventilation system 402 being used for both vapor containment room 360 and product vapor removal system 400 , it is possible to use individual ventilation systems for each containment/ventilation area of the wood treatment facility.
- product vapor removal system 400 comprises a ventilation hood 404 and a ventilation room 406 disposed between ventilation hood 404 and heater 332 .
- Ventilation hood 404 and ventilation room 406 can be connected to ventilation system 402 , which draws vapor out of ventilation hood 404 and/or ventilation room 406 .
- Ventilation room 406 can be configured to receive a bundle of chemically-modified wood through heater exit door 339 , which opens into ventilation room 406 .
- Ventilation room 406 can be equipped with a ventilation room exit 408 through which the chemically-modified wood passes to a cooling location below ventilation hood 404 .
- ventilation room exit 408 can be equipped with a door 409 that, when closed, substantially isolates the external environment from the interior of ventilation room 406 .
- ventilation room may also be equipped with vents (not shown) similar to vents 370 a,b of vapor containment room 360 , described previously with reference to FIG. 4 c .
- ventilation room exit 408 is configured to constantly permit passage of fluid from the external environment into the interior of ventilation room 406 .
- ventilation room exit 408 can be entirely open so as to permit free flow of fluid therethrough.
- ventilation room exit 408 can be partially covered with a flexible material (e.g., a hanging VISQUEEN sheet or strips of VISQUEEN) that permits passage of the bundle of chemically-treated wood therethrough, but that at least partially inhibits free flow of fluid therethrough.
- ventilation room 406 can be entirely eliminated and ventilation hood 404 can be positioned adjacent exit door 339 of heater 332 .
- ventilation system 402 can include one or more vacuum generators 410 , a treatment device 412 , a flow diverter 414 , and a plurality of vapor outlet conduits 349 a - c .
- Vacuum generator 410 can be operable to draw vapor out of vapor containment room 360 , ventilation hood 404 , and/or ventilation room 406 via outlet conduits 349 a,b,c , respectively.
- Treatment device 412 can be operable to remove or to change the composition of at least a portion of one or more components from the vapors drawn out of vapor containment room 360 , ventilation hood 404 , and/or ventilation room 406 via vacuum generator 410 .
- suitable treatment devices can include, but are not limited to, scrubbers, thermal oxidizers, catalytic oxidizers or other catalytic processes, and/or precipitators.
- flow diverter 414 can be operable adjust the total ventilation capacity of vacuum generator 410 by, for example, directing the vapor flow amongst vapor outlet conduits 349 a,b,c thereby distributing the total ventilation capacity of ventilation system 402 between vapor containment room 360 , and product vapor removal structure (e.g., ventilation hood 404 , and/or ventilation room 406 ).
- total ventilation capacity refers to the maximum volume of vapors removable from the system via a vacuum generator or other source, expressed as a time-based rate.
- Distribution of the total ventilation capacity amongst vapor containment room 360 , ventilation hood 404 , and/or ventilation room 406 may be advantageous, for example, to accommodate the various steps of a chemical modification treatment.
- flow diverter 414 can be operable to evenly distribute the total ventilation capacity, represented generically as “X”, such that 1 ⁇ 3X is provided to vapor containment room 360 , 1 ⁇ 3X is provided to ventilation hood 404 , and 1 ⁇ 3X is provided to ventilation room 406 .
- flow diverter 414 can allocate more ventilation capacity to one of the three areas, such as, for example vapor containment room 360 , so that 2 ⁇ 3X is provided to vapor containment room 360 , 1 ⁇ 6X is provided to ventilation hood 404 , and 1 ⁇ 6X is provided to ventilation room 406 .
- a first bundle of wood represented herein by the letter “C”
- C a first bundle of wood
- B a second bundle of wood
- heater 332 a third bundle of wood
- A can be removed from ventilation room 406 and positioned under ventilation hood 404 , as generally shown in FIG. 4 d.
- bundle A Once bundle A has been sufficiently dried, it can be removed from ventilation hood 404 and transported to a storage area (not shown). Then, the allocation of the total ventilation capacity of ventilation system 402 can be adjusted using flow diverter 414 such that amount of ventilation capacity allocated to vapor containment room 360 is increased, while the amount of ventilation capacity allocated to ventilation hood 404 is decreased.
- heater entrance and exit doors 338 , 339 can be opened consecutively and any residual vapor or gas present in the interior of heater 332 can be removed and passed through vapor containment room 360 before entering ventilation system 402 .
- this evacuation of heater 332 can also comprise drawing an external fluid (e.g., ambient air or other inert gas) into the system through ventilation hood 404 and ventilation room 406 , when present.
- the external fluid can then enter heater 332 via heater exit door 339 and pass through the interior of heater 332 , before exiting heater 332 via heater entrance door 338 and passing into vapor containment room 360 .
- the external fluid along with any residual vapor or gas removed from the interior of heater 332 , can be withdrawn from vapor containment room 360 by way of ventilation system 402 at a rate of at least about 2 exchanges per hour, at least about 4 exchanges per hour, or at least about 6 exchanges per hour.
- the ventilation system had a total volume of 100 cubic meters and the rate of vapor removal was 200 cubic meters per hour, the exchanges per hour would be (200 cubic meters per hour)/(100 cubic meters) or 2 exchanges per hour.
- bundle B can be removed from heater 332 via heater exit door 339 , passed through ventilation room 406 (if present), and positioned under ventilation hood 404 to cool and/or further dry bundle B, as discussed in detail previously.
- Heater exit door 339 can then be closed before reactor exit door 329 and reactor entrance door 328 are sequentially opened.
- ventilation system 402 can be used to evacuate residual vapor or gas from the interior of chemical modification reactor 322 .
- an external fluid e.g., ambient air or other inert gas
- an external fluid can be drawn into reactor 322 via reactor entrance door 328 and pass through the interior of reactor 322 before exiting into vapor containment room 360 via reactor exit door 329 .
- the external fluid and any residual vapors or gases can then be withdrawn from vapor containment room 360 via vapor outlet conduit 349 a at a rate of at least about 2 exchanges per hour, at least about 4 exchanges per hour, or at least about 6 exchanges per hour.
- bundle C can be removed from chemical modification reactor 322 via reactor exit door 329 and passed through vapor containment room 360 along a transport path 399 .
- product ventilation system 402 can be used to draw gases and vapors from vapor containment room 360 during the transportation of the bundle between reactor 322 and heater 332 .
- Chemically-wet bundle C can then be introduced into the interior of heater 332 via heater entrance door 338 , prior to initiating heating of bundle C.
- a fourth bundle (not shown) can be loaded into the interior of chemical modification reactor 322 before closing, in sequence, reactor entrance door 328 , reactor exit door 329 , and heater entrance door 338 .
- the allocation of total ventilation capacity to vapor containment room 360 can be decreased, while increasing the allocation to ventilation hood 404 , to thereby cool and/or further dry bundle B.
- a fifth bundle (not shown) can be assembled, either in a loading area (not shown) or near reactor entrance door 328 before repeating the above-referenced steps to process a new sequence of wood bundles.
- one or more of the heating systems described above can comprise microwave heating systems that utilize microwave energy to heat one or more objects or items.
- microwave heating systems configured according to one embodiment of the present invention have wide applicability to a variety of other processes. It should be understood that, while predominantly described herein with respect to processes for heating “wood” or a “bundle of wood,” the processes and systems described herein are equally applicable to applications wherein one or more articles, objects, or loads are heated. Examples of other types of application that can utilize microwave heating systems as described herein can include, but are not limited to, high temperature vacuum ceramic and metal sintering, melting, brazing, and heat treating of various materials.
- the microwave heating system can include a vacuum system (e.g., a microwave vacuum heater) and can be utilized for vacuum drying of materials such as minerals and semiconductors, vacuum drying of foodstuffs such as fruits and vegetables, vacuum drying of ceramic and fibrous molds, as well as vacuum drying of chemical solutions.
- a vacuum system e.g., a microwave vacuum heater
- materials such as minerals and semiconductors
- foodstuffs such as fruits and vegetables
- vacuum drying of ceramic and fibrous molds such as well as vacuum drying of chemical solutions.
- a microwave heating system 420 configured according to one embodiment of the present invention is illustrated as comprising at least one microwave generator 422 , a microwave heater 430 , a microwave distribution system 440 , and an optional vacuum system 450 .
- Microwave energy produced by microwave generator 422 can be directed to microwave heater 430 via one or more components of microwave distribution system 440 . Additional details regarding components and operation of microwave distribution system 440 will be discussed in detail shortly.
- vacuum system 450 can be operable to reduce the pressure in microwave heater 430 to no more than about 550 torr, no more than about 450 torr, no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more than about 150 torr, no more than about 100 torr, or no more than about 75 torr.
- the vacuum system can be operable to reduce the pressure in microwave heater 430 to no more than about 10 millitorr (10 ⁇ 3 torr), no more than about 5 millitorr, no more than about 2 millitorr, no more than about 1 millitorr, no more than about 0.5 millitorr, or no more than about 0.1 millitorr.
- Microwave generator 422 can be any device capable of producing or generating microwave energy.
- microwave energy refers to electromagnetic energy having a frequency between 300 MHz and 30 GHz.
- the term “between” used in a range is intended to include the recited endpoints.
- a number “between x and y” can be x, y, or any value from x to y.
- various configurations of microwave heating system 420 can utilize microwave energy having a frequency of about 915 MHz or a frequency of about 2.45 GHz, both of which have been generally designated as industrial microwave frequencies.
- microwave generators 422 can be capable of delivering (e.g., have a maximum output of) at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW, at least about 250 kW, at least about 350 kW, at least about 400 kW, at least about 500 kW, at least about 600 kW, at least about 750 kW, or at least about 1,000 kW and/or not more than about 2,500 kW, not more than about 1,500 kW, or not more than about 1,000 kW.
- microwave heating system 420 can comprise two or more microwave generators configured to operate in a similar manner.
- Microwave heater 430 can be any device capable of receiving and heating one or more articles, including, for example, bundles of wood or lumber, using microwave energy. In one embodiment, at least about 75 percent, at least about 85 percent, at least about 95 percent, or substantially all of the heat or energy provided by microwave heater 430 can be provided by microwave energy. Microwave heater 430 can also be used as a microwave dryer, which can be further operable to dry one or more items disposed therein using microwave energy as described herein.
- a microwave heater 530 is illustrated as comprising a vessel body 532 and a door 534 for selectively permitting and blocking the access to or passage of one or more objects (not shown) into and out of the interior 536 of microwave heater 530 .
- vessel body 532 of microwave heater 530 can be elongated along a central axis of elongation 535 , which can be oriented in a substantially horizontal direction, as illustrated in FIG. 6 .
- Vessel body 532 can have a cross-section of any suitable shape or size.
- the cross-section of vessel 532 can be substantially circular or round, while, in another embodiment, the cross-section can be elliptical.
- the size and/or shape of the cross-section of vessel body 532 can change along the direction of elongation, while, in another embodiment, the shape and/or size of its cross-section can remain substantially the same.
- vessel body 532 of microwave heater 530 comprises a horizontally elongated, cylindrical vessel body having a circular cross-section.
- Microwave heater 530 can have an overall maximum internal dimension or length, L, and a maximum inner diameter, D, as shown in FIG. 6 .
- L can be at least about 8 feet, at least about 10 feet, at least about 16 feet, at least about 20 feet, at least about 30 feet, at least about 50 feet, at least about 75 feet, at least about 100 feet and/or no more than about 500 feet, no more than about 350 feet, no more than about 250 feet.
- D can be at least about 3 feet, at least about 5 feet, at least about 10 feet, at least about 12 feet, at least about 18 feet, at least about 20 feet, at least about 25 feet, or at least about 30 feet and/or no more than about 25 feet, no more than about 20 feet, or no more than about 15 feet.
- the ratio (L:D) of the length of microwave heater 530 to its inner diameter (L:D) can be at least about 1:1, at least about 2:1, at least about 3:1, at least about 4:1, at least about 6:1, at least about 8:1, at least about 10:1 and/or no more than about 50:1, no more than about 40:1, or no more than about 25:1.
- Microwave heater 530 can be constructed out of any suitable material.
- microwave heater 530 can comprise at least one electrically conductive and/or highly reflective material.
- suitable materials can include, but are not limited to, selected carbon steels, stainless steels, nickel alloys, aluminum alloys, and copper alloys.
- Microwave heater 530 can be almost completely constructed out of a single material, or multiple materials can be used to construct various portions of microwave heater 530 .
- microwave heater 530 can be constructed of a first material and can then be coated or layered with a second material on at least a portion of its interior and/or exterior surface.
- the coating or layer can comprise one or more of the metals or alloys listed above, while, in another embodiment, the coating or layer can comprise glass, polymer, or other dielectric material.
- Microwave heater 530 can define one or more spaces suitable for receiving a load.
- microwave heater 530 can define a bundle-receiving space configured to receive and hold one or more bundles of wood (not shown in FIG. 6 ).
- the load e.g., wood
- the load can be positioned within interior 536 of microwave heater 530 in a static or dynamic manner.
- the load can be relatively motionless during heating and may be held in place using static positioning devices (not shown) such as, for example, a shelf, a platform, a parked cart, a stopped belt, or the like.
- the load can be in motion during at least a portion of heating using one or more dynamic positioning devices (not shown) during heating.
- dynamic positioning devices can include, but are not limited to, continuous moving belts, rollers, horizontally and/or vertically oscillating platforms, and rotating platforms.
- one or more dynamic positioning devices may be used in a generally continuous process, while one or more static positioning devices may be employed in a batch or semi-batch process.
- microwave heater 530 can also comprise one or more sealing mechanisms to reduce, inhibit, minimize, or substantially prevent the leakage of fluids and/or microwave energy into or out of the vessel interior 536 during treatment.
- vessel body 532 and door 534 can each present respective body-side and door-side sealing surfaces 531 , 533 .
- body-side and door-side sealing surfaces 531 , 533 can directly or indirectly form a fluid seal between door 534 and vessel body 532 when door 534 is closed.
- a direct seal can be formed when at least a portion of body-side and door-side sealing surfaces 531 , 533 make direct physical contact with one another.
- An indirect seal can be formed between door 534 and vessel body 532 when one or more resilient sealing members for fluidly isolating the interior of microwave heater 530 from an external environment (not shown in FIG. 6 ) are at least partially compressed against door-side and/or body-side sealing surfaces 533 , 531 when door 534 is closed.
- resilient sealing members can include, but are not limited to, o-rings, spiral wound gaskets, sheet gaskets, and the like.
- the direct or indirect seal formed between vessel body 532 and door 534 can be such that microwave heater 530 can have a fluid leak rate of no more than about 10 ⁇ 2 torr liters/sec, no more than about 10 ⁇ 4 torr liters/sec, or no more than about 10 ⁇ 8 torr liters/sec at or near the junction of body 532 and door 534 , when subjected to a helium leak test conducted according to procedure B1 entitled “Spraying Testing” described in the document entitled “Helium Leak Detection Techniques” published by Alcatel Vacuum Technology using a Varian Model No. 938-41 detector.
- fluid seal can be particularly useful when the environment inside microwave heater 530 comprises a sub-atmospheric and otherwise challenging process environment.
- Microwave heaters configured according to one embodiment of the present invention can also comprise a microwave choke for inhibiting or substantially preventing microwave energy leakage between door 534 and vessel body 532 of microwave heater 530 when door 534 is closed (e.g., at or near the junction of door 534 and vessel body 532 ).
- the term “choke” refers to any device or component of a microwave vessel operable to reduce the amount of energy leaking from or escaping the vessel during the application of microwave energy.
- the choke can be any device operable to reduce the amount of microwave leakage from the vessel by at least about 25 percent, at least about 50 percent, at least about 75 percent, or at least about 90 percent as compared to when a choke is not employed.
- the microwave choke can be operable to allow no more than about 50 milliwatts per square centimeter (mW/cm 2 ), no more than about 25 mW/cm 2 , no more than about 10 mW/cm 2 , no more than about 5 mW/cm 2 , or no more than about 2 mW/cm 2 of microwave energy to leak out of the heater through the choke when measured 5 cm from the vessel with a Narda Microline Model 8300 broad band isotropic radiation monitor (300 MHz to 18 GHz).
- mW/cm 2 milliwatts per square centimeter
- microwave chokes configured according to one embodiment of the present invention can be operable to substantially inhibit microwave energy leakage, even under deep vacuum conditions.
- a microwave choke as described herein can inhibit microwave energy leakage from the heater to the extent described above when the pressure in the microwave heater is no more than about 550 torr, no more than about 450 torr, no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more than about 100 torr, or no more than about 75 torr.
- a microwave choke as described herein can inhibit microwave energy leakage from the heater to the extent as described above when the pressure in the microwave heater is no more than about 10 millitorr (10 ⁇ 3 torr), no more than about 5 millitorr, no more than about 2 millitorr, no more than about 1 millitorr, no more than about 0.5 millitorr, or no more than about 0.1 millitorr.
- a microwave choke can maintain its level of leakage prevention on large-scale units, such as, for example, microwave heaters having a microwave energy input rate of at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW, at least about 250 kW, at least about 350 kW, at least about 400 kW, at least about 500 kW, at least about 600 kW, at least about 750 kW, or at least about 1,000 kW and/or not more than about 2,500 kW, not more than about 1,500 kW, or not more than about 1,000 kW.
- microwave heaters having a microwave energy input rate of at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW,
- substantially no arcing can occur near the choke 650 while microwave energy is introduced into the vessel (e.g., during the heating step), even at the levels of microwave energy and vacuum pressure described above.
- arcing refers to undesired, uncontrolled electrical discharge, at least partially caused by ionization of a surrounding fluid. Arcing, which can damage equipment and materials and poses a substantial fire or explosion hazard, has a lower threshold at lower pressures, especially sub-atmospheric (e.g., vacuum) pressures. Typically, conventional systems limit rate of energy input in order to minimize or avoid arcing.
- microwave heaters configured according to embodiments of the present invention can be operable to receive microwave energy at a rate of at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW, at least about 250 kW, at least about 350 kW, at least about 400 kW, at least about 500 kW, at least about 600 kW, at least about 750 kW, or at least about 1,000 kW and/or not more than about 2,500 kW, not more than about 1,500 kW, or not more than about 1,000 kW can be introduced into a microwave heater (optionally referred to as a vacuum microwave heater or a vacuum microwave dryer) when the pressure is no more than about 550 torr, no more than about 450 torr, no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more
- a cross-sectional segment of one embodiment of a microwave choke 650 for substantially inhibiting microwave energy leakage between a door 634 and a vessel body 632 of a microwave heater when door 634 is closed is provided.
- at least a portion of microwave choke 650 is cooperatively defined or formed between door 634 and vessel body 632 when door 634 is closed and respective door-side 633 and body-side 631 sealing surfaces are in direct or indirect contact with one another.
- an optional fluid sealing member 660 can also be present to inhibit, minimize, or substantially prevent leakage of fluid into or out of the microwave heater, as discussed previously. Fluid sealing member 660 , when present, can be coupled to vessel body 632 or, as shown in FIG. 7 a , to door 634 .
- microwave choke 650 defines a first radially-extending choke cavity 652 , a second-radially extending choke cavity 654 , and a radially-extending choke guidewall 656 disposed at least partly between first and second choke cavities 652 , 654 when the door 634 of the microwave heater is closed.
- first choke cavity 652 is defined between vessel body 632 and choke guidewall 656 when door 634 is closed, while second choke cavity 654 is at least partially disposed between door 634 and choke guidewall 656 , such that choke guidewall 656 is substantially coupled to door 634 .
- First choke cavity 652 can be open to the interior of the microwave heater and can be radially positioned between the interior of the microwave heater and the fluid seal created by sealing member 660 , when present.
- second choke cavity 654 can be at least partially defined by vessel body 632 , such that second choke cavity 654 can be positioned between vessel body 632 and choke guidewall 656 when door 634 is closed, such that choke guidewall 656 is substantially coupled to vessel body 632 .
- At least a portion of second choke cavity 654 can extend alongside at least a portion of first choke cavity 652 when door 634 is closed. In one embodiment, at least about 40 percent, at least about 60 percent, at least about 80 percent, or at least about 90 percent of the total length of second choke cavity 654 can extend alongside first choke cavity 654 when door 634 is closed.
- the total length of first and/or second choke cavities 652 , 654 designated with the letter “L” in FIG.
- first and/or second choke cavities 652 , 654 can be at least about 1 inch, at least about 1.5 inches, at least about 2 inches, or at least about 2.5 inches and/or no more than about 8 inches, no more than about 6 inches, or no more than about 5 inches.
- a relative extension angle, 4 can be defined between the direction of extension of first choke cavity 652 , designated by line 690 , and the direction of extension of second choke cavity 654 , designated by line 692 .
- the relative extension angle, 4 can be no more than about 60°, no more than about 45°, no more than about 30°, or no more than about 15°.
- the direction of extension of second choke cavity 654 can be substantially parallel to the direction of extension of first choke cavity 652 , as depicted in FIG. 7 a.
- choke guidewall 656 can be integrally formed into door 634 .
- guidewall 656 can comprise a plurality of spaced open-ended gaps 670 disposed circumferentially along guidewall 656 .
- the spacing between the centerline of each of the gaps can be at least about 0.5 inches, at least about 1 inch, at least about 2 inches, or at least about 2.5 inches and/or no more than about 8 inches, no more than about 6 inches, or no more than about 5 inches.
- At least a portion of choke 650 can comprise a removable portion 651 removably coupled to vessel body 632 or door 634 .
- removable portion 651 can be removably coupled to door 634 .
- the term “removably coupled” means attached in a manner such that a portion of the choke can be removed without substantial damage to or destruction of the vessel body, the choke, and/or the door.
- removable choke portion 651 can comprise at least a portion or all of guidewall 656 .
- FIG. 7 d illustrates a microwave choke having at least one removable portion 651 .
- guidewall 656 can be coupled to removable choke portion 651 .
- Removable choke portion 651 can comprise a plurality of removable choke segments 653 a - e that are each removably coupled to door 634 or vessel body 632 (embodiment not shown).
- removable choke portion 651 can comprise at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 6, at least 8 and/or no more than 16, no more than 12, no more than 10, or no more than 8 removable choke segments 653 .
- individually removable choke segments 653 a - e can have a generally arcuate shape, as shown in FIG. 7 d.
- Removable choke portion 651 can be fastened to door 634 or vessel body 632 according to any known method including, for example, bolts, screws, or any other type of suitable removable fastening device.
- removable choke portion 651 can be magnetically fastened to door 634 or vessel body 632 .
- removable choke portion 651 can have a variety of cross-sectional shapes. For example, as illustrated in FIGS. 7 e - h , removable choke portion 651 can define a cross-section which is generally G-shaped (as shown in FIG. 7 e ), generally J-shaped or U-shaped (as shown in FIG. 7 f ), generally L-shaped (as shown in FIG. 7 g ), or generally I-shaped (as shown in FIG. 7 h ).
- removable choke portion 651 can be attached, removed, and/or subsequently replaced without removing portions of or substantially re-machining vessel body 632 and/or door 634 in order to resume normal operation of the microwave heater.
- a plurality of individually removable choke segments 653 a - e can be separately and individually attached to door 634 and/or vessel body 632 .
- one or more individually removable choke segments 653 and/or the entire removable choke portion 651 can be separately and individually detached or removed from vessel body 632 or door 634 and replaced with one or more new (e.g., replacement) removable choke segments 653 and/or a new removable choke portion 651 .
- the number of removable choke segment or segments 653 a, b, c, d , and/or e detached from and then reattached to (e.g., removed from and replaced onto) vessel body 632 or door 634 can be not more than or no more than the total number of choke segments 653 a - e of removable portion 651 .
- Microwave heater 530 can be classified as a single mode cavity, a multi-mode cavity, or a quasi-optical cavity depending on how the microwave energy therein behaves.
- the term “single mode cavity” refers to a cavity designed and operated to maintain the microwave energy therein a single, specific mode pattern. Oftentimes, the design and properties of a single mode cavity can limit the size of the vessel and/or how a load can be positioned within the chamber.
- microwave heater 530 can comprise a multimode or a quasi-optical mode cavity.
- multimode cavity refers to a cavity or chamber wherein the microwave energy is excited into a plurality of standing wave patterns in a semi-random or undirected manner.
- the term “quasi-optical mode cavity” refers to a cavity or chamber wherein most, but not all, of the energy is directed toward a particular area in a controlled manner.
- a multimode cavity has a higher energy density near the center of the vessel than a quasi-optical cavity, while quasi-optical cavities can leverage the quasi-optical properties of microwave energy to more closely control and direct the emission of energy into the cavity interior.
- microwave distribution system 440 is operable to transmit or direct at least a portion of the microwave energy produced by microwave generator 422 into microwave heater 430 , as discussed briefly above.
- microwave distribution system 440 can include at least one waveguide 442 operably coupled to one or more microwave launchers, illustrated as launchers 444 a - c .
- microwave distribution system 440 can comprise one or more microwave mode converters 446 for changing the mode of the microwave energy passing therethrough and/or one or more microwave switches (not shown) for selectively routing microwave energy to one or more of microwave launchers 444 a - c . Additional details regarding specific components and various embodiments of microwave distributions system 440 will now be discussed in detail below.
- Waveguides 442 can be operable to transport microwave energy from microwave generator 422 to one or more of microwave launchers 444 a - c .
- the term “waveguide” refers to any device or material capable of directing electromagnetic energy from one location to another. Examples of suitable waveguides can include, but are not limited to, co-axial cables, clad fibers, dielectric-filled waveguides, or any other type of transmission line.
- waveguides 442 can comprise one or more dielectric-filled waveguide segments for transporting microwave energy from microwave generator 422 to one or more of launchers 444 a - c.
- Waveguides 442 can be designed and constructed to propagate microwave energy in a specific predominant mode.
- the term “mode” refers to a generally fixed cross-sectional field pattern of microwave energy.
- waveguides 442 can be configured to propagate microwave energy in a TE xy mode, wherein x is an integer in the range of from 1 to 5 and y is 0.
- waveguides 442 can be configured to propagate microwave energy in a TM ab mode, wherein a is 0 and b is an integer in the range of from 1 to 5.
- the above-defined ranges of a, b, x, and y values as used to describe a mode of microwave propagation are applicable throughout this description.
- the values for a, b, x, and/or y can be the same or different for each component. In one embodiment, the values for a, b, x, and/or y are same for each component of a given system.
- waveguides 442 can depend, at least in part, on the desired mode of the microwave energy to be passed therethrough.
- at least a portion of waveguides 442 can comprise TE xy waveguides having a generally rectangular cross-section, while, in another embodiment, at least a portion of waveguides 442 can comprise TM ab waveguides having generally circular cross-sections.
- circular cross-section waveguides can have a diameter of at least about 8 inches, at least about 10 inches, at least about 12 inches, at least about 24 inches, at least about 36 inches, or at least about 40 inches.
- rectangular cross-section waveguides can have a short dimension of at least about 1 inch, at least about 2 inches, at least about 3 inches and/or no more than about 6 inches, no more than about 5 inches, or no more than about 4 inches, while the long dimension can be at least about 6 inches, at least about 10 inches, at least about 12 inches, at least about 18 inches and/or no more than about 50 inches, no more than about 35 inches, or no more than about 24 inches.
- microwave distribution system 440 can comprise one or more mode conversion segments 446 operable to change the mode of the microwave energy passing therethrough.
- mode converter 446 can comprise a TM ab -to-TE xy mode converter for changing the mode of at least a portion of the microwave energy from a TM ab to a TE xy mode.
- mode conversion segment 446 can comprise a TE xy -to-TM ab mode converter for receiving TM ab mode energy and converting and discharging microwave energy in a TE xy mode.
- the values for a, b, x, and y can be within the ranges described previously.
- Microwave distribution system 440 can comprise any number of mode converters 446 and, in one embodiment, can include at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, or at least 4 mode converters positioned at various locations within microwave distribution system 440 .
- microwave distribution system 440 can comprise one or more microwave launchers 444 for receiving microwave energy from generator 422 via waveguides 442 and emitting or discharging at least a portion of the microwave energy into the interior of microwave heater 430 .
- microwave launcher or “launcher” refers to any device capable of emitting microwave energy into the interior of a microwave heater.
- the microwave distribution systems according to various embodiments of the present invention can employ at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 8, at least 10, and/or no more than 100, no more than 50, or no more than 25 microwave launchers.
- Microwave launchers can be any suitable shape and/or size and can be constructed of any materials, including, for example, selected carbon steels, stainless steels, nickel alloys, aluminum alloys, and copper alloys. In one embodiment wherein microwave distribution system 440 comprises two or more microwave launchers, each launcher can be made of the same material, while, in another embodiment, two or more launchers can be made of different materials.
- microwave energy generated by one or more microwave generators 422 can be optionally routed or directed to one or mode converters 446 (if present) via waveguides 442 . Thereafter, the microwave energy in waveguides 442 can be optionally split into two or more separate microwave portions (e.g., at least three portions as shown in FIG. 5 ) before being directed to one or more microwave launchers, illustrated as launchers 444 a - c in FIG. 5 .
- Microwave launchers 444 a - c can be partially or entirely disposed within microwave heater 430 and can be operable to introduce or emit at least a portion of the microwave energy passed thereto into the interior of heater 430 via one or more spaced launch locations, thereby heating and/or drying the objects, articles, or load disposed therein, including, for example, one or more bundles of wood. Specific configurations and details regarding various embodiments of microwave heating systems will now be discussed in detail below.
- FIGS. 8-10 several embodiments of microwave heating systems configured according to the present invention are provided. Although described as being configured to receive and heat a bundle of wood, it should be understood that the microwave heating systems described below can be suitable for use in any of the other processes and systems described previously, as well as any system or process wherein microwave heating is used. Further, it should be understood that, although described with reference to a particular figure or embodiment, all elements and components described below may be suitable for use in any microwave heating system configured according to one or more embodiments of the present invention.
- a microwave heating system 720 is illustrated as comprising a microwave heater 730 and a microwave distribution system 740 for delivering microwave energy from a microwave generator (not shown) to heater 730 .
- An optional vacuum system (not shown) can be operable in various embodiments to reduce the pressure in the interior of microwave heater 730 to, for example, no more than about 550 torr, no more than about 450 torr, no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 300 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more than about 150 torr, no more than about 100 torr, no more than about 75 torr and/or no more than about 10 millitorr (10 ⁇ 3 torr), no more than about 5 millitorr, no more than about 2 millitorr, no more than about 1 millitorr, no more than about 0.5 millitorr, or no more than about 0.1 millitorr.
- microwave distribution system 740 is illustrated as comprising an elongated waveguide launcher 760 that is at least partially, and may be entirely, disposed within the interior of microwave heater 730 .
- elongated waveguide launcher 760 can extend substantially horizontally within the interior of microwave heater 730 .
- substantially horizontally means within about 10° of horizontal.
- the ratio of the length of elongated waveguide launcher 760 to the total length of the interior space of microwave heater 730 can be, for example, at least about 0.3:1, at least about 0.5:1, at least about 0.75:1, or at least about 0.90:1.
- elongated waveguide launcher that extends substantially horizontally 760 can be located toward the upper or lower half of the interior volume of microwave heater 730 and may be at least partially or entirely vertically disposed above the heater entrance door 738 and an optional heater exit door (not shown) that, when present, is disposed on a generally opposite end of microwave heater 730 .
- the terms “upper” and “lower” volume refer to regions located in the upper vertical or lower vertical portion of the internal volume of the vessel.
- elongated waveguide launcher 760 can be, for example entirely disposed within the uppermost one-third, one-fourth, or one-fifth of the interior volume of microwave heater 730 , while, in another embodiment, elongated waveguide launcher 760 can be, for example disposed within the lowermost one-third, one-fourth, or one-fifth of the total interior volume of microwave heater 730 .
- the portion of the vessel cross-section extending from the respective uppermost or lowermost wall of the vessel toward the central axis of elongation for the desired portion (e.g., one-third, one-fourth, or one-fifth) of the cross-section can be extended along the central axis of elongation to thereby define the “uppermost” or “lowermost” fractional volumes of the internal vessel space.
- microwave heater 730 which can be configured to receive and heat a bundle of wood, comprises a heater entrance door 738 , which can optionally comprise a choke (not shown), configured to allow a bundle of wood 702 to be introduced into a bundle receiving space 739 .
- bundle 702 can also comprise one or more spacers or “stickers” disposed between the boards.
- microwave heater 730 can also comprise an optional heater exit door 739 positioned on the opposite end of microwave heater 730 from heater entrance door 738 .
- bundle 702 can optionally be loaded via entrance door 738 , passed through microwave heater 730 and unloaded via the exit door 739 , rather than being both loaded and unloaded through heater entrance door 738 .
- the reference to “entrance” and “exit” doors in this embodiment is not limiting, and bundle 702 can optionally be loaded via door 739 , passed through microwave heater 730 and unloaded via door 738 . Further, in another embodiment, bundle 702 can be both loaded (inserted) and unloaded (removed) from entrance door 738 when, for example, optional exit door 739 is not present.
- elongated waveguide launcher 760 can be positioned in microwave heater 730 substantially below (not shown) or above bundle 702 such that, as bundle 702 is passed into, out of, and/or through the interior of heater 730 , elongated launcher does not have to be moved, removed, retracted, or otherwise repositioned.
- elongated waveguide launcher 760 can be substantially hollow and comprise one or more sidewalls.
- the one or more sidewalls can be configured in a variety of ways such that elongated waveguide launcher 760 can have a variety of cross-sectional shapes.
- elongated waveguide launcher 760 can have a single sidewall defining a substantially circular or elliptical cross-sectional shape.
- FIG. 8 b a partial detailed isometric view of elongated waveguide launcher 760 is provided.
- elongated waveguide launcher 760 can be substantially hollow and comprise one or more sidewalls.
- the one or more sidewalls can be configured in a variety of ways such that elongated waveguide launcher 760 can have a variety of cross-sectional shapes.
- elongated waveguide launcher 760 can have a single sidewall defining a substantially circular or elliptical cross-sectional shape.
- elongated waveguide launcher 760 can comprise four substantially planar side walls 764 a - d arranged to give launcher 760 a generally rectangular transverse (or, in another embodiment, square) cross-sectional configuration.
- Elongated waveguide launcher 760 can be configured to propagate and/or emit microwave energy in any suitable mode, including TE xy and/or TM ab modes, as discussed in detail previously.
- elongated waveguide launcher 760 can comprise a elongated TE xy launcher and, in one embodiment, can be implemented with commercially available rectangular waveguide sizes, such as WR284, WR430, or WR340.
- elongated waveguide launcher 760 can be any suitable dimensions and, in one embodiment, may be custom fabricated according to the description provided in U.S. application Ser. Nos. 11/524,239 and 11/254,261, each incorporated herein by reference to the extent not inconsistent with the present disclosure.
- the one or more sidewalls of elongated waveguide launcher 760 can define a plurality of launch openings for discharging or emitting microwave energy into the interior of microwave heater 730 .
- launch openings 767 a - e can be of any suitable shape.
- Each of elongated slots 767 a - e can define a length, designated as “L” in FIG. 8 b , and a width, designated as “W” in FIG. 8 b .
- the length-to-width (L:W) ratio of elongated slots 767 a - e can be, for example, at least about 2:1, at least about 3:1, at least about 4:1, or at least about 5:1.
- elongated slots 767 a - e can be oriented at various angles with respect to the horizontal.
- elongated slots 767 a - e can extend at an angle relative to the horizontal of, for example, at least about 10°, at least about 20°, at least about 30° and/or, for example, no more than about 80°, no more than about 70°, or no more than about 60°.
- each of elongated slots 767 a - e can have equal shapes, sizes, and/or orientations. In one embodiment, the shapes, sizes, and/or orientations of individual elongated slots 767 a - e can differ. Changes to the shape, size, and/or orientation of elongated slots 767 a - e can impact the distribution of energy emitted from elongated waveguide launcher 760 . Although shown as being uncovered in the embodiment illustrated in FIG. 8 b , one or more launch openings 767 can be substantially covered by one or more covering structures (not shown) adjacent to the launch openings that are operable to prevent the flow of fluids into and out of openings 767 , but that allow the discharge of microwave energy therefrom.
- one or more of launch openings 767 a - e can be at least partially, or entirely, defined by one or more sidewalls 764 a - d of elongated waveguide launcher 760 .
- at least about 50 percent, at least about 75 percent, at least about 85 percent, or at least about 90 percent, for example, of the thickness of launch openings 767 a - e can be defined by one or more sidewalls 764 a - d .
- launch openings 767 a - e can be at least partially, or entirely, defined by two substantially upright sidewalls 764 a,c .
- Sidewalls 764 a - d of elongated launcher 760 can be relatively thick in one embodiment, while, in other one embodiment, sidewalls 764 a - d can be relatively thin.
- sidewalls 764 a - d can be at least about 1/32 (0.03125) inches, at least about 1 ⁇ 8 (0.125) inches, at least about 3/16 (0.1875) inches and/or, for example, no more than about 1 ⁇ 2 (0.5) inches, no more than about 1 ⁇ 4 (0.25) inches, no more than about 3/16 (0.1875) inches, or no more than about 1 ⁇ 8 (0.125) inches.
- elongated waveguide launcher 760 can emit microwave energy into the interior of microwave heater 730 with a microwave launch efficiency of at least about 50 percent, at least about 75 percent, at least about 85 percent, at least about 90 percent, or at least about 95 percent.
- microwave launch efficiency can be defined by converting the result of the following equation to a percentage: (total energy introduced into the launcher ⁇ total energy discharged from all of the openings of the launcher) ⁇ (total energy introduced into the launcher).
- Launch openings 767 a - e can be arranged according to any suitable configuration or arrangement along elongated waveguide launcher 760 .
- launch openings 767 a - e can include a first set of launch openings (e.g., launch openings 767 a,b ) disposed on one side of launcher 760 and a second set of launch openings (e.g., launch openings 767 c - e ) disposed on another, generally opposite side of elongated waveguide launcher 760 .
- first and second sets of launch openings can be axially staggered from each other, such that corresponding openings (e.g., openings 767 a,c , shown as launch pair or opening pair 780 a , and openings 767 b,d , shown as launch or opening pair 780 b ) are not axially aligned with one another.
- corresponding openings e.g., openings 767 a,c , shown as launch pair or opening pair 780 a
- openings 767 b,d shown as launch or opening pair 780 b
- each launch pair 780 a,b includes one launch opening disposed on one side of elongated waveguide launcher 760 (e.g., opening 767 a of pair 780 a and opening 767 b of pair 780 b both disposed on side wall 764 a ) and another launch opening disposed on the opposite side of launcher 760 (e.g., opening 767 c of pair 780 a and opening 767 d of pair 780 b both disposed on side wall 764 c in FIG. 8 b ).
- one launch opening disposed on one side of elongated waveguide launcher 760 e.g., opening 767 a of pair 780 a and opening 767 b of pair 780 b both disposed on side wall 764 a
- another launch opening disposed on the opposite side of launcher 760 e.g., opening 767 c of pair 780 a and opening 767 d of pair 780 b both disposed on side wall 764 c in FIG. 8 b
- the openings 767 a,c and 767 b,d disposed on opposite sides of elongated waveguide launcher 760 can be axially aligned, while, in another embodiment, the oppositely-spaced openings 767 a,c and 767 b,d can form a plurality of “near neighbor” pairs (e.g., launch pairs 780 a,b comprise “near neighbor” openings 767 a,c and 767 b,d , respectively).
- launch pairs 780 a,b comprise “near neighbor” openings 767 a,c and 767 b,d , respectively.
- the stand-alone opening may be an end opening, such as end opening 767 e shown in FIG. 8 b.
- pairs 780 a,b comprise near neighbor pairs of openings
- at least one of the launch openings 767 a - d of launch opening pairs 780 a,b can be configured so as to cancel at least a portion of the microwave energy reflected back into the interior space of waveguide 760 as generated by one or more of the other launch openings 767 a - d of the near-neighbor pairs 780 a,b .
- microwave energy reflections caused by opening 767 a of pair 780 a can be at least partially, substantially, or nearly entirely cancelled by the configuration of the other opening 767 b of pair 780 a .
- the microwave energy reflections caused by opening 767 c of pair 780 b can be at least partially, substantially, or nearly entirely cancelled by the configuration of the other opening 767 d of pair 780 b.
- the total amount of energy transferred from each of launch opening 767 a - d of opening pairs 780 a,b into the interior of microwave heater 730 can be equal to a fraction of the total amount of microwave energy introduced into launcher 760 .
- the fraction of microwave energy emitted from each pair of launch openings (and/or the unpaired or single end opening) can be expressed by the following formula: 1/(N+1).
- the total amount of energy emitted by each of pairs 780 a,b can be equal to 1/(2+1) or 1 ⁇ 3 of the total energy introduced into elongated waveguide launcher 760 .
- the energy emitted from an unpaired launch opening e.g., single end opening 767 e in FIG. 8 b
- launch opening 767 e can also emit approximately 1 ⁇ 3 of the total energy introduced into elongated waveguide launcher 760 .
- microwave heating system 820 comprises a microwave heater 820 and a microwave distribution system 840 operable to transport microwave energy from a microwave generator (not shown) to heater 820 .
- microwave heating system 820 can also comprise a vacuum system (not shown) for reducing the pressure in microwave heater 830 below atmospheric pressure.
- microwave heater 830 can include a heater entrance door 838 for introducing a bundle of wood (or other load) into the interior of heater 830 .
- microwave heater 830 can comprise a heater exit door (not shown in FIG.
- microwave heater 830 can comprise a plurality of spaced launch openings, such as those illustrated as 841 a,b in FIG. 9 a , located at various positions along one or more external side walls 831 of microwave heater 830 .
- Launch openings 841 a,b can be operable to accommodate one or more components of microwave distribution system 840 , thereby facilitating the transmission of microwave energy into microwave heater 830 . Additional details regarding microwave distribution system 840 will now be discussed in further detail with regard to FIGS. 9 b - h.
- FIG. 9 b a top partial cutaway view of microwave heater 830 is provided, particularly illustrating a plurality of microwave launchers 844 a - d directly or indirectly coupled to opposite sidewalls 831 a,b of microwave heater 830 .
- the term “indirectly coupled” refers to one or more intermediate pieces of equipment used to at least partially connect one or more launchers to the vessel.
- Launchers 844 a - d can be operable to emit microwave energy into the interior of microwave heater 830 via one or more open outlets 845 a - d , as shown in FIG. 9 b .
- microwave heater 830 can comprise any desired number of launchers.
- microwave heater 830 can comprise two additional launchers axially positioned to the left of launchers 844 a,b in FIG. 9 b and/or to the right of launchers 844 c,d .
- the additional launchers can be facing in the same direction and/or in different directions.
- launchers 844 a - d are shown as facing in opposite directions.
- microwave heater 830 can comprise four additional launchers, arranged in an analogous manner as launchers 844 a - d , illustrated in FIG. 9 b , as described further below.
- Microwave launchers 844 can be positioned along, within, or proximate microwave heater 830 according to any suitable configuration.
- microwave launchers 844 can be configured to comprise two pairs of launchers. The individual launchers within the pair can be located on generally the same side (e.g., the pair comprising launchers 844 a and 844 d and the other pair comprising launcher 844 b and 844 c ) or on generally opposite sides (e.g., the pair comprising microwave launchers 844 a and 844 b and the other pair comprising 844 c and 844 d ) of microwave heater 830 .
- the term “generally opposite sides” or “opposite sides” refers to two launchers positioned such that the angle of radial alignment defined therebetween is in the range of from at least about 90° to about 180°.
- the “angle of radial alignment ( ⁇ ),” is defined as the angle formed between two straight lines drawn from the center of each launcher to the central axis of elongation of the vessel.
- FIG. 9 c shows exemplary launchers 845 and 846 a , defining an angle of radial alignment, ⁇ 1 , therebetween.
- the angle of radial alignment between two launchers positioned on generally opposite sides of a vessel can be at least about 120°, at least about 150°, at least about 165° and/or no more than about 180° or approximately 180°.
- two launchers can be positioned on generally opposite sidewalls, as generally depicted in FIG. 9 b , while, in another embodiment, two oppositely disposed launchers can be positioned at or near the vertical top and bottom of the heater (not shown).
- one or more pairs launchers include individual launchers located on generally opposite sides of a microwave heater (e.g., launchers 844 b and 844 a or launchers 844 c and 844 d in FIG. 9 b ), the individual launchers within the pairs can also be axially aligned with one another.
- axially aligned refers to two launchers defining an angle of axial alignment therebetween in the range of from 0° to 45°.
- the “angle of axial alignment” can be defined by the angle formed between the shortest straight lines drawn between the centers of each launcher (that also intersects the axis of elongation of the vessel) and a line drawn perpendicular to the axis of elongation.
- the angle of axial alignment, ⁇ is formed between line 850 , which is drawn between the centers of exemplary launchers 845 and 846 , and line 852 , which is perpendicular to the axis of elongation 835 a .
- axially aligned launchers can define an angle of axial alignment of at least about 0° and/or, for example, no more than about 30° or no more than about 15°.
- individual launchers within a pair can be located on generally the same side of a microwave heater.
- the term “generally the same side” or “same side” refers to two launchers having an angle of radial alignment, ⁇ , in the range of from at least or equal to 0° to about 90°.
- Exemplary launchers 845 and 846 b in FIG. 9 c are located on generally the same side of the microwave heater, as the angle of radial alignment defined therebetween (e.g., ⁇ 2 ) is no more than about 90°.
- two launchers disposed on the same side of a microwave heater can define an angle of radial alignment of at least about 0° and/or no more than about 60°, no more than about 30°, and no more than about 15°, or approximately 0°.
- one or more pairs of launchers include individual launchers located on generally the same side of a microwave heater (e.g., launchers 844 a and 844 d or launchers 844 b and 844 c in FIG. 9 b ), the individual launchers within the pairs can also be axially adjacent to one another.
- the term “axially adjacent” refers to two or more launchers positioned on the same side of a microwave heater such that no other launchers on that side are disposed between the axially adjacent launchers.
- a microwave distribution system comprises two or more pairs of oppositely positioned microwave launchers, one launcher from the first pair is disposed on generally the same side as one launcher from the second pair, thereby creating an axially adjacent pair of launchers.
- each of microwave launchers 844 a - d can define a respective open outlet 845 a - d for emitting microwave energy into the interior of microwave heater 830 .
- Open outlets can be positioned to emit energy into the interior of microwave heater 830 in any suitable pattern or direction. For example, in one embodiment shown in FIG.
- open outlets of axially adjacent launchers can be oriented to face each other in a direction substantially parallel to the external sidewall to which the launchers are coupled (e.g., sidewall 831 a for launchers 844 a,d and sidewall 831 b for launchers 844 b,c ), thereby discharging microwave energy in that general direction.
- substantially parallel means within about 10° of parallel.
- At least one of open outlets 845 a - d can be oriented to discharge energy substantially parallel to the axis of elongation of microwave heater 830 , designated as line 835 in FIG. 9 b .
- at least one of open outlets 845 a - d can be oriented toward an axial midpoint of heater 830 .
- the “axial midpoint” of a vessel is defined by a plane that is orthogonal to axis of elongation 835 and intersects the midpoint 839 of the axis of elongation 835 as shown in FIG. 9 b .
- each of open outlets 845 a - d are oriented toward the axial mid-point of heater 830 such that the open outlet 845 a,b of front-side launchers 844 a,b substantially face towards open outlets 845 c,d of back-side launchers 844 c,d , as depicted in FIG. 9 b.
- microwave energy produced by one or more microwave generators can be transported via waveguides 842 a - d to launchers 844 a - d , which emit the energy into the interior of microwave heater 830 .
- any number or configuration of microwave generators can be used to produce microwave energy for use in microwave heating system 820 .
- a single generator can be used to supply energy to heater 830 via waveguides 842 a - d and launchers 844
- heating system 820 can include two or more generators.
- a network of one or more microwave generators can be utilized such that microwave energy is emitted from at least one, at least two, at least three, or all four of microwave launchers 844 a - d at substantially the same time.
- one or more launchers 844 a - d can be coupled to a single generator and the energy from the generator can be allocated amongst the launchers using one or more microwave switches.
- one or more of launchers 844 a - d can have a singly-dedicated generator, such that at least about 75 percent, at least about 90 percent, or substantially all of the microwave energy produced by that generator is routed to a single launcher. Additional details regarding specific embodiments of microwave generators, waveguides, and launchers and the operation thereof are provided shortly, with respect to FIGS. 11 a and 11 b.
- waveguide segments 842 a - d can be in any suitable mode, including, for example, a TM ab mode and/or a TE xy mode, wherein a, b, x, and y have values as previously defined.
- waveguide segments 842 a - d each comprise TE xy waveguide segments, with segments 842 a and 842 d configured to penetrate sidewall 831 a and segments 842 b and 842 c configured to penetrate sidewall 831 b and extend radially into the interior of microwave heater 830 , toward the axis of elongation 835 , as shown in FIG. 9 b.
- the mode of the microwave energy propagated through waveguide segments 842 a - d can be changed prior to (or simultaneously with) being emitted into the interior of microwave heater 830 .
- TE xy mode energy produced by the microwave generator (not shown in FIG. 9 b ) can be emitted into microwave energy as TM ab mode energy after passing through one or more mode converting segments, represented in FIG. 9 b as mode converters 850 a - d .
- Mode converters can be of any suitable size and shape and any suitable number of mode converters can be used in microwave distribution system 840 .
- one or more mode converters 850 a - d can be disposed outside of the interior space (volume) of microwave heater 830 , while, in another embodiment, mode converters 850 a - d can be partially, or entirely, disposed within the interior of microwave heater 830 .
- Mode converters 850 a - d can be located in or near sidewalls 831 a,b or, as illustrated in FIG. 9 b , can be spaced from external sidewalls 831 a,b of microwave heater 830 .
- the microwave energy can initially enter the microwave heater in a TE xy mode and, subsequently, at least a portion of the energy can be converted such that at least a portion of the energy emitted from launchers 844 a - d into the interior of microwave heater 830 can be in a TM ab mode.
- waveguide segments 842 a - d can comprise TE xy waveguide segments operable to transmit microwave energy from the generator to heater 830 in a TE xy mode.
- At least a portion of TE xy waveguide segments 842 a - d can be integrated into launchers 844 a - d as depicted shown in FIG. 9 b .
- the energy passes from waveguide segments 842 a - d through mode converters 850 a - d , the energy is converted to a TM ab mode.
- the TM ab mode energy exiting mode converters 850 a - d can then pass through a respective TM ab waveguide segment 843 a - d , illustrated in FIG. 9 b as being entirely disposed within the interior of microwave heater 830 and spaced from the sidewalls 833 thereof, before being discharged into heater 830 via TM ab open outlets 845 a - d.
- microwave heating system 820 can comprise one or more reflectors 890 a - d positioned near the open outlets 845 a - d and operable to reflect or disperse microwave energy emitted from launchers 844 a - d into microwave heater 830 .
- the reflectors can be fixed or stationary reflectors, such that energy is reflected or dispersed while the position of the reflector does not change.
- one or more of reflectors 890 can be a movable reflector operable to change position in order to reflect or disperse microwave energy into microwave heater 830 .
- each reflecting surface can be spaced from external side walls 831 a,b and can be positioned such that one or more of the respective launch openings 845 a - d of launchers 844 a - d face toward their respective reflective surfaces 891 a - d which, in turn, are positioned to contact, direct, or reflect at least a portion of the microwave energy from launch openings 845 a - d .
- microwave energy emitted from microwave launchers 844 a - d can at least partially contact and can be least partially reflected or dispersed by respective reflector surfaces 891 a - d .
- one or more of reflecting surfaces 891 a - d can be oriented to face a direction that is substantially parallel the direction of elongation of external side walls 831 a,b.
- reflector surfaces 891 a - d can be substantially planar, while, in other embodiment, one or more reflector surfaces 891 a - d can be non-planar.
- one or more non-planar reflector surfaces 891 a - d can define a curvature as illustrated by embodiment depicted in FIG. 9 h .
- Reflector surfaces 891 a - d can be smooth or can one or more convexities.
- the term “convexity” refers to a region of a reflector that is surface operable to disperse, rather than reflect, energy therefrom.
- a convexity can have a generally convex shape, as illustrated by the examples of convexities 893 a,b shown in FIGS. 9 f and 9 g .
- a convexity can have a generally concave shape, such as, for example, a dimple or other similar indentation.
- one or more reflectors 890 a - d can be movable reflectors.
- Movable reflectors can be any reflectors operable to change position.
- movable reflectors 890 a - b can be oscillating reflectors capable of moving in a designated pattern, such as, for example, a generally up-and-down pattern or a pattern of rotation about an axis.
- movable reflectors can be randomly movable reflectors operable to move in any of a variety of random and/or unplanned movements.
- Movable reflectors 890 a - d can be movably coupled to microwave heater 830 according to any suitable method.
- microwave heater 830 can comprise a reflector driver system (or actuator) 899 for movable reflector 890 within the interior space of heater 830 .
- reflector driver system 899 can comprise one or more support arms 892 , which fastenably couple reflector 890 to an oscillating shaft 893 .
- a motor 898 can turn a wheel 896 to which a linear shaft 895 can be coupled in a generally off-center manner.
- shaft 895 can move in a generally up-and-down manner as wheel 896 turns, thereby causing a lever arm 894 to rotate shaft 893 about pivot axis 897 , as generally indicated by arrow 882 .
- reflector 890 can move as generally indicated by arrow 880 and can be operable to reflect or to disperse at least a portion of the microwave energy emitted from discharge opening 845 of microwave reflector 844 in a pattern determined, at least in part, by the movement of reflector 890 .
- a microwave heater 930 comprises a heater entrance door 938 for loading a bundle of wood 902 into the interior of heater 930 and a heater exit door 939 for removing bundle 902 from microwave heater 930 .
- a heater entrance door 938 for loading a bundle of wood 902 into the interior of heater 930
- a heater exit door 939 for removing bundle 902 from microwave heater 930 .
- microwave heater 930 can, in another embodiment, include only a single door for both loading and unloading bundle of wood 902 from the interior of microwave heater 930 .
- FIG. 10 a illustrates a single door for both loading and unloading bundle of wood 902 from the interior of microwave heater 930 .
- microwave heating system 920 can comprise an optional vacuum system (not shown) for controlling the pressure in heater 930 .
- microwave heating system 920 can include a microwave distribution system 940 comprising a plurality of spaced launch openings 941 a - d defined in an external sidewall 931 of microwave heater 930 .
- Each launch opening 941 can be operable to receive a microwave launcher (not shown) for emitting energy into the interior of microwave heater 930 .
- Microwave launchers can be at least partly, or entirely, disposed within the interior of microwave heater 930 . Specific embodiments of one or more types of microwave launchers will be discussed in more detail shortly.
- microwave energy produced by a microwave generator can be transmitted in a TE xy mode through waveguide segments 942 a - d prior to passing through external TE xy -to-TM ab mode converters 950 a - d , which convert the energy passing therethrough to a TM ab mode.
- the resulting TM ab mode microwave energy can then exit mode converters 950 a - d via respective waveguide segments 942 e - h , as illustrated in FIG. 10 a .
- barrier assembly can refer to any device operable to fluidly isolating the microwave heater from an external environment, while still permitting the passage of microwave energy therethough. For example, in one embodiment shown in FIG.
- respective barrier assemblies 970 a - d can each comprise at least one sealed window member 972 a - d , which can be permeable to microwave energy, but provides a desired degree fluid isolation between each upstream 942 e - h TM ab waveguide segment and each of downstream 942 i - l TM ab waveguide segments.
- sealed window member refers to a window member configured in a manner that it will provide sufficient fluid isolation between the two spaces on either side of the window member to allow maintaining a pressure differential across such window member. Additional details regarding specific embodiments of barrier assemblies 970 a - d will now be discussed in detail, with respect to FIG. 10 b.
- each barrier assembly 970 a - d can permit energy passage at a rate of at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW, at least about 250 kW, at least about 350 kW, at least about 400 kW, at least about 500 kW, at least about 600 kW, at least about 750 kW, or at least about 1,000 kW and/or not more than about 2,500 kW, not more than about 1,500 kW, or not more than about 1,000 kW through its respective window member 972 a - d , while the pressure in microwave heater 930 can be no more than about 550 torr, no more than about 450 torr, no more than about 350 to
- the pressure in microwave heater can be no more than about 10 millitorr, no more than about 5 millitorr, no more than about 2 millitorr, no more than about 1 millitorr, no more than about 0.5 millitorr, or no more than about 0.1 millitorr.
- the microwave energy passed through barrier assemblies 970 a - d can be introduced such that the electromagnetic field is maintained lower than the threshold of arcing to thereby prevent or minimize arcing in barrier assemblies 970 a - d.
- Barrier assembly 970 comprises a first sealed window member 972 a and an optional second sealed window member 972 b disposed within a barrier housing 973 .
- second sealed window member 972 b can be operable to cooperate with first sealed window member 972 a to provide a desired level of fluid isolation between the upstream (e.g., entry) and downstream (e.g., exit) TM ab waveguide segments 975 a,b while permitting the passage of at least a portion of the microwave energy from first TM ab waveguide segment 975 a to second TM ab waveguide segment 975 b .
- first and second TM ab waveguide segments 975 a,b can have circularly cylindrical cross-sections.
- waveguide segments 975 a,b can be two ends of a single continuous waveguide, in which barrier assembly 970 can be disposed, while, in another embodiment, waveguide segments can be two separate waveguide portions or components suitably fastened or coupled to either side of barrier assembly 970 .
- barrier housing 973 can comprise a first or entry section 973 a , an optional second or intermediate section 973 b , and third or exit section 973 c , with first sealed window member 972 a disposed between first and second sections 973 a,b and second sealed window member 972 b disposed between second and third sections 973 b,c .
- the pressure of each of first, second, and third segments 973 a,b,c can be different.
- the pressure of first segment 973 a can be greater than the pressure of second segment 973 b , which can be greater than the pressure of third segment 973 c .
- first, second, and third sections 973 a - c of barrier housing 973 can be held together by any suitable fastening device (not shown), such as, for example screws, bolts, and the like.
- barrier assemblies 970 a - d can also comprise one or more impedance transformers, which alter the impedance of the microwave radiation.
- impedance transforming diameter step changes 974 a,b in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 b for maximizing energy transfer from the microwave generator (not shown) to the load in the microwave heater (not shown).
- impedance transforming diameter step changes 974 a,b can be located near at least one of sealed window members 972 , b , while, in another embodiment, step changes 974 a,b can be located near or at least partially defined by the entry and/or exit TM ab waveguides 975 a,b.
- sealed window members 972 a,b can comprise one or more discs.
- Each disc can be constructed of any material with a suitable degree of corrosion resistance, strength, impermeability to fluids, and permeability to microwave energy. Examples of suitable materials can include, but are not limited to, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, silicon dioxide, beryllium oxide, boron nitride, mullite, and/or polymeric compounds such as TEFLON.
- the loss tangent of the disc can be no more than about 2 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 , no more than about 1 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 4 , no more than about 7.5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 , or no more than about 5 ⁇ 10 ⁇ 5 .
- the discs can have any suitable cross-section.
- discs can have a cross-section compatible with the cross-section of the adjoining waveguides 975 a,b .
- the discs can have a substantially circular cross-section and can have a thickness, designated in FIG. 10 b as “x”, equal to at least about 1 ⁇ 8, at least about 1 ⁇ 4, at least about 1 ⁇ 2 and/or no more than about 1, no more than about 3 ⁇ 4, or no more than about 1 ⁇ 2 of the length of the predominant wavelength of the microwave energy passing through barrier assembly 970 .
- the diameter of the discs can be at least about 50 percent, at least about 60 percent, at least about 75 percent, at least about 90 percent and/or no more than about 95 percent, no more than about 85 percent, no more than about 70 percent, or no more than about 60 percent of the diameter of one or more adjoining waveguides 975 a,b.
- Each disc of sealed window members 972 a - d can be operably coupled to respective barrier assembly 970 a - d in any suitable fashion.
- each of sealed window members 972 a - d can comprise one or more sealing devices flexibly coupled to barrier housing 973 and/or sealed window members 972 a,b .
- the term “flexibly coupled” means fastened, attached, or otherwise arranged such that the members are held in place without directly contacting one or more rigid structures. For example, in one embodiment shown in FIG.
- barrier assembly 970 can comprise a plurality of resilient rings 982 a,b and 984 a,b compressed between various segments 973 a - c of and operable to flexibly couple sealed window members 972 a,b into barrier housing 973 .
- each respective upstream 982 a,b and downstream 984 a,b resilient rings can be operable to adequately prevent or limit fluid flow between first and second 973 a,b and/or second and third 973 b,c sections of barrier assembly 970 .
- a helium leak test according to procedure B1 entitled “Spraying Testing” described in the document entitled “Helium Leak Detection Techniques” published by Alcatel Vacuum Technology using a Varian Model No.
- the fluid leak rate of sealed window members 972 a - d and/or barrier assemblies 970 a - d can be no more than about 10 ⁇ 2 torr liters/sec, no more than about 10 ⁇ 4 torr liters/sec, or no more than about 10 ⁇ 8 torr liters/sec.
- each of sealed window members 972 a,b can individually be operable to maintain or withstand a pressure differential across sealed window members 972 a,b and/or barrier assembly 970 in amounts such as at least about 0.25 atm, at least about 0.5 atm, at least about 0.75 atm, at least about 0.90 atm, at least about 1 atm, or at least about 1.5 atm without out breaking, cracking, shattering, or otherwise failing.
- the microwave heating system depicted in FIG. 10 c includes a microwave distribution system 940 comprising at least one pair of microwave launchers (e.g., launchers 944 a and 944 h ) disposed on generally opposite sides of a microwave heater 930 .
- microwave distribution system 940 can further comprise one or more additional pairs of similarly (or somewhat differently) configured microwave launchers having, in some embodiments, one launcher from each pair disposed on generally opposite sides of microwave heater 930 .
- another embodiment not shown in FIG.
- microwave distribution system 940 may comprise two or more rows vertically-spaced microwave launchers positioned on the generally same side of microwave heater 930 .
- each side of microwave heater 930 can include two or more vertically-spaced rows of launchers, such that one launcher from each oppositely-disposed pair may be located at a higher vertical elevation than one launcher from another oppositely-disposed pair.
- launchers 944 a and/or 944 h could be positioned at a slightly higher vertical elevation than depicted in FIG.
- the vertically-spaced launchers in one embodiment, could be any type (or any combination of types) of microwave launchers described herein.
- microwave distribution system 940 comprises a plurality of waveguide segments 942 coupled to at least one pair of microwave launchers 944 a,h .
- launcher 944 a can be coupled to waveguide segments 942 a , 942 e , and 942 i
- launcher 944 h can be coupled to waveguide segments 942 x , 942 y , and 942 z operable to deliver microwave energy from one or more microwave generators (not shown in FIG. 10 c ) to the interior of microwave heater 930 .
- microwave distribution system 940 can include one or more mode converters 947 a - d , as shown in FIG.
- mode converters 947 a - d can be operable to change the transmission mode of the microwave energy passing therethrough from a TE xy mode to a TM ab mode (i.e., a TE xy -to-TM ab mode converter) or from a TM ab mode to a TE xy mode (i.e., a TM ab -to-TE xy mode converter).
- a TM ab mode i.e., a TE xy -to-TM ab mode converter
- TM ab mode i.e., a TE xy -to-TM ab mode converter
- mode converters 947 a and 947 c can each be operable to convert the microwave energy transmitted through waveguides 942 a and 942 x from a TE xy mode to a TM ab mode as it passes into waveguides 942 e and 942 y .
- the values of a, b, x, and y can be the same or different and can have the values provided above.
- mode converters 947 b and 947 d can be operable to convert the microwave energy transmitted through waveguides 942 e and 942 i as well as the energy transmitted through 942 y and 942 z from a TM ab mode to a TE xy mode.
- mode converters 947 a - d can comprise a mode converter splitter operable both to change the mode of the microwave energy passing therethrough and to split it into two or more separate streams of microwave energy for discharge into the interior space of the microwave heater.
- second mode converters 947 b and 947 d can each comprise mode converting splitters at least partially disposed within the interior of microwave heater 930 .
- second mode converting splitters 947 b and 947 d can be entirely disposed within the interior of microwave heater 930 and can each be a part of a split launcher 944 a and 944 h , respectively, as illustrated in FIG. 10 c . Additional details regarding split launchers 944 a,h will be discussed shortly.
- the total electrical length between the first and second mode converters, extending through and including the electrical length of any barrier assembly (if present) can be equal to a value that is a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of the competing mode of microwave energy passing therethrough.
- the term “electrical length” refers to the electrical path of transmission of the microwave energy, expressed as the number of wavelengths of the microwave energy required to propagate along a given path.
- the physical transmission path includes one or more different type of transmission media having two or more different dielectric constants
- the physical length of the transmission path can be shorter than the electrical length.
- electrical length depends on a number of factors including, for example, the specific wavelength of microwave energy, the thickness and type (e.g., dielectric constant) of the transmission medium or media.
- the total electrical length between the first mode converter 947 a,c and the second mode converter 947 b,d extending through and including the total electrical length of the TM ab barrier assembly 970 a,h can be equal to a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of the competing mode of microwave energy.
- non-integral refers to any number that is not a whole number.
- a non-integral half-wavelength then, may correspond to a distance of n times ⁇ /2, wherein n is any non-integral number.
- the number “2” is a whole number
- the number “2.05” is a non-integral number.
- an electrical length corresponding to 2.05 times the half-wavelength of the competing mode of microwave energy would be a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of that competing mode.
- the term “competing mode of microwave energy” refers to any mode of microwave energy propagating along a given path other than the desired or target mode of microwave energy intended for propagation along that path.
- the competing mode may include a single, most prevalent mode (i.e., the predominant competing mode) or a plurality of different, non-prevalent competing modes.
- the total electric length between the first and second mode converters, extending through and including the electrical length of any barrier assembly (if present) can be equal to a value that is a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of at least one of the multiple competing modes and, in one embodiment, can be equal to a value that is a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of the predominant competing mode.
- first mode converters 947 a,c comprise TM ab mode converters operable to convert at least a portion of the microwave energy in respective waveguide segments 942 a and 942 d from a TE xy mode into a TM ab mode in waveguide segments 942 b and 942 e .
- at least a portion of the microwave energy may be converted into a mode other than the desired mode. Any mode other than the desired mode is generally referred to herein as the “competing mode” of microwave energy.
- the competing mode of microwave energy may be a TE mn mode, wherein n is 1 and m is an integer between 1 and 5.
- the total electrical length of the TM ab waveguides 942 e and 942 i between first and second mode converters 947 a and 947 b , extending through and including the electrical length of barrier assembly 970 a can be equal to a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of the TE mn mode, wherein n is 1 and m is an integer between 1 and 5.
- m can be 2 or 3.
- selecting physical lengths and properties of waveguide segments 942 , mode converters 947 a - d , and/or barrier assemblies 970 a,h can minimize energy concentration within barrier assemblies 970 a,h .
- at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW, at least about 250 kW, at least about 350 kW, at least about 400 kW, at least about 500 kW, at least about 600 kW, at least about 750 kW, or at least about 1,000 kW and/or not more than about 2,500 kW, not more than about 1,500 kW, or not more than about 1,000 kW of energy can be passed through barrier assemblies 970 a,h , the temperature of at least a portion of at least one sealed window member within barrier assemblies 970 a,h (not shown in FIG.
- 10 c can change by no more than about 10° C., no more than about 5° C., no more than about 2° C. or no more than about 1° C.
- the pressure differential across the at least one sealed window member and/or the pressure within microwave heater 930 can be maintained as described above with similar results.
- At least one of the individual microwave launchers 944 a,h located on generally opposite sides of and at least partially disposed within the interior of microwave heater 930 can comprise a split launcher defining at least two discharge openings for emitting microwave energy into the interior of microwave heater 930 .
- microwave heater 930 can comprise any suitable number of launchers or pairs of launchers, as described herein.
- split launcher 944 can comprise a single inlet or openings 951 for receiving microwave energy and a single (not shown) or two or more discharge openings, or outlets, 945 a,b for emitting microwave energy therefrom.
- the ratio of microwave energy inlets to discharge outlets for a single split launcher can be 1:1, at least 1:2, at least 1:3, or at least 1:4.
- the mode of the microwave energy introduced into inlet 951 can be the same as the mode of the microwave energy emitted via discharge openings 945 a,b , while, in another embodiment, the modes can be different.
- split launcher 944 comprises a mode converting splitter 949
- the microwave energy introduced into a single inlet of a first sidewall of a microwave heater can undergo a mode conversion and be divided into at least two separate microwave energy portions, which can subsequently be emitted into the interior of the heater, optionally in a different mode.
- split launcher 944 can comprise a TM ab waveguide segment 942 , one or two or more TE xy waveguide segments 943 a,b and a TM ab to TE xy mode converting splitter 949 disposed therebetween.
- microwave energy in a TM ab mode introduced via waveguide segment 942 passes through mode converting splitter 949 before being discharged, simultaneously or nearly simultaneously, in one or two or more separate fractions of microwave energy from respective outlets 945 a,b of waveguides 943 a,b in a TE xy mode.
- mode converting splitter 949 can simply be a mode converter 949 (not a splitter) for changing the mode of the microwave energy passing therethrough.
- launcher 944 can comprise a single TM ab waveguide segment, a single TE xy waveguide segment, and a TM ab -to-TE xy mode converter 949 disposed therebetween.
- the mode converter can be located outside, partially inside, or completely inside the interior of the microwave heater. In operation, microwave energy in a TM ab mode introduced via the inlet waveguide segment can pass through mode converter 949 before being discharged in a TE xy mode.
- the discharge opening of the single-opening launcher can be oriented at any suitable angle with respect to the horizontal or can be substantially parallel to the horizontal.
- the energy discharged from the single-opening launcher can be oriented from the horizontal by an angle of at least about 20°, at least about 30°, at least about 45°, or at least about 60° and/or not more than about 100°, not more than about 90°, or not more than about 80°.
- each of discharge openings 945 a,b of split launcher 944 can be oriented from each other such that the paths of microwave energy discharged therefrom define a relative angle of discharge, ⁇ , as shown in FIG. 10 d .
- the relative angle of discharge between the paths of microwave energy discharge openings 945 a,b can be at least about 5°, at least about 15°, at least about 30°, at least about 45°, at least about 60°, at least about 90°, at least about 115°, at least about 135°, at least about 140° and/or no more than about 180°, no more than about 170°, no more than about 165°, no more than about 160°, no more than about 140°, no more than about 120°, no more than about 100°, or no more than about 90°.
- each of discharge openings 945 a,b can be configured to discharge microwave energy at respective first and second discharge angles ( ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 ) from the axis of extension 948 of TM ab waveguide segment 942 .
- ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 2 can be approximately equal, as generally depicted in FIG. 10 d , or, in another embodiment, one of the two angles can be larger than the other.
- ⁇ 1 and/or ⁇ 2 can be at least about 5°, at least about 10°, at least about 15°, at least about 30°, at least about 35°, at least about 55°, at least about 65°, at least about 70° and/or no more than about 110°, no more than about 100°, no more than about 95°, no more than about 80°, no more than about 70°, no more than about 60°, or no more than about 40°.
- split launcher 944 can be a vertically-oriented split launcher such launcher 944 comprises at least one upward-oriented discharge opening (e.g., 945 a ) configured to emit microwave energy at an upward angle from the horizontal and at least one downward-oriented discharge opening (e.g., 945 b ) configured to emit microwave energy at a downward angle from the horizontal.
- FIG. 10 c depicted in FIG. 10 c as comprising vertically-oriented split launchers 944 a,h configured to discharge energy at angles relative to the horizontal
- one or more of split launchers 944 a,h of microwave heater 930 can be horizontally-oriented, such that the split launcher, as described above, has been are rotated by 90°.
- one or more split launchers 944 a,h can be rotated by an angle between 0° and 90°.
- a microwave heater can include two or more vertically-spaced rows of horizontally-oriented split launchers located on one side of the heater and two or more vertically-spaced rows of horizontally-oriented split launchers on the other, generally opposite side of the same heater.
- the vertically-spaced rows of launchers can comprise single-opening launchers, horizontally-oriented split launchers, vertically-oriented split launchers, or any combination thereof.
- microwave heater 930 can comprise one or more (or at least two) movable reflectors 990 a - d positioned at various locations within microwave heater 930 and configured to raster microwave energy emitted from one or more discharge openings 945 a - d of one or more microwave launchers 944 a,h into the interior of microwave heater 930 .
- Reflectors 990 a - d can have any suitable configuration, such as, for example, configurations including one or more of the features previously described with respect to FIGS. 9 f - h .
- microwave heater 930 can comprise any suitable number of movable reflectors.
- a microwave heater comprising n split launchers can comprise at least 2n movable reflectors.
- a microwave heater can employ a total of four movable reflectors, each defining a reflector surface that extends substantially along the length of microwave heater 930 , such that two or more axially adjacent launchers “share” one or more reflectors or reflecting surfaces.
- each reflector 990 a - d can be operable to raster at least a portion of the microwave energy exiting launchers 944 a,h via discharge openings 945 a - d into microwave heater 930 to thereby heat and/or dry at least a portion of the bundle or other object, article, or load.
- raster means to direct, project, or concentrate energy over a certain area. In contrast to conventional reflecting or dispersing energy, rastering energy involves a greater degree of intentional directing or concentrating, which can be accomplished by utilizing the quasi-optical properties of microwave energy. In contrast to conventional means, rastering does not include use of stationary reflection surfaces or conventional mode stirring devices, such as fans.
- the microwave heater can comprise a plurality of split launcher pairs (e.g., two or more pairs of launchers), wherein each pair comprises two launchers having substantially similar configurations (as described above).
- one launcher of each pair can be positioned on generally opposite sides or on the same side of the microwave heater, as discussed in detail previously, with respect to FIGS. 9 c and 9 d .
- one or more movable reflectors 990 a - d can be positioned near (and/or positioned to face) one or more discharge openings of each of microwave launchers 944 .
- first and second launchers 944 a and 944 h each comprise split microwave launchers defining respective upward-oriented discharge openings 945 a and 945 c and respective downward-oriented discharge openings 945 b and 945 d
- at least one movable reflector can be positioned near one or more of discharge openings 945 a - d to raster at least a portion of the microwave energy discharged from split launchers 944 a,h (e.g., two or more separate TE xy mode microwave portions) into the interior of microwave heater 930 .
- split launchers 944 a,h e.g., two or more separate TE xy mode microwave portions
- microwave heater 930 can comprise at least four movable reflectors, each defining a respective reflecting surface and positioned near respective discharge openings 945 a - d of split launchers 944 a,h .
- movable reflectors 990 a - d can be located in the bottom left quadrant (e.g., reflector 990 a ), the top left quadrant (e.g., reflector 990 b ), the top right quadrant (e.g., reflector 990 c ), and the bottom right quadrant (e.g., reflector 990 d ) of microwave heater 930 .
- Two or more of reflectors 990 a - d can also be present when launchers 944 a,h are horizontally-oriented split launchers or single-opening launchers, as described in detail previously.
- Movable reflectors 990 a - d can be configured in two vertically-spaced pairs (e.g., reflector 990 a paired with reflector 990 b and reflector 990 c paired with reflector 990 d ) and/or in two horizontally-spaced pairs (e.g., reflector 990 b paired with reflector 990 c and reflector 990 a paired with reflector 990 d ). As illustrated in FIG.
- pairs of vertically-spaced reflectors can be positioned near split launchers 944 a,h such that one movable reflector is positioned near each of discharge openings 945 a - d of launchers 944 a,h (e.g., discharge openings 945 a - d face towards respective movable reflectors 990 a - d ).
- FIG. 10 c pairs of vertically-spaced reflectors (e.g., reflector pair 990 a,b and 990 c,d ) can be positioned near split launchers 944 a,h such that one movable reflector is positioned near each of discharge openings 945 a - d of launchers 944 a,h (e.g., discharge openings 945 a - d face towards respective movable reflectors 990 a - d ).
- FIG. 10 c pairs of vertically-spaced reflectors
- movable reflectors 990 b and 990 c can be positioned at a higher vertical elevation than respective movable reflectors 990 a and 990 d , such that split launchers 944 a,h can be vertically positioned between vertically-spaced pairs of launchers (e.g., launcher 944 a vertically positioned between vertically-spaced pair of reflectors 990 a,b and launcher 944 h vertically positioned between vertically-spaced pair of reflectors 990 c,d ).
- movable reflector 990 is positioned such that reflector surface 991 faces toward an open outlet of its corresponding microwave launcher (not shown).
- one or more movable reflectors 990 a - d can be positioned in alignment with or positioned to face the central axis of elongation of microwave heater 930 (not shown in FIG. 10 c ).
- Movable reflectors 990 a - d can be directly or indirectly coupled to one or more side walls of a microwave heater and can be moved or actuated in any suitable fashion.
- One or more of the reflectors 990 a - d can move along a pre-programmed (planned) path, or one or more can be caused to move in a random or non-repeating pattern.
- two or more reflectors 990 a - d can have the same or similar pattern of movement, in one embodiment, while, in the same or another embodiment, two or more reflectors 990 a - d can have different patterns of movement.
- At least one of reflectors 990 a - d can move in a generally arcuate-shaped path and can pass through various segments or “regions” of the overall path with a certain speed and/or residence time.
- the size and number of regions, as well as the speed with which the reflector moves through each region or the reflector residence time in each region depend on a variety of factors, such as for example, the size and type of the bundle, the type of wood, and the preliminary and desired characteristics of the initial and final bundle.
- each of reflectors 990 a - d can be individually driven or actuated according to one or more embodiments described herein, while, in another embodiment, two or more reflectors can be connected to a common drive mechanism (e.g., rotating shaft to be actuated at the same time.
- a drive mechanism for moving a reflector 990 using an actuator 960 is shown in FIG. 10 e .
- Actuator 960 can be a linear actuator having a fixed portion 961 coupled to a sidewall 933 of the microwave heater and an extensible portion 963 connected to a movable reflector 990 . According to one embodiment illustrated in FIG.
- movable reflector 990 further comprises a support arm 980 pivotally coupled to side wall 933 of the microwave heater.
- pivotally coupled refers to two or more objects attached, fastened, or otherwise associated such that at least one of the objects can generally move or pivot about a fixed point.
- a driver 970 moves extensible portion 963 of linear actuator 960 in an in-and-out type motion, as indicated by arrow 971 .
- Extensible portion 963 of linear actuator 960 allows movable reflector 990 to move in a generally arcuate pattern, as indicated by arrow 973 .
- Driver 970 can be controlled in any suitable manner, including, for example, using one or more programmable automatic control systems (not shown).
- the term “total open volume” refers to the total volume of space within the interior of the vessel not occupied by physical obstructions when a bundle of wood is not disposed in the vessel.
- the ratio of the total volume of the bundle of wood (including spaces between individual pieces of wood) to the total open volume of the microwave heater can be at least about 0.20, at least about 0.25, at least about 0.30, at least about 0.35. In some of the foregoing embodiments, the ratio is also no more than about 0.75, no more than about 0.70, or no more than about 0.65.
- the microwave heater can define an unobstructed bundle-receiving space for receiving a bundle of wood.
- the unobstructed bundle receiving space can also be configured to receive at least a portion of the microwave energy emitted to heat and/or dry one or more objects (or bundles) therein.
- Unobstructed bundle-receiving space of microwave heater 930 is denoted as 951 in FIG. 10 c .
- the term “unobstructed bundle-receiving space” refers to a space defined within the interior of a microwave heater that is capable of receiving and holding a bundle of wood.
- the unobstructed bundle receiving space can define a volume of a similar shape and within about 10 percent of the volume occupied by the largest size bundle of wood able to be loaded and/or processed within microwave heater 930 .
- the unoccupied bundle receiving space would have a volume, in one embodiment of about 1,100 cubic feet and a similar shape (e.g., cuboidal) as the bundle processed within heater 930 .
- the bundle receiving space may be “unobstructed” because it may not include any physical obstructions (e.g., waveguides, launchers, reflectors, etc.) disposed therein on a permanent basis.
- the microwave heater can comprise a circular cross-sectional shape, while unobstructed bundle-receiving space 951 can define a cuboidal volume and/or be configured to receive a bundle of wood having a cuboidal shape.
- the ratio of the total open volume of microwave heater 930 to the volume of the unobstructed bundle-receiving space can be at least about 0.20, at least about 0.25, at least about 0.30, at least about 0.35. In some of the foregoing embodiments, the ratio is also no more than about 0.75, no more than about 0.70, or no more than about 0.65.
- the unobstructed bundle receiving space 951 can be defined between two or more “obstructions,” including, for example, two or more launchers, reflectors, waveguides, or other objects located on the same or generally opposite sides of microwave heater 930 that take up physical space within the interior volume of the heater.
- microwave heater 930 comprises two oppositely-disposed doors (e.g., an entrance door 928 and an exit door disposed on generally opposite ends of microwave heater 930 )
- at least a portion of unobstructed bundle receiving space 951 can be defined between the two oppositely-disposed doors.
- the minimum clearance between the outermost edges of one or more obstructions and the unobstructed bundle-receiving space (and/or the bundle, when present) can be at least about 0.5 inches, at least about 1 inch, at least about 2 inches, at least about 6 inches, at least about 8 inches and/or no more than about 18 inches, no more than about 10 inches, or no more than about 8 inches.
- one of the obstructions do not physically contact the bundle when loaded into heater 930 .
- the wood can first be loaded into a microwave heater, which can be configured according to one or more embodiments of the present invention previously described.
- the bundle can have an overall initial weight (e.g., prior to heating) of at least about 100 pounds, at least about 250 pounds, at least about 375 pounds, or at least 500 pounds prior to heating and/or drying.
- the vacuum system if present, can then be used to reduce the pressure of the heater to no more than about 550 torr, no more than about 450 torr, no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 300 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more than about 150 torr, no more than about 100 torr, or no more than about 75 torr.
- one or more microwave generators can then be operated to begin introducing microwave energy into the interior of the vessel to thereby heat and/or dry at least a portion of the bundle.
- the pressure within the vessel can be above, nearly at, or below atmospheric pressure.
- the pressure of the interior of the microwave heater during the heating step can be at least 350 torr, at least about 450 torr, at least about 650 torr, at least about 750 torr, at least about 900 torr, or at least about 1,200 torr, while, in another embodiment, the pressure in microwave heater can be no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more than about 150 torr, no more than about 100 torr, or no more than about 75 torr.
- the total generator capacity or the rate of energy introduced into the interior of the microwave heater during the heating and/or drying of the wood can be at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW, at least about 250 kW, at least about 350 kW, at least about 400 kW, at least about 500 kW, at least about 600 kW, at least about 750 kW, or at least about 1,000 kW and/or not more than about 2,500 kW, not more than about 1,500 kW, or not more than about 1,000 kW.
- the process of heating a bundle of wood can comprise a plurality of individual sequential heating cycles.
- the overall heating process can comprise at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6 and/or no more than 20, no more than 15, no more than 12, or no more than 10 individual sequential heating cycles.
- Each heating cycle can include the introduction of microwave energy, optionally at sub-atmospheric pressure.
- microwave energy can be introduced into the microwave heater under a pressure of not more than about 350 torr, while, in other one embodiment, the pressure in the microwave heater can be at least about 350 torr.
- each of the one or more individual heating cycles can be carried out for (e.g., have a duration of) at least about 2 minutes, at least about 5 minutes, at least about 10 minutes, at least about 20 minutes, at least about 30 minutes and/or no more than about 180 minutes, no more than about 120 minutes, or no more than about 90 minutes.
- the entire length of the heating process (e.g., overall cycle time) can be at least about 0.5 hours, at least about 2 hours, at least about 5 hours, or at least about 8 hours and/or no more than about 36 hours, no more than about 30 hours, no more than about 24 hours, no more than about 18 hours, no more than about 16 hours, no more than about 12 hours, no more than about 10 hours, no more than about 8 hours, or no more than 6 hours.
- one or more subsequent individual heating cycles can be carried out with a different input rate of microwave energy and/or at a different pressure than the previous cycle.
- the subsequent individual heating cycles can be carried out at a lower input rate of microwave energy and/or at a lower pressure than the previous cycle.
- one or more subsequent individual heating cycles can be carried out at a higher input rate of microwave energy and/or at a higher pressure than the previous cycle.
- one or more subsequent cycles can be carried out at a lower input rate of microwave energy and a higher pressure or a higher input rate of microwave energy and a lower pressure than one or more previous individual heating cycles.
- one or more of the second (or later) cycles may be carried out as described above, according to some embodiments. In other embodiments, two or more cycles can be carried out at the same or nearly the same pressure and/or input rate of microwave energy.
- the overall heating process can include a first sequential heating cycle followed by a second heating cycle, wherein the second heating cycle is carried out with a lower input rate of microwave energy than the first heating cycle, a lower pressure than the first heating cycle, or both a lower input rate of microwave energy and a lower pressure than the first heating cycle.
- the input rate of microwave energy and/or pressure of each subsequent cycle can be lower than the input rate of microwave energy and/or pressure of the previous cycle.
- the nth individual heating cycle can be carried out at a lower input rate of microwave energy, a lower pressure, or both a lower input rate of microwave energy and a lower pressure than the (n ⁇ 1)th individual heating cycle.
- a first maximum input rate of microwave energy can be introduced into the microwave heater.
- the term “maximum input rate of microwave energy” refers to the highest rate at which microwave energy is introduced into the heater during a heating cycle.
- the maximum input rate of microwave energy introduced during the first individual heating cycle can be, for example at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW, at least about 250 kW, at least about 350 kW, at least about 400 kW, at least about 500 kW, at least about 600 kW, at least about 750 kW, or at least about 1,000 kW and/or, for example, not more than about 2,500 kW, not more than about 1,500 kW, not more than about 1,000 kW, or not more than 500 kW
- a second individual heating cycle can be carried out such that the second maximum input rate at which microwave energy is introduced into the microwave heater during the second individual heating cycle (e.g., the second maximum input rate of microwave energy) can, in some embodiments, be, for example, at least about 25 percent, at least about 50 percent, at least about 70 percent and/or, for example, no more than about 98 percent, no more than about 94 percent, or no more than about 90 percent of the maximum input rate achieved during the first heating cycle.
- the second maximum input rate at which microwave energy is introduced into the microwave heater during the second individual heating cycle e.g., the second maximum input rate of microwave energy
- the second maximum input rate at which microwave energy is introduced into the microwave heater during the second individual heating cycle can, in some embodiments, be, for example, at least about 25 percent, at least about 50 percent, at least about 70 percent and/or, for example, no more than about 98 percent, no more than about 94 percent, or no more than about 90 percent of the maximum input rate achieved during the first heating cycle.
- the maximum input rate of microwave energy of the nth individual heating cycle in one embodiment can be, for example, at least about 25 percent, at least about 50 percent, at least about 70 percent and/or, for example no more than about 98 percent, no more than about 94 percent, no more than about 90 percent, or no more than about 85 percent of the maximum input rate during the (n ⁇ 1)th (e.g., previous) individual heating cycle.
- the second (or subsequent) individual heating cycle can be carried out at a lower pressure than the first (or previous) individual heating cycle.
- the lowest pressure reached during the first heating cycle can be at least about 250 torr.
- a second individual heating cycle can be carried out such that the lowest pressure reached (e.g., highest level of vacuum pressure achieved) during the second cycle can, in one embodiment, for example, be at least about 25 percent, at least about 50 percent, at least about 70 percent, at least about 75 percent, at least 80 percent and/or in one embodiment, for example, no more than about 98 percent, no more than about 94 percent, or no more than about 90 percent of the lowest pressure reached during the first heating cycle.
- the lowest pressure reached e.g., highest level of vacuum pressure achieved
- the second cycle can, in one embodiment, for example, be at least about 25 percent, at least about 50 percent, at least about 70 percent, at least about 75 percent, at least 80 percent and/or in one embodiment, for example, no more than about 98 percent, no more than about 94 percent, or no more than about 90 percent of the lowest pressure reached during the first heating cycle.
- the pressure of the nth individual heating cycle in one embodiment, for example, can be at least about 25 percent, at least about 50 percent, at least about 70 percent, at least about 75 percent, at least 80 percent and/or no more than about 98 percent, no more than about 94 percent, no more than about 90 percent of the lowest pressure reached, or no more than 85 percent of the lowest pressure reached during the (n ⁇ 1)th individual heating cycle.
- Table 1 summarizes broad, intermediate, and narrow ranges for the microwave energy rate, expressed as a percent of maximum generator output, and the pressure, expressed in torr, for consecutive first, second, third, and nth individual heating cycles, according to one embodiment of the present invention.
- maximum generator output refers to the maximum combined over the entire array cumulatively generated by all of the microwave generators within a heating system.
- the maximum input rate of microwave energy for one or more heating cycles can also be expressed as a percentage of maximum generator output, as shown in Table 1.
- each of the one or more individual heating cycles can comprise a heating period (e.g., a first, second, or nth heating period), wherein microwave energy is introduced into the heater, and an optional resting period (e.g., a first, second, or nth resting period) wherein a reduced amount or substantially no microwave energy is introduced into the heater.
- a heating period e.g., a first, second, or nth heating period
- an optional resting period e.g., a first, second, or nth resting period
- microwave energy can be introduced into the microwave heater at an input rate sufficient to heat and/or at least partially dry at least a portion of the wet or chemical-wet bundle of wood, while, during the resting period, the input rate of microwave energy introduced into microwave heater can, in one embodiment, be no more than about 25 percent, no more than about 10 percent, no more than about 5 percent, or no more than about 1 percent of the maximum input rate of microwave energy introduced during the heating period.
- each cycle can include one or more heating periods and one or more rest periods.
- the first individual heating cycle can include at least a first heating period and a first resting period
- the second individual heating cycle can include at least a second heating period and a second resting period.
- the second heating period can follow the first heating period with no interim resting period.
- each of the heating periods can have, for example, a duration of at least about 5 minutes, at least about 10 minutes, at least about 15 minutes, at least about 30 minutes and/or, for example, no more than about 60 minutes, no more than about 40 minutes, no more than about 30 minutes, or no more than about 20 minutes.
- the resting period can have a duration of, for example, at least about 5 minutes, at least about 10 minutes, or at least about 20 minutes and/or, for example, no more than about 90 minutes, no more than about 60 minutes, or no more than about 40 minutes.
- the ratio of the length of the heating period to the length of the resting period of an individual heating cycle can be for example, at least about 0.5:1, at least about 1:1, at least about 1.25:1, or at least 2:1 and/or, for example, no more than about 5:1, no more than about 3:1, no more than about 2.5:1, or no more than about 1.5:1.
- Microwave energy can be introduced into the microwave heater during each of the heating periods in any suitable manner.
- microwave energy can be emitted from one or more launchers in a substantially continuous manner throughout the entire duration of the heating period.
- energy can be emitted from one single launcher at a time, while, in another embodiment, energy can be emitted from two or more launchers simultaneously.
- the amount, timing, duration, coordination, and synchronization of microwave energy discharged from each of the launchers can be controlled using an automatic control system.
- the discharge of energy into the microwave heater includes switching between two or more launchers, the switching can also be controlled by the control system, as discussed in detail shortly.
- energy can be introduced into the microwave heater such that each heating period can include two or more different heating modes (also called discharge modes, discharge phases, or heating phases).
- different rates of microwave energy can be emitted from one or more launchers during each heating phase. For example, in one embodiment, during a first heating phase, energy can be emitted from a first launcher at a higher rate than is emitted from a second launcher, while, during a second heating phase, energy can be emitted from the second launcher at a higher rate than from the first launcher.
- one or more launchers can emit microwave energy into the microwave heater, while one or more launchers can emit substantially no energy into the microwave heater, thereby focusing energy onto different locations of the bundle of wood (or other object).
- Each separate heating phase can be carried out for a period (i.e, have a duration) of, for example at least about 2 minutes, at least about 5 minutes, at least about 12 minutes, at least about 15 minutes and/or, for example, no more than about 90 minutes, no more than about 60 minutes, no more than about 45 minutes or no more than about 30 minutes.
- An optional resting period of at least about 2 minutes, at least about 4 minutes, or at least about 6 minutes and/or no more than about 15 minutes, no more than about 12 minutes, or no more than about 10 minutes can follow one or both separate heating phases.
- the microwave distribution system can be configured such that each launcher emits microwave energy into the microwave heater in a separate heating or discharge phase, depending on the position of one or more microwave switches.
- the microwave heater comprises a first, second, third, and fourth microwave launcher
- two or more microwave switches e.g., a first and a second microwave switch
- microwave energy can be predominantly emitted from each launcher in a respective first, second, third, and fourth heating phase.
- two or more discharge phases can be carried out at substantially the same time, while two or more discharge phases can be prevented from being carried out substantially the same time. Additional details regarding operation of microwave heaters utilizing heating periods that include alternating discharge phases will now be discussed in detail below, with reference to FIGS. 11 a and 11 b.
- Microwave heating system 1020 is illustrated as comprising at least four microwave generators 1022 a - d for producing microwave energy and a microwave distribution system 1040 for directing at least a portion of the microwave energy into a microwave heater 1030 .
- Microwave distribution system 1040 also comprises a plurality of spaced microwave launchers 1044 a - h (which, in one embodiment, can comprise one or more split launchers) operable to emit at least a portion of microwave energy into the interior of microwave heater 1040 .
- Each of microwave launchers 1044 a - h can be operably coupled to one or more of a plurality of (in this figure, a first through fourth) microwave switches 1046 a - d , as shown in FIGS. 11 a and 11 b .
- Microwave switches 1046 a - d can be operable to route microwave energy to one or more of launchers 1044 a - h in any suitable mode including, for example, a TM ab mode and/or a TE xy mode, as discussed in detail previously.
- the energy propagated through microwave distribution system 1040 can change modes at least once prior to being discharged into microwave heater 1030 .
- Various configurations and methods of operating microwave heating system 1020 will now be described in detail below, with reference to FIGS. 11 a and 11 b.
- Each of microwave switches 1046 a - d can be operable to direct, control, or allocate the flow of microwave energy to each of two or more microwave launchers 1044 a - h positioned on generally the same side or generally opposite sides of microwave heater 1030 .
- each of microwave switches 1046 a - d can be coupled to a pair of axially adjacent microwave launchers (e.g., launchers 1044 a and 1044 b , launchers 1044 c and 1044 d , launchers 1044 e and 1044 f , and launchers 1044 g and 1044 h ), represented as launcher pairs 1050 a - d .
- launchers 1044 a and 1044 b launchers 1044 c and 1044 d , launchers 1044 e and 1044 f , and launchers 1044 g and 1044 h
- each of microwave switches 1046 a - d can be coupled to a pair of axially aligned microwave launchers (e.g., launchers 1044 a and 1044 h , launchers 1044 b and 1044 g , launchers 1044 c and 1044 f , and launchers 1044 d and 1044 e ), shown as launcher pairs 1050 e - h.
- launchers 1044 a and 1044 h launchers 1044 a and 1044 h
- launchers 1044 b and 1044 g launchers 1044 c and 1044 f
- launchers 1044 d and 1044 e launcher pairs 1050 e - h.
- Microwave switches 1046 a - d can be any suitable type of microwave switch and, in one embodiment, can be a rotary microwave switch.
- a rotary microwave switch can include an outer housing, an internal routing element disposed therein, and an actuator for moving the internal routing element within the housing.
- the internal routing element can be rotatably coupled to the outer housing and the actuator can be operable to selectively rotate the internal routing element, relative to the outer housing, to thereby switch or direct the direction of flow of the microwave energy passing therethrough.
- Other types of suitable microwave switches can also be employed.
- microwave switches 1046 a - d can comprise TE xy switches, while, in another embodiment, microwave switches 1046 a - d can comprise TM ab switches.
- Any additional suitable components such as one or more mode converters, barrier assemblies, or components discussed elsewhere in this application but not shown in FIGS. 11 a and 11 b , can be located upstream or downstream microwave switches 1046 a - d.
- microwave switches 1046 a - d can be selectively switchable between a first heating (or discharge) phase and a second heating (or discharge) phase.
- first heating phase more energy can be emitted or discharged from one or more microwave launchers, while less energy is emitted from one or more other microwave launchers.
- second heating phase more energy can be emitted or discharged from one or more other microwave launchers, while less energy can be emitted or discharged from one or more microwave launchers.
- each of microwave switches 1046 a - d can be configured to route microwave energy predominantly to one or more launchers within a first set of microwave launchers (labeled as set of “A” launchers in FIGS. 11 a and 11 b ) and not predominantly to one or more launchers of a second set of microwave launchers (labeled as a set of “B” launchers in FIGS. 11 a and 11 b ).
- each of microwave switches 1046 a - d can be configured to route microwave energy predominantly to one or more launchers of the second set (e.g., the “B” launchers) and not predominantly to one or more launchers of the first set (e.g., the “A” launchers) in each of respective pairs of launchers 1050 a - d and 1050 e - h , in FIGS. 11 a and 11 b .
- references to routing microwave energy “predominantly” to launcher X and “not predominantly” to launcher Y means that at least about 50 percent of the microwave energy received by a switch is routed to launcher X, while no more than about 50 percent of the microwave energy received by the switch is routed to launcher Y. In one embodiment, for example at least about 75 percent, at least about 90 percent, at least about 95 percent, substantially all of the energy can be predominantly routed to launcher X, while, for example no more than about 25 percent, no more than about 10 percent, no more than about 5 percent or substantially none of the energy can be routed to launcher Y.
- microwave heating system 1030 can further comprise a control system 1060 for controlling the action and configuration of microwave switches 1046 a - d .
- control system 1060 can be operable to configure each of switches 1046 a - d to be in the first discharge phase, such that all “A” launchers (e.g., launchers 1044 a,c,e,g ) emit microwave energy into microwave heater 1030 , while all “B” launchers (e.g., launchers 1044 b,d,f,h ) emit a smaller amount of, or substantially no microwave energy into the interior of microwave heater 1030 , as illustrated by the respective shaded and un-shaded regions of microwave heater 1030 in FIGS. 11 a and 11 b .
- control system 1060 can then be operable to configure each of switches 1046 a - d to be in the second discharge phase, such that all “A” launchers (e.g., launchers 1044 a,c,e,g ) emit a smaller amount of, or substantially no microwave energy into the interior of microwave heater 1030 , while all “B” launchers (e.g., launchers 1044 b,d,f,h ) emit microwave energy into the interior of microwave heater 1030 (not represented in FIGS. 11 a and 11 b ).
- all “A” launchers e.g., launchers 1044 a,c,e,g
- B e.g., launchers 1044 b,d,f,h
- control system 1060 can also be operable to control the switching of microwave switches 1046 a - d between the first and second discharge phases based on a set of predetermined parameters including, for example, cycle time, total energy discharged, and the like.
- control system 1060 can be operable to configure each of microwave switches 1046 a - d into the first discharge phase substantially simultaneously, such that microwave energy can be emitted from each of the “A” launchers 1044 a,c,e,g simultaneous for a period of time.
- control system 1060 can be operable to include a time delay or lag between configuring one or more switches 1046 a - d into the first discharge phase.
- control system 1060 may be configured to allow one or more switches 1046 a - d to be in the first discharge phase, while one or more other switches 1046 a - d are in the second discharge phase, such that microwave energy can be emitted from one or more “A” launchers and one or more “B” launchers simultaneously.
- control system 1060 can also be operable to at least partially prevent simultaneous energy discharge from directly opposed pairs of launchers (e.g., pair 1044 a and 1044 h , pair 1044 b and 1044 g , pair 1044 c and 1044 f , pair 1044 d and 1044 e ) and/or axially adjacent pairs (e.g., pair 1044 a and 1044 b , pair 1044 c and 1044 d , pair 1044 e and 1044 f , pair 1044 g and 1044 h ).
- directly opposed pairs of launchers e.g., pair 1044 a and 1044 h , pair 1044 b and 1044 g , pair 1044 c and 1044 f , pair 1044 d and 1044 e
- axially adjacent pairs e.g., pair 1044 a and 1044 b , pair 1044 c and 1044 d , pair 1044 e and 1044 f , pair 1044 g
- Heating systems configured and/or operated according to one embodiment of the present invention can be operable to heat an object or load more efficiently than conventional heating systems.
- heating systems configured according to various embodiments of the present invention can be operable to process large, commercial-scale loads.
- heating systems as described herein can heat a bundle of wood or other load having a cumulative, pre-heating (or pre-treatment) weight of at least about 100 pounds, at least about 500 pounds, at least about 1,000 pounds, at least about 5,000 pounds, or at least about 10,000 pounds.
- a bundle of wood can be heated and/or dried such that no more than, for example, about 20 percent, no more than about 10 percent, no more than about 5 percent, and no more than about 2 percent of the total volume of wood can reach a temperature that does exceed an upper threshold temperature.
- at least about 80 percent, at least about 90 percent, at least about 95 percent, and at least about 98 percent, for example, of the total volume of wood can reach a temperature that does exceed a lower threshold temperature.
- the lower and upper threshold temperatures can be relatively close to one another and can, for example, be within about 110° C., within about 105° C., within about 100° C., within about 90° C., within about 75° C., or within about 50° C.
- the upper threshold temperature can be at least about 190° C., at least about 200° C., or at least about 220° C. and/or no more than about 275° C., no more than about 260° C., no more than about 250° C., or no more than about 225° C.
- the lower threshold temperature can be at least about 115° C., at least about 120° C., at least about 125° C., at least about 130° C. and/or no more than about 150° C., no more than about 145° C., or no more than about 135° C.
- At least about 80 percent, at least about 90 percent, at least about 95 percent, and at least about 98 percent of the total volume of the wood can reach a maximum temperature of at least about 130° C., at least about 145° C., at least about 150° C., or at least about 160° C. and/or no more than about 250° C., no more than about 240° C., no more than about 225° C., no more than about 210° C., or no more than about 200° C.
- a bundle of wood (optionally a chemical-wet bundle of wood) having an initial (e.g., pre-heating or pre-treatment) weight of at least about 100 pounds, at least about 500 pounds, at least about 1,000 pounds, or at least about 5,000 pounds can be heated in no more than about 48 hours, no more than about 36 hours, no more than about 24 hours, no more than about 18 hours, no more than about 16 hours, no more than about 12 hours, no more than about 10 hours, no more than about 8 hours, or no more than about 6 hours.
- initial weight e.g., pre-heating or pre-treatment
- FIGS. 12 a and 12 b present schematic depictions of the results of the simulation, particularly illustrating the strength of the electric fields within the comparative TE 10 assembly in FIG. 12 a the inventive TM 01 assembly in FIG. 12 b.
- the peak electric field strength at 75 kW for the inventive TM 01 barrier assembly (0.9 kV/cm) is approximately one-third of the peak electric field strength of the comparative TE 10 barrier assembly (3 kV/cm) measured at 75 kW. Consequently, the peak power density of the TM 01 barrier assembly is about one-ninth of the peak power density of the TE 10 barrier assembly.
- This example compares the breakdown pressure, at different levels of microwave energy, achievable by both a TE 10 and a TM 01 barrier assembly.
- the TM 01 barrier assembly is able to operate at lower levels of vacuum at a given energy level and/or permit higher levels of microwave energy to pass through at a given vacuum level than the TE 10 barrier assembly.
- a custom-built apparatus for testing the breakdown pressure (i.e., the pressure at which arcing first occurs at a given energy level) within a barrier assembly at various pressures and energy levels was constructed in a testing facility.
- the apparatus included a microwave generator coupled to a set of TE 10 waveguides operable to receive and hold a removable barrier assembly therebetween.
- the apparatus included a gas system for introducing different gases at various temperatures into the barrier assembly prior to testing and a vacuum system for controlling the pressure within the assembly during testing.
- the apparatus also included an automatic arc detection and shut-off system for stopping the microwave generator when arcing was sensed within the assembly.
- Various test runs (Runs A-H) were conducted to measure the breakdown pressure of both a TE 10 and a TM 01 barrier assembly at various energy levels. Table 2, below, summarizes the conditions of each of Runs A-H, while FIG. 13 provides a graphical representation of the breakdown pressures measured, as a function of energy level, for each of Runs A-H.
- the TM 01 barrier assembly was operated at a lower pressure (i.e., a higher level of vacuum) than the TE 10 barrier assembly before arcing occurred.
- a lower pressure i.e., a higher level of vacuum
- the minimum operating pressure achievable by the TE 10 barrier assembly without arcing was 30 torr, while the TM 01 barrier assembly was able to be operated at or even slightly below 15 torr before arcing occurred.
- the TM 01 barrier assembly can be exposed to lower pressures without arcing than the TE 10 barrier assembly.
- the TM 01 barrier assembly was able to operate at a higher energy level than the TE 10 barrier assembly, at the same pressure and under similar conditions.
- Runs A and F which both utilize nitrogen at a temperature of 90 to 99° C.
- the TM 01 barrier assembly could have operated at predicted energy level of about 70 kW without arcing, while the TE 10 assembly could not be exposed to more than 15 kW of energy before arcing occurred.
- the steeper slope of the breakdown pressure versus energy level curve generated by the TE 10 assembly as shown in FIG.
- This example illustrates how the method of applying heat to a bundle of wood affects the temperature distribution of the heated wood.
- Several trials were conducted that included one or more individual heating cycles having various durations, pressures, and/or energy levels to determine the impact on the temperature of the bundle, as well as the quantity of wood scorched, during the heating cycle.
- a microwave heating system similar to the system illustrated in FIGS. 9 a , 9 b , and 9 e was constructed and included a FERRITE 75 kW 915 MHz microwave generator (commercially available from Ferrite Microwave Technologies, Inc. in Nashua, N.H.) coupled to a vacuum microwave heater via a series of TE 10 waveguides.
- Three rotary microwave switches were configured to selectively route microwave energy from the generator to one of four microwave launchers located in the interior of the microwave heater.
- Each launcher was designed to receive energy in a TE 10 mode, but included a mode converter disposed within the interior of the vessel for converting the energy to a TM 01 mode before being emitted into the heater.
- the vacuum heater which had a diameter of 6.5 feet and an overall length of 8 feet, included a single door on one end for loading and unloading the wood.
- the system also included a mechanical, dry (e.g., non-oil sealed) vacuum pump (commercially available from Edwards Limited in Tewksbury, Mass.) for controlling the pressure within the heater as desired during the heating step.
- Runs C and D and Runs E and F For similar energy densities (e.g., Runs C and D and Runs E and F), runs employing more individual cycles conducted at lower energy levels and/or for shorter durations (e.g., Runs D and F) were more likely to avoid scorching than runs employing less individual cycles conducted at higher energy levels and/or for longer durations (e.g., Runs C and E). Further, as illustrated by Run H, even runs conducted with multiple cycles having reduced energy levels can result in scorching if the energy level and/or duration of initial cycles are conducted at a high energy level and/or for a long duration.
- This example provides actual data obtained from a pilot-scale microwave heater used to heat and/or dry a bundle of acetylated wood. Thermal images were used to construct an energy distribution profile, which will then be correlated, in prophetic Example 5, to predict chemical moisture profiles of wood heated on a commercial scale.
- a horizontally-elongated microwave heater similar to the heater illustrated in FIGS. 10 a, c, d , and e was constructed with an outer diameter of 12 feet and an overall length of 16 feet.
- the heater included an entrance door for loading and unloading the bundle from the vessel.
- Four split microwave launchers similar to those illustrated in FIGS. 10 c and 10 d were arranged in two oppositely-disposed pairs and were connected to a FERRITE 75 kW 915 MHz microwave generator (commercially available from Ferrite Microwave Technologies, Inc. in Nashua, N.H.) via a system of TE 10 waveguides.
- Three microwave switches were configured to route energy from the generator to one of the two launchers of each pair, as described in detail below.
- the microwave heater also included four movable reflectors similar to those illustrated in FIG. 10 c .
- Each reflector defined a continuous reflective surface extending substantially along the length of the heater.
- Each of the four split launchers were vertically positioned between a pair of movable reflectors such that the energy emitted from the respective upward- and downward-oriented discharge openings of each split launcher was rastered into the interior of the microwave heater by the reflective surfaces disposed in each of the four quadrants of the internal volume of the heater.
- Each reflective surface was rotated along a generally arcuate path via a shaft, which utilized an external driver. Details regarding the motion of the movable reflectors will be described in detail shortly.
- the wood was then bundled into a composite bundle comprising four individually-secured stacks (e.g., stacks A-D shown in FIG. 14 a ).
- the composite bundle represented as bundle 1304 in FIG. 14 , had nominal dimensions of 4 feet wide by 8 feet tall by 16 feet long.
- stacks A-C had a width of 6 inches, while stack D had a width of 2.5 feet.
- Composite bundle 1304 was introduced into the microwave heater and the door was closed and secured prior to initiating the heating cycle.
- the microwave switches were configured such that the energy from the generator would be routed to two diagonally opposite (e.g., oppositely-disposed, axially-staggered) launchers at the same time, while the remaining two diagonally opposite launchers remained idle.
- the generator was then started and set to deliver 75 kW to the first diagonally opposite pair of launchers, in a manner similar to the one discussed previously with respect to launcher set “A” of FIGS. 11 a and 11 b .
- the generator was stopped and the microwave switches were reconfigured to route energy from the first active set of diagonally opposite launchers to the idle set of diagonally opposite launchers during the second heating mode.
- the generator was then restarted at 75 kW and microwave energy was again discharged into the heater.
- each heating mode the energy discharged from each of the microwave launchers was rastered into the interior of the microwave heater by controlling the motion and position of each of the movable reflectors.
- a programmable logic controller PLC was set to rotate each reflector, using a servo motor, through various portions (or regions) of its total arcuate path at various speeds.
- the top and bottom pairs of reflectors were programmed to move at the same speed, but the movement of one reflector of each pair was initiated before the other, thereby avoiding both reflectors of the pair moving in synchronized tandem.
- Table 5 summarizes the boundaries (e.g., starting and ending position) and total length of each of the eight regions of motion, as well as the reflector speed and time spent in each region (e.g., residence time) for each of the top and bottom pairs of reflectors, expressed as a percentage of the overall reflector cycle time. Note that Table 5 summarizes only half of the profile for each reflector; once each pair of reflectors moved through regions 1 - 8 as described below, each reflector then traveled in a reverse pattern, beginning with region 8 and moving back to region 1 .
- the generator was turned off and the heated composite bundle was transported to a holding zone wherein a MIKRON 7500 model camera with a wide angle lens was positioned approximately 10 feet from one of the elongated sides of the heated bundle.
- Stack A the outermost stack of boards shown in FIG. 14 , was removed from the composite bundle to thereby expose an interior surface of stack B, designated as B′ in FIG. 14 .
- the camera recorded thermal images of surface B′ at a rate of 1 image per every 5 seconds and, after about 20 seconds, stack B was removed from the composite bundle.
- the camera then began recording thermal images of an interior surface of stack C, designated as surface C′ in FIG. 14 .
- stack C was removed from the bundle, thereby exposing the internal surface of stack D, designated as surface D′ in FIG. 14 .
- the camera recorded thermal images of surface D′ for about 20 seconds and was then stopped.
- This prophetic example uses the experimental energy distribution data obtained in Example 4 to predict the chemical moisture profile (e.g., amount and distribution of one or more heat removable chemicals within the total volume) of acetylated wood heated and/or dried in a commercial-scale microwave heating system configured similarly to the system described previously in Example 4.
- the chemical moisture profile e.g., amount and distribution of one or more heat removable chemicals within the total volume
- a bundle of acetylated wood, having dimensions of approximately 101 inches tall by 52 inches wide by 16 feet long is loaded into a microwave heater having an internal diameter of 11 feet, 7 inches and a flange-to-flange length of 17 feet.
- the pressurizable heater includes an oppositely-disposed entrance and exit opening, each sealable with a full diameter dished door.
- the total internal volume of the heater is 2605 cubic feet, and the ratio of the total volume of the bundle of wood to the total open (e.g., unoccupied) volume in the microwave heater is 0.29:1.
- the bundle Prior to heating in the microwave heater, the bundle has a “chemical moisture content” (i.e., an amount of one or more heat-vaporizable chemicals including, for example, acetic acid, acetic anhydride, and combinations thereof) of approximately 10-15 weight percent.
- a “chemical moisture content” i.e., an amount of one or more heat-vaporizable chemicals including, for example, acetic acid, acetic anhydride, and combinations thereof
- microwave energy is introduced into the microwave heater in a similar manner as previously described in Example 4.
- a vacuum system is used to maintain the internal pressure of the heater at 60 torr.
- the microwave generator is turned off, the bundle is removed, and thermal images of interior surfaces of the bundle are taken in the manner previously described in Example 4. The predicted temperature distribution resulting from the cumulative thermal data is provided in FIG. 16 .
- the projected temperature distribution for the acetylated bundle of wood has a mean peak temperature of 165° C., and less than 0.3 percent of the total volume of the bundle has a temperature below 115° C. or above 235° C.
- the temperature distribution in FIG. 16 predicts a chemical moisture content profile as summarized in Table 6, for a dried bundle of acetylated wood processed as described above.
- the overall objective of heating and/or drying the acetylated wood is to remove residual acetylation chemicals (e.g., by minimizing the chemical moisture content of the dried bundle), while not over-drying or scorching the treated wood.
- residual acetylation chemicals e.g., by minimizing the chemical moisture content of the dried bundle
- scorching e.g., has an average temperature greater than 235° C.
- less than 2.2 percent of the total volume of the bundle has a moisture content of 1 percent or more.
- at least 97.2 (and up to 99.4) percent of the total volume of the acetylated bundle is heated and dried to a chemical moisture content of less than 1-2 weight percent, while simultaneously minimizing the amount of scorched wood.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Electromagnetism (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Microbiology (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
- Biotechnology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Forests & Forestry (AREA)
- Chemical And Physical Treatments For Wood And The Like (AREA)
- Drying Of Solid Materials (AREA)
- Constitution Of High-Frequency Heating (AREA)
- Dry Formation Of Fiberboard And The Like (AREA)
- Central Heating Systems (AREA)
Abstract
An optimized microwave barrier assembly for use in conjunction with a microwave wood heater. The barrier is configured to allow microwaves to pass therethrough in a TMab mode, where a is 0 and b is an integer between 1 and 5. The barrier assembly is also configured to maintain a pressure differential across a window of the barrier assembly. Such a configuration can reduce or eliminate arcing in the barrier assembly, even at low pressures.
Description
- This application claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application Nos. 61/427,030; 61/427,042; 61/427,053; 61/427,056; 61/427,064; 61/427,067; 61/427,070; 61/427,072; 61/427,075; 61/427,076; 61/427,079; and 61/427,080, filed Dec. 23, 2010.
- This invention generally relates to microwave heating systems suitable for heating wood.
- Electromagnetic radiation, such as microwave radiation, is a known mechanism for delivering energy to an object. The ability of electromagnetic radiation to penetrate and heat an object both rapidly and effectively has proven advantageous in many chemical and industrial processes. Further, because the use of microwave energy as a heat source is generally non-invasive, microwave heating is particularly useful in processing ‘sensitive’ dielectric materials, such as food and pharmaceuticals, and can even be useful for heating materials having a relatively poor thermal conductivity, such as wood. However, the complexities and nuances of safely and effectively applying microwave energy, especially on a commercial scale, have severely limited its application in several types of industrial processes.
- Because of its wide suitability for a variety of applications, its renewable nature, and its relatively low cost, wood is one of the most widely used building materials in existence. However, because wood is a natural product, its physical and structural properties can vary substantially, not only amongst different species, but also amongst different trees, or even different locations within the same piece of wood. Further, wood is generally hygroscopic, which affects its dimensional stability, and its biochemical composition makes it susceptible to attack by insects and fungi. As a result, several types of wood treatment processes have been developed to increase the stability of wood through modification of its chemical, physical, and/or structural properties. Examples of treatment processes include impregnation treatments, coating treatments, thermal modification, and chemical modification. The latter two treatment processes generally alter the properties of wood to a more drastic degree than the others and, consequently, these types of processes typically involve more complex schemes and systems. For example, many chemical and thermal treatment processes can be carried out under vacuum and/or in the presence of one or more treatment chemicals. As a result, commercialization of these types of technologies has been limited, and multiple challenges remain to be overcome in order for these processes to be industrialized on a wide scale.
- Thus, a need exists for a more efficient and cost effective commercial-scale system suitable for chemically or thermally treating wood. A need also exists for an efficient and cost effective industrial-scale microwave heating system suitable for use in a wide variety of processes and applications, including the treatment of wood.
- One embodiment of the present invention concerns a system for producing chemically-modified, dried, and/or thermally-modified wood, the system comprising at least one microwave generator for generating microwave energy, a microwave heater for receiving a bundle of wood, and a microwave distribution system for directing microwave energy from the at least one generator to the interior of the microwave heater. The microwave distribution system comprises a first TMab waveguide, a second TMab waveguide, and a TMab barrier assembly coupled to and disposed between the first and second TMab waveguides, wherein a is 0 and b is an integer between 1 and 5. The TMab barrier assembly comprises at least one sealed window member for fluidly isolating the first and second TMab waveguides from each other while permitting passage of at least a portion of the microwave energy from the first TMab waveguide to second TMab waveguide.
- Another embodiment of the present invention concerns a system for producing chemically-modified, dried, and/or thermally-modified wood, the system comprising at least one microwave generator for generating microwave energy; a microwave heater for receiving a bundle of wood; and a microwave distribution system for directing at least a portion of the microwave energy from the at least one microwave generator to the interior of the microwave heater. The microwave distribution system comprises a first mode converter, a second mode converter, and a TMab barrier assembly disposed therebetween, wherein a is 0 and b is an integer between 1 and 5. The total electrical length between the first mode converter and the second mode converter extending through and including the electrical length of the TMab barrier assembly is equal to a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of the competing mode of microwave energy passing through the TMab barrier assembly.
- Still another embodiment of the present invention concerns a process for producing chemically-modified, dried, and/or thermally-modified wood, the process comprising: (a) generating microwave energy; (b) directing at least a portion of the microwave energy to a microwave heater, wherein the directing includes passing at least a portion of the microwave energy in TMab mode through a barrier assembly while a pressure differential is maintained across the barrier assembly, wherein a is 0 and b is an integer between 1 and 5; and (c) heating a bundle of wood in the microwave heater with at least a portion of the microwave energy passed through the barrier assembly.
-
FIG. 1 is a top view of a wood treatment system configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a rail system for transporting bundles of wood to and from a chemical modification reactor and a wood heater; -
FIG. 2 is a top view of a wood treatment system configured in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a turntable system for transporting bundles of wood to and from a plurality of chemical modification reactors and a plurality of wood heaters; -
FIG. 3 is a top view of a wood treatment system configured in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a roller system for transporting bundles of wood to and from a plurality of chemical modification reactors and a plurality of wood heaters; -
FIG. 4 a is a top view of a pass-through wood treatment system suitable for use in producing chemically-modified wood and configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a chemical modification reactor and a wood heater that comprise separate, axially-aligned, two-door vessels and include a vapor containment room located between the reactor and heater vessels; -
FIG. 4 b is an isometric view of the pass-through wood treatment system ofFIG. 4 a, particularly illustrating an exemplary blast panel/wall of the vapor containment room; -
FIG. 4 c is a sectional view of the vapor containment room depicted inFIGS. 4 a and 4 b, particularly illustrating an exemplary pair of one-way vents for allowing fluid (e.g., air) from the external environment to flow into the vapor containment room; -
FIG. 4 d is a side view of the pass-through wood treatment system ofFIG. 4 a, but also illustrating a ventilation system for drawing vapors and gasses in through the vapor containment room and in through a product vapor removal structure located at the outlet of the heater; -
FIG. 5 is a schematic view of a microwave heating system configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a microwave heater that is equipped with a vacuum system and receives microwave energy from a microwave generator via a microwave distribution system; -
FIG. 6 is an isometric view of a two-door, pass-through vessel suitable for use as a chemical modification reactor and/or microwave heater in accordance with various embodiments of the present invention, particularly illustrating the shape and dimensional proportions of the vessel; -
FIG. 7 a is a partial sectional view of the junction of a door flange and a vessel flange of a microwave heater configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particular illustrating a microwave choke cooperatively formed by the door and vessel flanges and having two chambers that extend parallel to and alongside one another; -
FIG. 7 b is a partial sectional view of a microwave choke similar the choke depicted inFIG. 7 a, but having choke cavities that extend at an acute angle relative to one another; -
FIG. 7 c is a cut-away isometric view of the door flange of a microwave heater equipped with the microwave choke configuration depicted inFIG. 7 a, particularly illustrating a plurality of circumferentially-spaced, open-ended slots or gaps formed in a guidewall of the choke; -
FIG. 7 d is a side view of an open door on a microwave heater equipped with a microwave choke having a removable portion configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating that the removable portion of the microwave choke comprises a plurality of individually removable and replaceable choke segments; -
FIG. 7 e is a sectional view of a “G”-shaped removable choke portion previously depicted inFIG. 7 d; -
FIG. 7 f is a sectional view of a “J”- or “U”-shaped removable choke portion configured in accordance with a first alternative embodiment of the present invention; -
FIG. 7 g is a sectional view of an “L”-shaped removable choke portion configured in accordance with a second alternative embodiment of the present invention; -
FIG. 7 h is a sectional view of an “I”-shaped removable choke portion configured in accordance with a third alternative embodiment of the present invention; -
FIG. 8 a is a cut-away isometric view of a microwave heater configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating the heater as being equipped with an elongated waveguide launcher having staggered launch openings on opposite sides of the launcher; -
FIG. 8 b is an enlarged partial view of the waveguide launcher depicted inFIG. 8 a, particularly illustrating the configuration of the launch openings and the thickness of the sidewalls defining the launch openings; -
FIG. 9 a is a side view of a microwave heating system configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a microwave distribution system for delivering microwave energy to the microwave heater; -
FIG. 9 b is a top cut-away view of the microwave heater depicted inFIG. 9 a, particularly illustrating the microwave distribution system as including one pair of TMab launchers on one side of the microwave heater and a second pair of the TMab launchers on the opposite side of the microwave heater; -
FIG. 9 c is a diagram illustrating what is meant by the terms “opposite side” and “same side”; -
FIG. 9 d is a diagram illustrating what is meant by the term “axially aligned”; -
FIG. 9 e is a partial cut-away isometric view of a microwave launching and reflecting or dispersing system configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a launch system similar to that depicted inFIG. 9 b but also including a movable reflector associated with each microwave launcher; -
FIG. 9 f is an isometric view of one embodiment of a reflector suitable for use in a microwave heating system as described herein, particularly illustrating the reflector as having a non-planar reflecting surface with a concavity of a first configuration; -
FIG. 9 g is an isometric view of another embodiment of a reflector suitable for use in a microwave heating system described herein, particularly illustrating the reflector as having a non-planar reflecting surface with a concavity of a second configuration; -
FIG. 9 h is a side elevation view of one embodiment of a reflector suitable for use in a microwave heating system described herein, particularly illustrating the curvature of the reflector surface; -
FIG. 9 i is an enlarged, cut-away, isometric view of a microwave launcher and reflector pair previously depicted inFIG. 9 e, particularly illustrating an actuator system for providing oscillating movement of the reflector; -
FIG. 10 a is a side view of a microwave heating system configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating a microwave distribution system equipped with a plurality of TMab barrier assemblies; -
FIG. 10 b is an axial sectional view of one of the TMab barrier assemblies depicted inFIG. 10 a, particularly illustrating the barrier assembly as having two floating, sealed windows and impedance transforming diameter step-changes near the junction of the barrier assembly and the waveguides between which the barrier assembly is coupled; -
FIG. 10 c is an end view of the microwave heating system depicted inFIG. 10 a with a bundle of wood being received in the interior of the microwave heater, particularly illustrating the microwave heater as being equipped with split microwave launchers on opposite sides of the heater and movable reflectors for rastering microwave energy emitted from the split launchers; -
FIG. 10 d is an enlarged side view of one of the split launchers depicted inFIG. 10 c, particularly illustrating the launch angle for the two separate microwave energy fractions emitted from the split launcher; -
FIG. 10 e is an enlarged view of one embodiment of a system for moving a reflector, particularly illustrating an actuator used to cause oscillation of the reflector and a bellows for inhibiting fluid leakage at the location where the actuator penetrates the wall of the microwave heater; -
FIG. 11 a is a schematic top view of a microwave heating system configured in accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating the heating system as including a plurality of microwave switches for routing microwave energy to different microwave launchers in an alternating fashion; -
FIG. 11 b is a schematic view of a microwave heating system configured in accordance with an alternative embodiment of the present invention, particularly illustrating the heating system as including a plurality of microwave switches for routing microwave energy to different microwave launchers in an alternating fashion; -
FIG. 12 a presents results of a computer simulation predicting the peak electric field strengths for a TE10 barrier assembly; -
FIG. 12 b presents results of a computer simulation predicting the peak electric field strengths for a TM01 barrier assembly; -
FIG. 13 is a graphical comparison of breakdown pressure as a function of energy level within both a TE10 and a TM01 microwave barrier assembly; -
FIG. 14 is a schematic representation of a bundle of wood, particularly illustrating the configuration utilized when determining interior surface temperatures as described in Example 4; -
FIG. 15 is a cumulative frequency histogram incorporating thermal data obtained from surfaces B′ through D′ of the composite bundle shown inFIG. 14 ; and -
FIG. 16 is a cumulative frequency histogram illustrating a predicted temperature distribution resulting from extrapolated thermal data for a bundle of acetylated wood as described in Example 5. - In accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, a heating system is provided. Heating systems configured according to various embodiments of the present invention can comprise a heat source, a heating vessel (e.g., a heater), and an optional vacuum system. Typically, heating systems configured according to one embodiment of the present invention can be suitable for use as stand-alone heating units, or can be employed as, or in conjunction with, chemical reactors in a variety of processes. Heating systems configured according to several embodiments of the present invention will now be described in detail below, with reference to the Figures.
- In one embodiment, a heating system of the present invention can be used to heat lignocellulosic materials. Lignocellulosic materials can include any material comprising cellulose and lignin and, optionally, other materials such as hemicelluloses. Examples of lignocellulosic materials can include, but are not limited, to wood, bark, kenaf, hemp, sisal, jute, crop straws, nutshells, coconut husks, grass and grain husks and stalks, corn stover, bagasse, conifer and hardwood barks, corn cobs, and other crop residuals, and any combination thereof.
- In one embodiment, the lignocellulosic material can be wood. The wood can be a softwood or a hardwood. Examples of suitable wood species can include, but are not limited to, pine, fir, spruce, poplar, oak, maple, and beech. In one embodiment, wood can comprise red oak, red maple, German beech, or Pacific albus. In another embodiment, the wood can comprise a pine species including, for example, Radiata pine, Scots pine, Loblolly pine, Longleaf pine, Shortleaf pine, or Slash pine, the latter four of which can be collectively referred to as “Southern Yellow Pine.” The wood processed by heating systems according to one embodiment of the present invention can be in any suitable form. Non-limiting examples of suitable forms of wood can include, but are not limited to, shredded wood, wood fibers, wood flour, wood chips, wood particles, wood flakes, wood strands, and wood excelsior. In one embodiment, the wood processed in one or more heating systems of the present invention can comprise sawn timber, debarked tree trunks or limbs, boards, planks, veneers, beams, profiles, squared timber, or any other cut of lumber.
- Typically, the size of the wood can be defined by two or more dimensions. The dimensions can be actual “measured” dimensions or can be nominal dimensions. As used herein, the term “nominal dimension” refers to the dimensions calculated using the size designation for the wood. The nominal size can be larger than the measured dimensions. For example, a dried “2×4” can have actual dimensions of 1.5 inches by 3.5 inches, but the nominal dimensions of “2×4” are still used. It should be understood that the dimensions referred to herein are generally nominal dimensions, unless otherwise noted.
- In one embodiment, the wood can have three dimensions: a length, or longest dimension; a width, or second longest dimension; and a thickness, or shortest dimension. Each of the dimensions can be substantially the same, or, one or more of the dimensions can be different from one or more of the other dimensions. According to one embodiment, the length of the wood can be at least about 6 inches, at least about 1 foot, at least about 3 feet, at least about 4 feet, at least about 6 feet, or at least about 10 feet. In another embodiment, the width of the wood can be at least about 0.5 inches, at least about 1 inch, at least about 2 inches, at least about 4 inches, at least about 8 inches, at least about 12 inches, or at least about 24 inches and/or no more than about 10 feet, no more than about 8 feet, no more than about 6 feet, no more than about 4 feet, no more than about 3 feet, no more than about 2 feet, no more than about 1 foot, or no more than about 6 inches. In yet another embodiment, the thickness of the wood can be at least about 0.25 inches, at least about 0.5 inches, at least about 0.75 inches, at least about 1 foot, at least about 1.5 feet, or at least about 2 feet and/or no more than about 4 feet, no more than about 3 feet, no more than about 2 feet, no more than about 1 foot, and/or no more than about 6 inches.
- According to one embodiment, the wood can comprise one or more pieces of solid wood, engineered solid wood, or a combination thereof. As used herein, the term “solid wood” refers to wood that measures at least about 10 centimeters in at least one dimensions but that is otherwise of any dimension (e.g., lumber having dimensions as described previously). As used herein, the term “engineered solid wood” refers to a wooden body having the minimum dimensions of solid wood (e.g., at least one dimension of at least about 10 cm), but that is formed of smaller bodies of wood and at least one binder. The smaller bodies of wood in engineered solid wood may or may not have one or more of the dimensions described previously with respect to solid wood. Non-limiting examples of engineered solid wood can include wood laminates, fiberboard, oriented strand board, plywood, wafer board, particle board, and laminated veneer lumber.
- In one embodiment, the wood can be grouped in a bundle. As used herein, the term “bundle” refers to two or more pieces of wood stacked, placed, and/or fastened together in any suitable fashion. According to one embodiment, a bundle can comprise a plurality of boards stacked and coupled to one another via a belt, strap, or other suitable device. In one embodiment, the two or more pieces of wood can be in direct contact or, in another embodiment, the wood pieces can be at least partially spaced using at least one spacer or “sticker” disposed therebetween.
- In one embodiment, the bundle can have any suitable dimensions and/or shape. In one embodiment, the bundle can have a total length, or longest dimension, of a least about 2 feet, at least about 4 feet, at least about 8 feet, at least about 10 feet, at least about 12 feet, at least about 16 feet, or at least about 20 feet and/or no more than about 60 feet, no more than about 40 feet, or no more than about 25 feet. The bundle can have a height, or second longest dimension, of at least about 1 foot, at least about 2 feet, at least about 4 feet, at least about 6 feet, at least about 8 feet, and/or no more than about 16 feet, no more than about 12 feet, no more than about 10 feet, no more than about 8 feet, no more than about 6 feet, or no more than about 4 feet. In one embodiment, the bundle can have a width, or shortest dimension, of at least about least about 1 foot, at least about 2 feet, at least about 4 feet, at least about 6 feet, and/or no more than about 20 feet, no more than about 16 feet, no more than about 12 feet, no more than about 10 feet, no more than about 8 feet, or no more than about 6 feet. The total volume of the bundle, including the spaces between the boards, if any, can be at least about 50 cubic feet, at least about 100 cubic feet, at least about 250 cubic feet, at least about 375 cubic feet, or at least about 500 cubic feet. According to one embodiment, the weight of the bundle of wood (or cumulative weight of one or more objects, articles, or loads to be treated) introduced into the reactor and/or heater of one or more heating systems of the present invention (e.g., prior to heating or treatment) can be at least about 100 pounds, at least about 500 pounds, at least about 1,000 pounds, or at least about 5,000 pounds. In one embodiment, the bundle can be cubical or cuboidal in shape.
- In another embodiment, one or more heating systems of the present invention can be used to chemically modify, dry, and/or thermally modify wood, thereby producing chemically-modified, dried, and/or thermally-modified wood. Wood that has been dried and/or thermally-modified wood may referred to as “thermally-treated” wood, such that the term “thermally-treated wood” refers to wood that has been heated, dried, and/or thermally-modified. As used herein, the term “thermally modify” means to at least partially modify the chemical structure of at least a portion of one or more pieces of wood in the absence of an exogenous treating agent. In one embodiment, a heating system, specific configurations of which will be described in detail shortly, can be used to heat and/or dry wood in a thermal modification process to thereby provide a bundle of thermally-modified wood. According to one embodiment, thermal modification can occur simultaneously with heating and/or drying of wood in a wood heater and/or dryer, while, in another embodiment, wood can be heated and/or dried in a wood heater or dryer without being thermally modified. As used herein, the term “dry” means to cause or accelerate vaporization of or to otherwise remove at least a portion of one or more liquid or otherwise heat-removable components from the wood via the addition of heat or other suitable form of energy. Thermal modification processes can include a step of contacting wood with one or more heat transfer agents such as, for example, steam, heated inert vapors like nitrogen or air, or even liquid heat transfer media such as heated oils. In another embodiment, a radiant heat source may be used during thermal modification. Thermally-modified wood can have a substantially lower moisture content than untreated wood and can have enhanced physical and/or mechanical properties such as, for example, increased flexibility, higher resistance to decay and biological attacks, and increased dimensional stability.
- In yet another embodiment, heating systems configured according to various embodiments of the present invention can be used to chemically modify wood. As used herein, the term “chemically modify” means to at least partially modify the chemical structure of at least a portion of one or more pieces of wood in the presence of one or more exogenous treating agents. Specific types of chemical modification processes can include, but are not limited to, acetylation and other types of esterification, epoxidation, etherification, furfurlyation, methylation, and/or melamine treatment. Non-limiting examples of suitable treatment agents can include anhydrides (e.g., acetic, phthalic, succinic, maleic, propionic, or butyric); acid chlorides; ketenes; carboxylic acids; isocyanates; aldehydes (e.g., formaldehyde, acetyldehyde, or difunctional aldehydes); chloral; dimethyl sulfate; alkyl chlorides; beta-propiolacetone; acrylonitrile; epoxides (e.g., ethylene oxide, propylene oxide, or butylenes oxides); difunctional epoxides; borates; acrylates; silicates; and combinations thereof.
- Processes for chemically modifying wood can include a chemical modification step followed by a heating step. During the chemical modification or reaction step, which can be carried out in a chemical modification reactor, wood can be exposed to one or more of the exogenous treatment agents described previously, which can react with at least a portion of the functional groups (e.g., hydroxyl groups) of the untreated wood to thereby provide chemically-modified wood. During the chemical modification step, one or more heat-initiated chemical reactions can take place, which may or may not be initiated by an external source of energy (e.g., thermal energy or electromagnetic energy, including, for example, microwave energy.) Specific details of chemical modification processes vary amongst the many types of chemical modification, but most chemically-modified wood can have enhanced structural, chemical, and/or mechanical properties including lower moisture sorption, higher dimensional stability, more biological and pest resistance, increased decay resistance, and/or higher weather resistance as compared to untreated wood.
- In one embodiment, wood can be acetylated in a wood acetylation reactor. Acetylation can include replacement of surface or near-surface hydroxyl groups with acetyl groups. In one embodiment, the treatment agent utilized during acetylation can comprise acetic anhydride in a concentration of at least about 50 weight percent, at least about 60 weight percent, at least about 70 weight percent, at least about 80 weight percent, at least about 90 weight percent, at least about 98 weight percent, or about 100 weight percent, with the balance, if any, comprising acetic acid and/or one or more diluents or optional acetylation catalysts. In one embodiment, the treatment agent for acetylation can comprise mixtures of acetic acid and acetic anhydride having an anhydride-to-acid weight ratio of at least about 80:20, at least about 85:15, at least about 90:10, or at least about 95:5.
- Prior to acetylation, the wood can be dried to reduce its moisture (e.g., water) content to no more than about 25 weight percent, no more than about 20 weight percent, no more than about 15 weight percent, no more than about 12 weight percent, no more than about 9 weight percent, or no more than about 6 weight percent using kiln drying, vacuum degassing, or other suitable methods. During acetylation, the wood can be contacted with the treatment agent via any suitable method. Examples of suitable contact methods can include, but are not limited to, vapor contacting, spraying, liquid immersion, or combinations thereof. In one embodiment, the temperature of the treatment vessel can be no more than about 50° C., no more than about 40° C., or no more than about 30° C., while the pressure can be at least about 25 psig, at least about 50 psig, at least about 75 psig and/or no more than about 500 psig, no more than about 250 psig, or no more than about 150 psig during the time the wood is contacted with the treatment agent.
- Once the contacting step is complete, at least a portion of the liquid treatment agent, if present, can optionally be drained from the reactor and heat can be added to initiate and/or catalyze the reaction. In one embodiment, microwave energy, thermal energy, or combinations thereof can be introduced into the vessel in order to increase the temperature of the wood to at least about 50° C., at least about 65° C., at least about 80° C. and/or to no more than about 175° C., no more than about 150° C., or no more than about 120° C., while maintaining a pressure in the reactor of at least about 750 torr, at least about 1,000 torr, at least about 1,200 torr, or at least about 2,000 torr and/or no more than about 7,700 torr, no more than about 5,000 torr, no more than about 3,500 torr, or no more than about 2,500 torr. According to one embodiment, least a portion of the heat added to the reactor can be transferred to the wood from a non-microwave source, such as, for example, a hot vapor stream comprising at least about 50, at least about 75, at least about 90, or at least about 95 weight percent acetic acid, with the balance comprising acetic anhydride and/or diluents. In one embodiment, the hot vapor, a portion of which can condense on at least a portion of the bundle of wood being treated, is introduced into the reaction vessel for at least about 20 minutes, at least about 35 minutes or, at least about 45 minutes and/or no more than about 180 minutes, no more than about 150 minutes, or no more than about 120 minutes.
- After the reaction step, the “chemically-wet” chemically-modified wood can comprise at least one chemical component capable of being removed by heat and/or vaporization. As used throughout this application, the terms “chemically-wet” or “chemical-wet” refers to wood containing one or more chemicals present at least partially in a liquid phase as a result of a chemical treatment or modification. A “chemically-wet” bundle of wood can refer to a bundle of wood of which at least a portion is at least partially chemically-wet. Some examples of the one or more chemicals can include reactants, impregnants, reaction products, or the like. For example, when wood is acetylated, at least a portion of the residual acetic acid and/or anhydride can be removed by vaporization. As used herein, the term “acid-wet” refers to wood containing residual acetic acid and/or anhydride. An “acid-wet” bundle of wood refers to a bundle of wood of which at least a portion is at least partially acid-wet. According to one embodiment of the present invention, the chemical-wet or acid-wet wood can comprise at least about 20 weight percent, at least about 30 weight percent, at least about 40 weight percent, or at least about 45 weight percent and/or no more than about 75 weight percent, no more than about 60 weight percent, or no more than about 50 weight percent of one or more heat-removable or vaporizable chemicals, such as, for example, acetic acid and/or anhydride. As used herein, the term “heat-removable” or “vaporizable” chemical component refers to a component that can be removed by heat and/or vaporization. In one embodiment, the vaporizable or heat-removable component or chemical can comprise acetic acid.
- At least a portion of one or more heat-removable chemicals can then be removed via flash vaporization from the chemical-wet wood. In one embodiment, the flash vaporization step can be accomplished by reducing the pressure in the reactor from a pressure of at least about 1,000 torr, at least about 1,200 torr, at least about 1,800 torr, or at least about 2,000 torr and/or no more than about 7,700 torr, no more than about 5,000 torr, no more than about 3,500 torr, no more than about 2,500 torr to atmospheric pressure, or no more than about 2,000 torr. In another embodiment, the flash vaporization step can be accomplished by reducing the pressure of the reactor from an elevated pressure, as described above, or atmospheric pressure, to a pressure of no more than about 100 torr, no more than about 75 torr, no more than about 50 torr, or no more than about 35 torr. According to one embodiment, the amount of one or more heat-removable chemical components (e.g., the chemical content) remaining in the chemical-wet wood after the flash vaporization step can be at least about 6 weight percent, at least about 8 weight percent, at least about 10 weight percent, at least about 12 weight percent, or at least about 15 weight percent and/or no more than about 60 weight percent, no more than about 40 weight percent, no more than about 30 weight percent, no more than about 25 weight percent, no more than about 20 weight percent, or no more than about 15 weight percent.
- According to one embodiment, a heating step can be carried out subsequent to the chemical modification step to further heat and/or dry the chemically-modified (or chemical-wet) wood to thereby provide a heated and/or dried bundle of chemically-modified wood. As used herein, a bundle or other article or material is referred to as “heated” simply as a convenience to indicate that a temperature of at least a portion of the bundle has been elevated above ambient temperature. Similarly, as used throughout this application, a bundle or other article or material is referred to as “dried” simply as a convenience to indicate that at least some heat-removable chemicals have been removed from at least a portion of the bundle by, in some embodiments, heating. In one embodiment, the heating step can be operable to further reduce the level of one or more heat-removable chemical components present in the wood. The energy source utilized during the heating step can be any source of radiative, conductive, and/or convective energy suitable for heating and/or drying wood. In one embodiment, the heater can be a microwave heater employing a microwave energy. In another embodiment, another heat source can be utilized to directly or indirectly (via, for example, a hot gas injection, a jacketed or heat-traced vessel, or other means) heat at least a portion of the vessel, such as, for example, one or more side walls. In this embodiment, the side walls can be heated to a temperature of at least about 45°, at least about 55° C., or at least about 65° C. and/or not more than about 115° C., not more than about 105° C., or not more than about 95° C. The heating step can be carried out under any suitable conditions, including pressures above, at, or near atmospheric pressure. Specific embodiments of various heating systems suitable for use in producing chemically-modified and/or thermally-modified wood will be discussed in detail shortly.
- The heating step can be carried out such that at least about 50 percent, at least about 65 percent, at least about 75 percent, or at least about 95 percent of the total amount of the one or more heat-removable chemical components remaining in the chemical-wet wood is removed. In one embodiment, this can correspond to at least about 100 pounds, at least about 250 pounds, at least about 500 pounds, or at least about 1,000 pounds of total liquid removed. As a result of the heating step, in one embodiment, the heated or dried chemically-modified wood can comprise no more than about 5 weight percent, no more than about 4 weight percent, no more than about 3 weight percent, no more than about 2 weight percent, or no more than about 1 percent, based on the initial (pre-heated) weight of the bundle, of the one or more heat-removable chemicals (e.g., acetic acid). In addition, the heated or dried chemically-modified wood can have a water content of no more than about 6 weight percent, no more than about 5 weight percent, no more than about 3 weight percent, no more than about 2 weight percent, or no more than about 1 weight percent, or no more than about 0.5 weight percent based on the initial (pre-heated) weight of the wood. In one embodiment, the wood can have a water content of approximately 0 percent subsequent to the heating step.
- In one embodiment, the chemical modification step and the heating step can take place in a single vessel. In another embodiment, the chemical modification step and the heating step can be carried out in separate vessels, such that the internal volumes of the chemical modification reactor and the heater are locationally distinct. As used herein, the “internal volume” of a vessel refers to the entirety of the space encompassed by the vessel, including any volume defined by or within the door or doors of the vessel when closed. As used herein, the term “locationally distinct” means that the internal volumes are not overlapping. When the chemical modification reactor and heater comprise separate vessels, various types of wood transportation systems can be utilized in order to transport the wood between the two vessels. In one embodiment, the transportation system can comprise rails (as illustrated in
FIG. 1 ), tracks, belts, hooks, rollers (as illustrated inFIG. 3 ), bands, carts, motorized vehicles, fork trucks, pulleys, turntables (as illustrated inFIG. 2 ), and any combination thereof. Various embodiments of wood treatment facilities capable of producing chemically-modified and/or thermally-modified wood will now be discussed in detail, with respect toFIGS. 1-3 . - Referring now to
FIG. 1 , one embodiment of awood treatment facility 10 is illustrated as comprising achemical modification system 20, aheating system 30, atransportation system 40, and raw and finishedmaterial storage areas 60 a,b.Chemical modification system 20 comprises achemical modification reactor 22, areactor heating system 24, and an optional reactor pressurization/depressurization system 26.Heating system 30 comprises aheater 32, anenergy source 34, and an optional heater pressurization/depressurization system 36.Transportation system 40 comprises a plurality oftransport segments 42 a-e for transporting wood betweenstorage areas 60 a,b,reactor 22, andheater 32, as described in detail below. - In operation, one or more bundles of wood can be removed from raw
material storage area 60 a viatransport segment 42 a. Although illustrated inFIG. 1 as comprising tracks or rails, it should be understood thattransport segment 42 a can comprise any type of transportation mechanism suitable for moving wood betweenstorage area 60 a andreactor 22. As shown inFIG. 1 , the wood can then be introduced or loaded intoreactor 22 via an openreactor entrance door 28. Thereafter, firstreactor entrance door 28 can be closed in order to allow the wood disposed withinreactor 22 to be chemically-modified according to one or more processes described above. - Once the reaction is complete, the chemical-wet wood can be withdrawn from
reactor 22 and be transported toheater 32. According to one embodiment, the chemical-wet wood can be removed fromreactor 22 viareactor entrance door 28 and transported toheater 32 viatransport segment 42 b. In another embodiment, the wood can be removed via an optionalreactor exit door 29 and transported toheater 32 viatransport segment 42 c, as shown inFIG. 1 . The chemical-wet wood can then be introduced or loaded intoheater 32 via an openheater entrance door 38, which can then be closed to thereby form a fluid seal betweenheater entrance door 38 and the body ofheater 32 prior to initiating the heating of the wood. When optional reactor andheater exit doors exit doors reactor 22 andheater 32 than respective reactor andheater entrance doors - In various embodiments, during the heating of the wood within
heater 32,pressurization system 36 can be used to maintain a pressure withinheater 32 of no more than about 550 torr, no more than about 450 torr, no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more than about 150 torr, no more than about 100 torr, or no more than about 75 torr. In one embodiment, the vacuum system can be operable to reduce the pressure inheater 32 to no more than about 10 millitorr (10−3 torr), no more than about 5 millitorr, no more than about 2 millitorr, no more than about 1 millitorr, no more than about 0.5 millitorr, or no more than about 0.1 millitorr. In addition, whenheater 32 comprises a microwave heater, one or more features described in detail shortly, including for example, an optional microwave choke, one or more microwave launchers, and the like can be used to introduce energy into the interior ofheater 32, thereby heating and/or drying at least a portion of the bundle of wood contained therein. - According to one embodiment, the
wood treatment facility 10 can comprise multiple reactors and/or heaters. Any number of reactors and/or heaters can be employed, and the reactors and/or heaters can be arranged in any suitable configuration. For example,wood treatment facility 10 can utilize at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 5 and/or no more than 10, no more than 8, or no more than 6 reactors and/or heaters. When multiple reactors and/or heaters are employed, the vessels can be paired in any suitable combination or ratio. For example, the ratio of reactors to heaters can be 1:1, 1:2, 2:1, 1:3, 3:1, 2:3, 3:2, 1:4, 4:1, 4:2, 2:4, 3:4, 4:3 or any feasible combination. According to one embodiment, one or more of reactors and/or heaters can comprise separate entrance and exit doors, while, in another embodiment, one or more of the reactors and/or heaters can comprise a single door for loading and unloading wood. In one embodiment, the heated and/or dried wood can be removed fromheater 34 viaheater entrance door 38, and transported tostorage area 60 b viatransport segment 42 d. Alternatively, the wood can be withdrawn via an optionalheater exit door 39, if present, and transported viasegment 42 e tostorage area 60 b, as illustrated inFIG. 1 . Various configurations of wood treatment facilities employing multiple reactors and heaters configured according to several embodiments of the present invention will be described briefly with respect toFIGS. 2 and 3 . - Turning now to
FIG. 2 , awood treatment facility 110 configured according to one embodiment of the present invention is illustrated.Wood treatment facility 110 comprises a plurality of reactors illustrated as 122 a, 122 b, 122 n and plurality of heaters illustrated as 132 a, 132 b, 132 n. According to one embodiment, each of thereactors heaters single door wood treatment facility 110 can comprise a rotatable platform (illustrated as a turntable 140) operable to position a bundle ofwood 102 such that it can be transported betweenreactors heaters storage area 160, in various directions generally indicated by arrows 190 a-c. - Referring now to
FIG. 3 , another embodiment of awood treatment facility 210 is shown as comprising a plurality of chemical modification reactors illustrated as 222 a, 222 n and a plurality of heaters illustrated as 232 a, 232 b, 232 n. As shown inFIG. 3 , each of the reactors comprises a respectivereactor entrance door reactor exit door heaters heater entrance door heater exit door Transportation system 240 shown inFIG. 3 comprises a plurality of segments 242 a-j and 244 a-e operable to transport wood to, from, and betweenreactors heaters transportation system 240 can comprise one or more segments comprising any suitable transportation mechanism, as discussed in detail previously. - According to one embodiment, in operation, wood loaded into
first reactor 222 a viatransport segment 242 a can be introduced throughreactor entrance door 228 a. Once the chemical modification process is complete, chemical-wet wood can be removed fromreactor 222 a viareactor entrance door 228 a and can subsequently be transported to one ofheaters respective transport segments reactor 222 a can be removed throughreactor exit door 229 a viatransport segment 244 a prior to being transported toheater reactor 222 n can be loaded, chemically-modified, and transported to one ofheaters - Thereafter, the bundle or bundles of chemically-wet wood transported to
heaters heaters heaters respective entrance doors respective exit doors transport segments 242 h,i,j or 244 c,d,e, depending on whether the bundles were removed fromheater entrance doors heater exit doors - The chemical modification process previously discussed can be carried out at any suitable scale. For example, the above-described wood treatment facilities can comprise lab-scale, pilot plant-scale, or commercial-scale wood treatment facilities. In one embodiment, the wood treatment facility used to produce chemically-modified and/or thermally-modified wood can be a commercial-scale facility having an annual production capacity of at least about 500,000 board feet, at least about 1 million board feet, at least about 2.5 million board feet, or at least about 5 million board feet. As used herein, the term “board feet” refers to a volume of wood expressed in units measuring 144 cubic inches. For example, a board having dimensions of 2 inches by 4 inches by 36 inches has a total volume of 288 cubic inches, or 2 board feet. In various embodiments, the internal volume of a single chemical modification reactor (i.e., the “internal reactor volume”) and/or the internal volume of a single heater (i.e., the “internal heater volume”) can be at least about 100 cubic feet, at least about 500 cubic feet, at least about 1,000 cubic feet, at least about 2,500 cubic feet, at least about 5,000 cubic feet, or at least about 10,000 cubic feet in order to accommodate commercial-scale operation.
- Even when carried out on a commercial scale, chemical and/or thermal modification processes as described herein can be carried out with relatively short overall cycle times. For example, according to one embodiment, the total cycle time of the chemical and/or thermal modification processes carried out using one or more systems of the present invention, measured from the time the modification step is initiated to the time the heating step is completed, can be no more than about 48 hours, no more than about 36 hours, no more than about 24 hours, or no more than about 12 hours, no more than about 10 hours, no more than about 8 hours, or no more than about 6 hours. This is in contrast to many conventional wood treatment processes, which can have overall cycle times that last several days or even weeks.
- In accordance with one embodiment of the present invention, wood treatment facilities of the present invention can comprise one or more vapor containment rooms and/or ventilation structures for substantially isolating the external environment (i.e., the environment immediately outside the chemical modification reactor and the heater) from the chemically-wet chemically-modified wood during transport of the wood. The vapor containment rooms and/or ventilation structures can be connected to a ventilation system that removes at least a portion of the gaseous environment out of the containment/ventilation area, thereby minimizing leakage one or more undesirable vapor-phase chemicals into the external environment. Additional details and one embodiment of a wood treatment facility employing vapor containment rooms and/or ventilation structures will now be described in greater detail with respect to
FIGS. 4 a-d. -
FIG. 4 a is a top view of avapor containment room 360 coupled to achemical modification reactor 322 and aheater 332.Vapor containment room 360 can be operable to partially, or almost completely, isolate the external environment from a chemically-modified bundle of wood as the wood is transported fromchemical modification reactor 322 toheater 332 via atransfer region 361 located betweenreactor 322 andheater 332. As used herein, the term “isolate” refers to the inhibition of fluid communication between one or more areas, zones, or regions. According to one embodiment,vapor containment room 360 can be coupled to a ventilation system (not shown inFIG. 4 a) operable to remove at least a portion of the vapor and gases from the interior ofvapor containment room 360, thereby reducing, minimizing, or preventing leakage of one or more heat-removable chemical components contained within the interior ofreactor 322, within the interior ofheater 332, and/or from the chemically-modified bundle of wood to the external environment. - In one embodiment,
chemical modification reactor 322 can comprise areactor entrance door 328 for receiving a bundle of wood from an external environment and areactor exit door 329 for discharging the bundle of wood fromchemical modification reactor 322 after chemical modification. In addition,heater 332 can comprise aheater entrance door 328 for receiving the bundle of chemically-modified, chemical-wet wood discharged fromchemical modification reactor 322. According to one embodiment,heater 332 can also include aheater exit door 339 separate fromheater entrance door 338 for discharging a bundle of wood fromheater 332. In one embodiment, respective reactor andheater entrance doors heater exit doors reactor 322 orheater 332 such that the respective central axes of elongation ofreactor 322 andheater 332, represented asaxes 370 a,b inFIG. 4 b, can extend throughrespective entrance exit reactor 322 andheater 332 are axially aligned with one another such that the central axes ofelongation 370 a,b inFIG. 4 b, are substantially aligned with one another, while, in other one embodiment, axes 370 a,b can be parallel to each other. As used herein, the term “substantially aligned” refers to two or more vessels configured such that the maximum acute angle formed between the intersection of their respective central axes of elongation is not more than about 20°. In some embodiments, the maximum acute angle between the intersection of the two axes of elongation of substantially aligned vessels can be not more than about 10°, not more than about 5°, not more than about 2°, or not more than about 1°. In some embodiments,reactor 322 andheater 332 can be arranged in a side-by-side configuration (not shown). - According to one embodiment shown in
FIG. 4 a,vapor containment room 360 can be sealingly coupled toreactor 322 andheater 332 such that the external environment is substantially isolated fromtransfer region 361 during transport of the bundle of wood fromreactor 322 toheater 332. As used herein, the term “sealingly coupled” refers to two or more objects attached, fastened, or otherwise associated such that leakage of fluid is substantially reduced or nearly prevented from the junction of such objects. In one embodiment,reactor entrance door 328 and/orheater exit door 339, when present, can open to the external environment, whilereactor exit door 329 and/orheater entrance door 338 can open to the interior ofvapor containment room 360, thereby isolating the external environment from vapor or gases fromchemical reactor 322,heater 332, and/or the bundle of chemical-wet wood during transport betweenreactor 322 andheater 332 viatransfer region 361. -
Vapor containment room 360 can be configured in any manner suitable manner. In one embodiment depicted inFIGS. 4 a and 4 b,vapor containment room 360 comprises four generally upright walls 342 a-d coupled to aceiling structure 344 and a floor (not shown). Although illustrated inFIGS. 4 a and 4 b as being generally attached toceiling structure 344, avapor outlet conduit 349 for removing vapors and gases from the interior ofvapor containment room 360 could alternatively be attached to one of walls 342 a-d or to the floor. Additional details regarding the removal of vapors and gases fromvapor containment room 360 will be described in more detail shortly. - In one embodiment of the present invention, at least one of walls 342 a-d can comprise at least one blast panel or
blast wall 343 for controlling the direction of a pressure release in the event of an explosion or rapid pressurization withinvapor containment room 360. In one embodiment,blast panel 343 can be attached to theceiling 344 and/or floor (not shown) ofvapor containment room 360. Blast panel orwall 343 can be hinged, tethered, or otherwise fastened to another structure ofvapor containment room 360 in order to prevent or reduce the likelihood that blast panel orwall 343 will be freely projected at an undesirable velocity away fromvapor containment room 360 by an explosion. Blast panel orwall 343 can have a substantially solid surface, as shown inFIG. 4 b, or can comprise a plurality of slats or slots (not shown). Typically, the sections of walls 342 a-d that are not blast panels/walls 343 are construction of a high-strength materials such as, for example, precast concrete panels, concrete blocks, or steel panels. Although illustrated herein as having four walls, it should be understood that vapor containment rooms having various other shapes can also be employed. - As depicted in
FIG. 4 c,vapor containment room 360 can be equipped with one ormore vents 370 a,b for selectively permitting fluid flow from the external environment into the interior ofvapor containment room 360. In one embodiment, vents 370 a,b are one-way vents that permit fluid flow from the external environment intovapor containment room 360, as indicated byarrows 380 a,b inFIG. 4 c, but reduce, inhibit, or substantially prevent fluid flow from the interior ofvapor containment room 360 out into the external environment. Examples of external fluids that can flow intovapor containment room 360 viavents 370 a,b include ambient air or one or more inert gases such as nitrogen. - In one embodiment, vents 370 a,b, can be configured to maintain a predetermined pressure difference between the interior of
vapor containment room 360 and the external environment. By maintaining a predetermined pressure difference between the interior ofvapor containment room 360 and the external environment, vents 370 a,b can control the rate at which a fluid from the external environment is drawn intovapor containment room 360. To maintain a relatively constant pressure difference between the interior ofvapor containment room 360 and the external environment, vents 370 a,b can be equipped with a control mechanism (e.g., an electronic actuator, a hydraulic actuator, a pneumatic actuator, or a mechanical spring) for varying the degree of openness ofvents 370 a,b based on the pressure difference acrossvents 370 a,b. When the pressure difference between the external environment and the interior of thevapor containment room 360 is too high, vents 370 a,b open wider, and, analogously, when the pressure difference is too low, vents 370 a,b move towards a closed position. In one embodiment, vents 370 a,b, can be spring loaded and biased towards the closed position, so that when the pressure difference between thevapor containment room 360 and the external environment is below a threshold value, vents 370 a,b are closed, but when the pressure invapor containment room 360 is lower than the pressure of the external environment by an amount exceeding the threshold pressure difference value, vents 370 a,b open to allow an external fluid to be drawn intovapor containment room 360. - Further, when vents 370 a,b are spring loaded, the vents help maintain a substantially constant pressure difference between the interior of
vapor containment room 360 and the external environment by automatically opening wider when the pressure difference is high and automatically moving towards the closed position when the pressure difference is low. In one embodiment,vapor containment room 360 is maintained at a sub-atmospheric pressure during transport and can be maintained at a vacuum of at least about 0.05 inches of water, at least about 0.1 inches of water, or at least about 0.15 inches of water and/or no more than about 10 inches of water, no more than about 1 inch of water, or no more than about 0.5 inches of water. In one embodiment, vents 370 a,b, are configured to permit fluid from the external environment (e.g., ambient air) to be drawn intovapor containment room 360 at a rate that causes at least about 2, at least about 4, or at least about 5 exchanges per hour to be drawn out ofvapor containment room 360, where one exchange is equal to one volume ofvapor containment room 360. As used herein, the term “exchanges per hour” refers to the total number of times per hour that the total volume of fluid in the system is replaced, calculated by dividing the volumetric flow rate of vapor removed from the system by the total system volume. - In one embodiment, the size of
vapor containment room 360 can be such that the reactor andheater 322, 332 (e.g., positioning the internal volumes of the reactor and heater) are spaced apart from each other by a distance that is at least about 2 feet, at least about 4 feet, or at least about 6 feet and/or no more than about 50 feet, no more than about 30 feet, or no more than about 20 feet. In one embodiment, the length of the vapor containment room can be the same as, or substantially the same as, the distance betweenreactor 322 andheater 332. According to one embodiment, the ratio of the length ofvapor containment room 360 to the total length ofreactor 322 and/or the total length ofheater 332 can be at least about 0.1:1, at least about 0.2:1, or at least about 0.3:1 and/or no more than about 1:1, no more than about 0.6:1, or no more than about 0.5:1. When the space betweenreactor 322 andheater 332 is minimized,reactor exit door 329 andheater entrance door 338 may be capable of contacting one another during opening. In such an embodiment,reactor exit door 329 andheater entrance door 338 can be configured to nest/overlap with one another (but not contact one another) when they are both fully opened. -
FIG. 4 d is a side view of awood treatment facility 416 comprising areactor 322, aheater 332, and avapor containment room 360 disposed therebetween.FIG. 4 d additionally depicts an embodiment that employs a product vapor removal system orstructure 400 located nearexit door 339 ofheater 332. Productvapor removal system 400 can be configured to transport vapors out of and away from the area nearexit door 339 of heater 332 (e.g. the recovery room). This configuration can substantially reduce and, in some embodiments can nearly prevent escape of vapors from the chemically-treated bundle ofwood exiting heater 332 and/or fromvapors exiting reactor 322 and/orheater 332 to the external environment. As shown inFIG. 4 d, bothvapor containment room 360 and productvapor removal system 400 can be connected or otherwise operably coupled to acommon ventilation system 402.Ventilation system 402 is used to draw vapors and gases out ofvapor containment room 360 and/or through productvapor removal system 400. AlthoughFIG. 4 d illustrates onecommon ventilation system 402 being used for bothvapor containment room 360 and productvapor removal system 400, it is possible to use individual ventilation systems for each containment/ventilation area of the wood treatment facility. - In the embodiment depicted in
FIG. 4 d, productvapor removal system 400 comprises aventilation hood 404 and aventilation room 406 disposed betweenventilation hood 404 andheater 332.Ventilation hood 404 andventilation room 406 can be connected toventilation system 402, which draws vapor out ofventilation hood 404 and/orventilation room 406.Ventilation room 406 can be configured to receive a bundle of chemically-modified wood throughheater exit door 339, which opens intoventilation room 406. -
Ventilation room 406 can be equipped with aventilation room exit 408 through which the chemically-modified wood passes to a cooling location belowventilation hood 404. In one embodiment,ventilation room exit 408 can be equipped with adoor 409 that, when closed, substantially isolates the external environment from the interior ofventilation room 406. When ventilation room is equipped with such a door, ventilation room may also be equipped with vents (not shown) similar tovents 370 a,b ofvapor containment room 360, described previously with reference toFIG. 4 c. However, in another embodiment,ventilation room exit 408 is configured to constantly permit passage of fluid from the external environment into the interior ofventilation room 406. In such an embodiment,ventilation room exit 408 can be entirely open so as to permit free flow of fluid therethrough. Alternatively,ventilation room exit 408 can be partially covered with a flexible material (e.g., a hanging VISQUEEN sheet or strips of VISQUEEN) that permits passage of the bundle of chemically-treated wood therethrough, but that at least partially inhibits free flow of fluid therethrough. In one embodiment of the present invention,ventilation room 406 can be entirely eliminated andventilation hood 404 can be positionedadjacent exit door 339 ofheater 332. - As shown in
FIG. 4 d,ventilation system 402 can include one ormore vacuum generators 410, atreatment device 412, aflow diverter 414, and a plurality ofvapor outlet conduits 349 a-c.Vacuum generator 410 can be operable to draw vapor out ofvapor containment room 360,ventilation hood 404, and/orventilation room 406 viaoutlet conduits 349 a,b,c, respectively.Treatment device 412 can be operable to remove or to change the composition of at least a portion of one or more components from the vapors drawn out ofvapor containment room 360,ventilation hood 404, and/orventilation room 406 viavacuum generator 410. Examples of suitable treatment devices can include, but are not limited to, scrubbers, thermal oxidizers, catalytic oxidizers or other catalytic processes, and/or precipitators. - According to one embodiment,
flow diverter 414 can be operable adjust the total ventilation capacity ofvacuum generator 410 by, for example, directing the vapor flow amongstvapor outlet conduits 349 a,b,c thereby distributing the total ventilation capacity ofventilation system 402 betweenvapor containment room 360, and product vapor removal structure (e.g.,ventilation hood 404, and/or ventilation room 406). As used herein, the term “total ventilation capacity” refers to the maximum volume of vapors removable from the system via a vacuum generator or other source, expressed as a time-based rate. Distribution of the total ventilation capacity amongstvapor containment room 360,ventilation hood 404, and/orventilation room 406 may be advantageous, for example, to accommodate the various steps of a chemical modification treatment. In one embodiment,flow diverter 414 can be operable to evenly distribute the total ventilation capacity, represented generically as “X”, such that ⅓X is provided tovapor containment room 360, ⅓X is provided toventilation hood 404, and ⅓X is provided toventilation room 406. In another exemplary embodiment,flow diverter 414 can allocate more ventilation capacity to one of the three areas, such as, for examplevapor containment room 360, so that ⅔X is provided tovapor containment room 360, ⅙X is provided toventilation hood 404, and ⅙X is provided toventilation room 406. - One embodiment of the operation of
wood treatment facility 416 will now be described in detail, with respect toFIG. 4 d. A first bundle of wood, represented herein by the letter “C,” can be loaded intochemical modification reactor 322 viareactor entrance door 328 and chemically treated. Simultaneously, a second bundle of wood, represented here by the letter “B,” can be introduced intoheater 332 viaheater entrance door 338 and heated and/or dried. While bundles C and B are being chemically-modified and heated/dried inchemical modification reactor 322 andheater 332, respectively, a third bundle of wood, represented herein with the letter “A”, can be removed fromventilation room 406 and positioned underventilation hood 404, as generally shown inFIG. 4 d. - Once bundle A has been sufficiently dried, it can be removed from
ventilation hood 404 and transported to a storage area (not shown). Then, the allocation of the total ventilation capacity ofventilation system 402 can be adjusted usingflow diverter 414 such that amount of ventilation capacity allocated tovapor containment room 360 is increased, while the amount of ventilation capacity allocated toventilation hood 404 is decreased. Next, after completion of the heating of bundle “B”, heater entrance andexit doors heater 332 can be removed and passed throughvapor containment room 360 before enteringventilation system 402. In one embodiment, this evacuation ofheater 332 can also comprise drawing an external fluid (e.g., ambient air or other inert gas) into the system throughventilation hood 404 andventilation room 406, when present. The external fluid can then enterheater 332 viaheater exit door 339 and pass through the interior ofheater 332, before exitingheater 332 viaheater entrance door 338 and passing intovapor containment room 360. Once invapor containment room 360, the external fluid, along with any residual vapor or gas removed from the interior ofheater 332, can be withdrawn fromvapor containment room 360 by way ofventilation system 402 at a rate of at least about 2 exchanges per hour, at least about 4 exchanges per hour, or at least about 6 exchanges per hour. For example, if the ventilation system had a total volume of 100 cubic meters and the rate of vapor removal was 200 cubic meters per hour, the exchanges per hour would be (200 cubic meters per hour)/(100 cubic meters) or 2 exchanges per hour. - Once the external fluid and residual vapor/gas has been removed from
vapor containment room 360, bundle B can be removed fromheater 332 viaheater exit door 339, passed through ventilation room 406 (if present), and positioned underventilation hood 404 to cool and/or further dry bundle B, as discussed in detail previously.Heater exit door 339 can then be closed beforereactor exit door 329 andreactor entrance door 328 are sequentially opened. Thereafter,ventilation system 402 can be used to evacuate residual vapor or gas from the interior ofchemical modification reactor 322. In one embodiment, an external fluid (e.g., ambient air or other inert gas) can be drawn intoreactor 322 viareactor entrance door 328 and pass through the interior ofreactor 322 before exiting intovapor containment room 360 viareactor exit door 329. As described above, the external fluid and any residual vapors or gases can then be withdrawn fromvapor containment room 360 viavapor outlet conduit 349 a at a rate of at least about 2 exchanges per hour, at least about 4 exchanges per hour, or at least about 6 exchanges per hour. - Thereafter, bundle C can be removed from
chemical modification reactor 322 viareactor exit door 329 and passed throughvapor containment room 360 along atransport path 399. In one embodiment,product ventilation system 402 can be used to draw gases and vapors fromvapor containment room 360 during the transportation of the bundle betweenreactor 322 andheater 332. Chemically-wet bundle C can then be introduced into the interior ofheater 332 viaheater entrance door 338, prior to initiating heating of bundle C. Next, a fourth bundle (not shown) can be loaded into the interior ofchemical modification reactor 322 before closing, in sequence,reactor entrance door 328,reactor exit door 329, andheater entrance door 338. The allocation of total ventilation capacity tovapor containment room 360 can be decreased, while increasing the allocation toventilation hood 404, to thereby cool and/or further dry bundle B. A fifth bundle (not shown) can be assembled, either in a loading area (not shown) or nearreactor entrance door 328 before repeating the above-referenced steps to process a new sequence of wood bundles. - It should be understood that, in the above-described operational sequence, some steps can preferably be carried out in the order described, while some steps can be carried out simultaneously and/or the order of some steps can be switched. The above sequence of steps is included simply to describe one exemplary method of operating
wood treatment system 416. - According to one embodiment, one or more of the heating systems described above can comprise microwave heating systems that utilize microwave energy to heat one or more objects or items. In addition to one embodiment of the wood treatment facilities described above, microwave heating systems configured according to one embodiment of the present invention have wide applicability to a variety of other processes. It should be understood that, while predominantly described herein with respect to processes for heating “wood” or a “bundle of wood,” the processes and systems described herein are equally applicable to applications wherein one or more articles, objects, or loads are heated. Examples of other types of application that can utilize microwave heating systems as described herein can include, but are not limited to, high temperature vacuum ceramic and metal sintering, melting, brazing, and heat treating of various materials. In one embodiment, the microwave heating system can include a vacuum system (e.g., a microwave vacuum heater) and can be utilized for vacuum drying of materials such as minerals and semiconductors, vacuum drying of foodstuffs such as fruits and vegetables, vacuum drying of ceramic and fibrous molds, as well as vacuum drying of chemical solutions.
- Turning now to
FIG. 5 , amicrowave heating system 420 configured according to one embodiment of the present invention is illustrated as comprising at least onemicrowave generator 422, amicrowave heater 430, a microwave distribution system 440, and anoptional vacuum system 450. Microwave energy produced bymicrowave generator 422 can be directed tomicrowave heater 430 via one or more components of microwave distribution system 440. Additional details regarding components and operation of microwave distribution system 440 will be discussed in detail shortly. When present,vacuum system 450 can be operable to reduce the pressure inmicrowave heater 430 to no more than about 550 torr, no more than about 450 torr, no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more than about 150 torr, no more than about 100 torr, or no more than about 75 torr. In one embodiment, the vacuum system can be operable to reduce the pressure inmicrowave heater 430 to no more than about 10 millitorr (10−3 torr), no more than about 5 millitorr, no more than about 2 millitorr, no more than about 1 millitorr, no more than about 0.5 millitorr, or no more than about 0.1 millitorr. Each of the components ofmicrowave heating system 420 will now be discussed in detail below. -
Microwave generator 422 can be any device capable of producing or generating microwave energy. As used herein, the term “microwave energy” refers to electromagnetic energy having a frequency between 300 MHz and 30 GHz. As used herein the term “between” used in a range is intended to include the recited endpoints. For example, a number “between x and y” can be x, y, or any value from x to y. In one embodiment, various configurations ofmicrowave heating system 420 can utilize microwave energy having a frequency of about 915 MHz or a frequency of about 2.45 GHz, both of which have been generally designated as industrial microwave frequencies. Examples of suitable types of microwave generators can include, but are not limited to, magnetrons, klystrons, traveling wave tubes, and gyrotrons. In various embodiments, one ormore microwave generators 422 can be capable of delivering (e.g., have a maximum output of) at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW, at least about 250 kW, at least about 350 kW, at least about 400 kW, at least about 500 kW, at least about 600 kW, at least about 750 kW, or at least about 1,000 kW and/or not more than about 2,500 kW, not more than about 1,500 kW, or not more than about 1,000 kW. Although illustrated as comprising onemicrowave generator 422,microwave heating system 420 can comprise two or more microwave generators configured to operate in a similar manner. -
Microwave heater 430 can be any device capable of receiving and heating one or more articles, including, for example, bundles of wood or lumber, using microwave energy. In one embodiment, at least about 75 percent, at least about 85 percent, at least about 95 percent, or substantially all of the heat or energy provided bymicrowave heater 430 can be provided by microwave energy.Microwave heater 430 can also be used as a microwave dryer, which can be further operable to dry one or more items disposed therein using microwave energy as described herein. - Turning now to
FIG. 6 , one embodiment of amicrowave heater 530 is illustrated as comprising avessel body 532 and adoor 534 for selectively permitting and blocking the access to or passage of one or more objects (not shown) into and out of theinterior 536 ofmicrowave heater 530. In one embodiment,vessel body 532 ofmicrowave heater 530 can be elongated along a central axis ofelongation 535, which can be oriented in a substantially horizontal direction, as illustrated inFIG. 6 .Vessel body 532 can have a cross-section of any suitable shape or size. In one embodiment, the cross-section ofvessel 532 can be substantially circular or round, while, in another embodiment, the cross-section can be elliptical. According to one embodiment, the size and/or shape of the cross-section ofvessel body 532 can change along the direction of elongation, while, in another embodiment, the shape and/or size of its cross-section can remain substantially the same. In the embodiment depicted inFIG. 6 ,vessel body 532 ofmicrowave heater 530 comprises a horizontally elongated, cylindrical vessel body having a circular cross-section. -
Microwave heater 530 can have an overall maximum internal dimension or length, L, and a maximum inner diameter, D, as shown inFIG. 6 . In one embodiment, L can be at least about 8 feet, at least about 10 feet, at least about 16 feet, at least about 20 feet, at least about 30 feet, at least about 50 feet, at least about 75 feet, at least about 100 feet and/or no more than about 500 feet, no more than about 350 feet, no more than about 250 feet. In another embodiment, D can be at least about 3 feet, at least about 5 feet, at least about 10 feet, at least about 12 feet, at least about 18 feet, at least about 20 feet, at least about 25 feet, or at least about 30 feet and/or no more than about 25 feet, no more than about 20 feet, or no more than about 15 feet. In one embodiment, the ratio (L:D) of the length ofmicrowave heater 530 to its inner diameter (L:D) can be at least about 1:1, at least about 2:1, at least about 3:1, at least about 4:1, at least about 6:1, at least about 8:1, at least about 10:1 and/or no more than about 50:1, no more than about 40:1, or no more than about 25:1. -
Microwave heater 530 can be constructed out of any suitable material. In one embodiment,microwave heater 530 can comprise at least one electrically conductive and/or highly reflective material. Examples of suitable materials can include, but are not limited to, selected carbon steels, stainless steels, nickel alloys, aluminum alloys, and copper alloys.Microwave heater 530 can be almost completely constructed out of a single material, or multiple materials can be used to construct various portions ofmicrowave heater 530. For example, in one embodiment,microwave heater 530 can be constructed of a first material and can then be coated or layered with a second material on at least a portion of its interior and/or exterior surface. In one embodiment, the coating or layer can comprise one or more of the metals or alloys listed above, while, in another embodiment, the coating or layer can comprise glass, polymer, or other dielectric material. -
Microwave heater 530 can define one or more spaces suitable for receiving a load. For example, in one embodiment,microwave heater 530 can define a bundle-receiving space configured to receive and hold one or more bundles of wood (not shown inFIG. 6 ). The load (e.g., wood) can be positioned withininterior 536 ofmicrowave heater 530 in a static or dynamic manner. For example, in one embodiment wherein the load is statically positioned inmicrowave heater 530, the load can be relatively motionless during heating and may be held in place using static positioning devices (not shown) such as, for example, a shelf, a platform, a parked cart, a stopped belt, or the like. In another embodiment wherein the load is dynamically positioned withinmicrowave heater 530, the load can be in motion during at least a portion of heating using one or more dynamic positioning devices (not shown) during heating. Examples of dynamic positioning devices can include, but are not limited to, continuous moving belts, rollers, horizontally and/or vertically oscillating platforms, and rotating platforms. In one embodiment, one or more dynamic positioning devices may be used in a generally continuous process, while one or more static positioning devices may be employed in a batch or semi-batch process. - According to one embodiment of the present invention,
microwave heater 530 can also comprise one or more sealing mechanisms to reduce, inhibit, minimize, or substantially prevent the leakage of fluids and/or microwave energy into or out of thevessel interior 536 during treatment. As illustrated inFIG. 6 ,vessel body 532 anddoor 534 can each present respective body-side and door-side sealing surfaces 531, 533. In one embodiment, body-side and door-side sealing surfaces 531, 533 can directly or indirectly form a fluid seal betweendoor 534 andvessel body 532 whendoor 534 is closed. A direct seal can be formed when at least a portion of body-side and door-side sealing surfaces 531, 533 make direct physical contact with one another. An indirect seal can be formed betweendoor 534 andvessel body 532 when one or more resilient sealing members for fluidly isolating the interior ofmicrowave heater 530 from an external environment (not shown inFIG. 6 ) are at least partially compressed against door-side and/or body-side sealing surfaces 533, 531 whendoor 534 is closed. Examples of resilient sealing members can include, but are not limited to, o-rings, spiral wound gaskets, sheet gaskets, and the like. According to one embodiment, the direct or indirect seal formed betweenvessel body 532 anddoor 534 can be such thatmicrowave heater 530 can have a fluid leak rate of no more than about 10−2 torr liters/sec, no more than about 10−4 torr liters/sec, or no more than about 10−8 torr liters/sec at or near the junction ofbody 532 anddoor 534, when subjected to a helium leak test conducted according to procedure B1 entitled “Spraying Testing” described in the document entitled “Helium Leak Detection Techniques” published by Alcatel Vacuum Technology using a Varian Model No. 938-41 detector. In one embodiment, fluid seal can be particularly useful when the environment insidemicrowave heater 530 comprises a sub-atmospheric and otherwise challenging process environment. - Microwave heaters configured according to one embodiment of the present invention can also comprise a microwave choke for inhibiting or substantially preventing microwave energy leakage between
door 534 andvessel body 532 ofmicrowave heater 530 whendoor 534 is closed (e.g., at or near the junction ofdoor 534 and vessel body 532). As used herein, the term “choke” refers to any device or component of a microwave vessel operable to reduce the amount of energy leaking from or escaping the vessel during the application of microwave energy. In one embodiment, the choke can be any device operable to reduce the amount of microwave leakage from the vessel by at least about 25 percent, at least about 50 percent, at least about 75 percent, or at least about 90 percent as compared to when a choke is not employed. In one embodiment of the present invention, the microwave choke can be operable to allow no more than about 50 milliwatts per square centimeter (mW/cm2), no more than about 25 mW/cm2, no more than about 10 mW/cm2, no more than about 5 mW/cm2, or no more than about 2 mW/cm2 of microwave energy to leak out of the heater through the choke when measured 5 cm from the vessel with a Narda Microline Model 8300 broad band isotropic radiation monitor (300 MHz to 18 GHz). - Further, in contrast to conventional microwave chokes, which often fail when subjected to sub-atmospheric pressures, microwave chokes configured according to one embodiment of the present invention can be operable to substantially inhibit microwave energy leakage, even under deep vacuum conditions. For example, in one embodiment, a microwave choke as described herein can inhibit microwave energy leakage from the heater to the extent described above when the pressure in the microwave heater is no more than about 550 torr, no more than about 450 torr, no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more than about 100 torr, or no more than about 75 torr. In one embodiment, a microwave choke as described herein can inhibit microwave energy leakage from the heater to the extent as described above when the pressure in the microwave heater is no more than about 10 millitorr (10−3 torr), no more than about 5 millitorr, no more than about 2 millitorr, no more than about 1 millitorr, no more than about 0.5 millitorr, or no more than about 0.1 millitorr. Further, a microwave choke according to one embodiment of the present invention can maintain its level of leakage prevention on large-scale units, such as, for example, microwave heaters having a microwave energy input rate of at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW, at least about 250 kW, at least about 350 kW, at least about 400 kW, at least about 500 kW, at least about 600 kW, at least about 750 kW, or at least about 1,000 kW and/or not more than about 2,500 kW, not more than about 1,500 kW, or not more than about 1,000 kW.
- In one embodiment, substantially no arcing can occur near the
choke 650 while microwave energy is introduced into the vessel (e.g., during the heating step), even at the levels of microwave energy and vacuum pressure described above. As used herein, the term “arcing”, refers to undesired, uncontrolled electrical discharge, at least partially caused by ionization of a surrounding fluid. Arcing, which can damage equipment and materials and poses a substantial fire or explosion hazard, has a lower threshold at lower pressures, especially sub-atmospheric (e.g., vacuum) pressures. Typically, conventional systems limit rate of energy input in order to minimize or avoid arcing. In contrast to conventional systems, however, microwave heaters configured according to embodiments of the present invention can be operable to receive microwave energy at a rate of at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW, at least about 250 kW, at least about 350 kW, at least about 400 kW, at least about 500 kW, at least about 600 kW, at least about 750 kW, or at least about 1,000 kW and/or not more than about 2,500 kW, not more than about 1,500 kW, or not more than about 1,000 kW can be introduced into a microwave heater (optionally referred to as a vacuum microwave heater or a vacuum microwave dryer) when the pressure is no more than about 550 torr, no more than about 450 torr, no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more than about 100 torr, no more than about 75 torr, no more than about 10 millitorr (10−3 torr), no more than about 5 millitorr, no more than about 2 millitorr, no more than about 1 millitorr, no more than about 0.5 millitorr, or no more than about 0.1 millitorr and/or at least about 50 torr or at least about 75 torr with substantially no arcing at or near the choke. - Referring now to
FIG. 7 a, a cross-sectional segment of one embodiment of amicrowave choke 650 for substantially inhibiting microwave energy leakage between adoor 634 and avessel body 632 of a microwave heater whendoor 634 is closed is provided. As shown inFIG. 7 a, at least a portion ofmicrowave choke 650 is cooperatively defined or formed betweendoor 634 andvessel body 632 whendoor 634 is closed and respective door-side 633 and body-side 631 sealing surfaces are in direct or indirect contact with one another. In one embodiment, an optionalfluid sealing member 660 can also be present to inhibit, minimize, or substantially prevent leakage of fluid into or out of the microwave heater, as discussed previously.Fluid sealing member 660, when present, can be coupled tovessel body 632 or, as shown inFIG. 7 a, todoor 634. - According to one embodiment shown in
FIG. 7 a,microwave choke 650 defines a first radially-extendingchoke cavity 652, a second-radially extendingchoke cavity 654, and a radially-extendingchoke guidewall 656 disposed at least partly between first andsecond choke cavities door 634 of the microwave heater is closed. In one embodiment illustrated inFIG. 7 a,first choke cavity 652 is defined betweenvessel body 632 and choke guidewall 656 whendoor 634 is closed, whilesecond choke cavity 654 is at least partially disposed betweendoor 634 and chokeguidewall 656, such that choke guidewall 656 is substantially coupled todoor 634.First choke cavity 652 can be open to the interior of the microwave heater and can be radially positioned between the interior of the microwave heater and the fluid seal created by sealingmember 660, when present. In another embodiment of the present invention (not shown inFIG. 7 a),second choke cavity 654 can be at least partially defined byvessel body 632, such thatsecond choke cavity 654 can be positioned betweenvessel body 632 and choke guidewall 656 whendoor 634 is closed, such that choke guidewall 656 is substantially coupled tovessel body 632. - In one embodiment, at least a portion of
second choke cavity 654 can extend alongside at least a portion offirst choke cavity 652 whendoor 634 is closed. In one embodiment, at least about 40 percent, at least about 60 percent, at least about 80 percent, or at least about 90 percent of the total length ofsecond choke cavity 654 can extend alongsidefirst choke cavity 654 whendoor 634 is closed. The total length of first and/orsecond choke cavities FIG. 7 a, can be at least about 1/16 times, at least about ⅛ times, at least about ¼ times and/or no more than about 1 times, no more than about ¾ times, or no more than about ½ times the length of the predominant wavelength of the microwave energy in the interior of the microwave heater. The length, L, of first and/orsecond choke cavities - As illustrated in
FIG. 7 b, a relative extension angle, 4), can be defined between the direction of extension offirst choke cavity 652, designated byline 690, and the direction of extension ofsecond choke cavity 654, designated byline 692. In various embodiments, the relative extension angle, 4), can be no more than about 60°, no more than about 45°, no more than about 30°, or no more than about 15°. In some embodiments, the direction of extension ofsecond choke cavity 654 can be substantially parallel to the direction of extension offirst choke cavity 652, as depicted inFIG. 7 a. - Referring now to
FIG. 7 c, a partial isometric cross-sectional portion of a microwave choke is provided. As shown inFIG. 7 c, choke guidewall 656 can be integrally formed intodoor 634. According to one embodiment, guidewall 656 can comprise a plurality of spaced open-endedgaps 670 disposed circumferentially alongguidewall 656. In one embodiment, the spacing between the centerline of each of the gaps can be at least about 0.5 inches, at least about 1 inch, at least about 2 inches, or at least about 2.5 inches and/or no more than about 8 inches, no more than about 6 inches, or no more than about 5 inches. - According to another embodiment of the present invention, at least a portion of
choke 650 can comprise aremovable portion 651 removably coupled tovessel body 632 ordoor 634. In one embodiment,removable portion 651 can be removably coupled todoor 634. As used herein, the term “removably coupled” means attached in a manner such that a portion of the choke can be removed without substantial damage to or destruction of the vessel body, the choke, and/or the door. In one embodiment,removable choke portion 651 can comprise at least a portion or all ofguidewall 656.FIG. 7 d illustrates a microwave choke having at least oneremovable portion 651. In one embodiment depicted inFIG. 7 d, guidewall 656 can be coupled toremovable choke portion 651.Removable choke portion 651 can comprise a plurality of removable choke segments 653 a-e that are each removably coupled todoor 634 or vessel body 632 (embodiment not shown). In one embodiment,removable choke portion 651 can comprise at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 6, at least 8 and/or no more than 16, no more than 12, no more than 10, or no more than 8 removable choke segments 653. According to one embodiment whereinremovable choke portion 651 has a generally ring-shaped diameter, individually removable choke segments 653 a-e can have a generally arcuate shape, as shown inFIG. 7 d. -
Removable choke portion 651 can be fastened todoor 634 orvessel body 632 according to any known method including, for example, bolts, screws, or any other type of suitable removable fastening device. In one embodiment,removable choke portion 651 can be magnetically fastened todoor 634 orvessel body 632. Depending, in part, on the desired method of fastening,removable choke portion 651 can have a variety of cross-sectional shapes. For example, as illustrated inFIGS. 7 e-h,removable choke portion 651 can define a cross-section which is generally G-shaped (as shown inFIG. 7 e), generally J-shaped or U-shaped (as shown inFIG. 7 f), generally L-shaped (as shown inFIG. 7 g), or generally I-shaped (as shown inFIG. 7 h). - In operation,
removable choke portion 651 can be attached, removed, and/or subsequently replaced without removing portions of or substantiallyre-machining vessel body 632 and/ordoor 634 in order to resume normal operation of the microwave heater. For example, in one embodiment, a plurality of individually removable choke segments 653 a-e can be separately and individually attached todoor 634 and/orvessel body 632. Subsequently, when one or more portions of the microwave choke become damaged or otherwise require replacement, one or more individually removable choke segments 653 and/or the entireremovable choke portion 651 can be separately and individually detached or removed fromvessel body 632 ordoor 634 and replaced with one or more new (e.g., replacement) removable choke segments 653 and/or a newremovable choke portion 651. In one embodiment, the number of removable choke segment orsegments 653 a, b, c, d, and/or e detached from and then reattached to (e.g., removed from and replaced onto)vessel body 632 ordoor 634 can be not more than or no more than the total number of choke segments 653 a-e ofremovable portion 651. -
Microwave heater 530, generically represented inFIG. 6 , can be classified as a single mode cavity, a multi-mode cavity, or a quasi-optical cavity depending on how the microwave energy therein behaves. As used herein, the term “single mode cavity” refers to a cavity designed and operated to maintain the microwave energy therein a single, specific mode pattern. Oftentimes, the design and properties of a single mode cavity can limit the size of the vessel and/or how a load can be positioned within the chamber. As a result, in one embodiment,microwave heater 530 can comprise a multimode or a quasi-optical mode cavity. As used herein, the term “multimode cavity” refers to a cavity or chamber wherein the microwave energy is excited into a plurality of standing wave patterns in a semi-random or undirected manner. As used herein, the term “quasi-optical mode cavity” refers to a cavity or chamber wherein most, but not all, of the energy is directed toward a particular area in a controlled manner. In one embodiment, a multimode cavity has a higher energy density near the center of the vessel than a quasi-optical cavity, while quasi-optical cavities can leverage the quasi-optical properties of microwave energy to more closely control and direct the emission of energy into the cavity interior. - Turning back to
microwave heating system 420 illustrated inFIG. 5 , microwave distribution system 440 is operable to transmit or direct at least a portion of the microwave energy produced bymicrowave generator 422 intomicrowave heater 430, as discussed briefly above. As shown schematically inFIG. 5 , microwave distribution system 440 can include at least onewaveguide 442 operably coupled to one or more microwave launchers, illustrated as launchers 444 a-c. Optionally, microwave distribution system 440 can comprise one or moremicrowave mode converters 446 for changing the mode of the microwave energy passing therethrough and/or one or more microwave switches (not shown) for selectively routing microwave energy to one or more of microwave launchers 444 a-c. Additional details regarding specific components and various embodiments of microwave distributions system 440 will now be discussed in detail below. -
Waveguides 442 can be operable to transport microwave energy frommicrowave generator 422 to one or more of microwave launchers 444 a-c. As used herein, the term “waveguide” refers to any device or material capable of directing electromagnetic energy from one location to another. Examples of suitable waveguides can include, but are not limited to, co-axial cables, clad fibers, dielectric-filled waveguides, or any other type of transmission line. In one embodiment,waveguides 442 can comprise one or more dielectric-filled waveguide segments for transporting microwave energy frommicrowave generator 422 to one or more of launchers 444 a-c. -
Waveguides 442 can be designed and constructed to propagate microwave energy in a specific predominant mode. As used herein, the term “mode” refers to a generally fixed cross-sectional field pattern of microwave energy. In one embodiment of the present invention,waveguides 442 can be configured to propagate microwave energy in a TExy mode, wherein x is an integer in the range of from 1 to 5 and y is 0. In another embodiment of the present invention,waveguides 442 can be configured to propagate microwave energy in a TMab mode, wherein a is 0 and b is an integer in the range of from 1 to 5. It should be understood that, as used herein, the above-defined ranges of a, b, x, and y values as used to describe a mode of microwave propagation are applicable throughout this description. Further, in some embodiments, when two or more components of a system are described as being “TMab” or “TExy” components, the values for a, b, x, and/or y can be the same or different for each component. In one embodiment, the values for a, b, x, and/or y are same for each component of a given system. - The shape and dimensions of
waveguides 442 can depend, at least in part, on the desired mode of the microwave energy to be passed therethrough. For example, in one embodiment, at least a portion ofwaveguides 442 can comprise TExy waveguides having a generally rectangular cross-section, while, in another embodiment, at least a portion ofwaveguides 442 can comprise TMab waveguides having generally circular cross-sections. According to one embodiment of the present invention, circular cross-section waveguides can have a diameter of at least about 8 inches, at least about 10 inches, at least about 12 inches, at least about 24 inches, at least about 36 inches, or at least about 40 inches. In another embodiment, rectangular cross-section waveguides can have a short dimension of at least about 1 inch, at least about 2 inches, at least about 3 inches and/or no more than about 6 inches, no more than about 5 inches, or no more than about 4 inches, while the long dimension can be at least about 6 inches, at least about 10 inches, at least about 12 inches, at least about 18 inches and/or no more than about 50 inches, no more than about 35 inches, or no more than about 24 inches. - As schematically illustrated in
FIG. 5 , microwave distribution system 440 can comprise one or moremode conversion segments 446 operable to change the mode of the microwave energy passing therethrough. For example,mode converter 446 can comprise a TMab-to-TExy mode converter for changing the mode of at least a portion of the microwave energy from a TMab to a TExy mode. In another embodiment,mode conversion segment 446 can comprise a TExy-to-TMab mode converter for receiving TMab mode energy and converting and discharging microwave energy in a TExy mode. The values for a, b, x, and y can be within the ranges described previously. Microwave distribution system 440 can comprise any number ofmode converters 446 and, in one embodiment, can include at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, or at least 4 mode converters positioned at various locations within microwave distribution system 440. - Turning again to
FIG. 5 , microwave distribution system 440 can comprise one or more microwave launchers 444 for receiving microwave energy fromgenerator 422 viawaveguides 442 and emitting or discharging at least a portion of the microwave energy into the interior ofmicrowave heater 430. As used herein, the terms “microwave launcher” or “launcher” refers to any device capable of emitting microwave energy into the interior of a microwave heater. The microwave distribution systems according to various embodiments of the present invention can employ at least 1, at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6, at least 8, at least 10, and/or no more than 100, no more than 50, or no more than 25 microwave launchers. Microwave launchers can be any suitable shape and/or size and can be constructed of any materials, including, for example, selected carbon steels, stainless steels, nickel alloys, aluminum alloys, and copper alloys. In one embodiment wherein microwave distribution system 440 comprises two or more microwave launchers, each launcher can be made of the same material, while, in another embodiment, two or more launchers can be made of different materials. - In operation, microwave energy generated by one or
more microwave generators 422 can be optionally routed or directed to one or mode converters 446 (if present) viawaveguides 442. Thereafter, the microwave energy inwaveguides 442 can be optionally split into two or more separate microwave portions (e.g., at least three portions as shown inFIG. 5 ) before being directed to one or more microwave launchers, illustrated as launchers 444 a-c inFIG. 5 . Microwave launchers 444 a-c can be partially or entirely disposed withinmicrowave heater 430 and can be operable to introduce or emit at least a portion of the microwave energy passed thereto into the interior ofheater 430 via one or more spaced launch locations, thereby heating and/or drying the objects, articles, or load disposed therein, including, for example, one or more bundles of wood. Specific configurations and details regarding various embodiments of microwave heating systems will now be discussed in detail below. - Turning now to
FIGS. 8-10 , several embodiments of microwave heating systems configured according to the present invention are provided. Although described as being configured to receive and heat a bundle of wood, it should be understood that the microwave heating systems described below can be suitable for use in any of the other processes and systems described previously, as well as any system or process wherein microwave heating is used. Further, it should be understood that, although described with reference to a particular figure or embodiment, all elements and components described below may be suitable for use in any microwave heating system configured according to one or more embodiments of the present invention. - Turning now to
FIGS. 8 a and 8 b, one embodiment of amicrowave heating system 720 is illustrated as comprising amicrowave heater 730 and amicrowave distribution system 740 for delivering microwave energy from a microwave generator (not shown) toheater 730. An optional vacuum system (not shown) can be operable in various embodiments to reduce the pressure in the interior ofmicrowave heater 730 to, for example, no more than about 550 torr, no more than about 450 torr, no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 300 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more than about 150 torr, no more than about 100 torr, no more than about 75 torr and/or no more than about 10 millitorr (10−3 torr), no more than about 5 millitorr, no more than about 2 millitorr, no more than about 1 millitorr, no more than about 0.5 millitorr, or no more than about 0.1 millitorr. Several features of one or more embodiments ofmicrowave heating system 720 will be discussed in detail below. - Turning now to
FIG. 8 a,microwave distribution system 740 is illustrated as comprising anelongated waveguide launcher 760 that is at least partially, and may be entirely, disposed within the interior ofmicrowave heater 730. As shown inFIG. 8 a,elongated waveguide launcher 760 can extend substantially horizontally within the interior ofmicrowave heater 730. As used herein, the term “substantially horizontally” means within about 10° of horizontal. In one embodiment, the ratio of the length ofelongated waveguide launcher 760 to the total length of the interior space ofmicrowave heater 730 can be, for example, at least about 0.3:1, at least about 0.5:1, at least about 0.75:1, or at least about 0.90:1. In one embodiment, elongated waveguide launcher that extends substantially horizontally 760 can be located toward the upper or lower half of the interior volume ofmicrowave heater 730 and may be at least partially or entirely vertically disposed above theheater entrance door 738 and an optional heater exit door (not shown) that, when present, is disposed on a generally opposite end ofmicrowave heater 730. As used herein, the terms “upper” and “lower” volume refer to regions located in the upper vertical or lower vertical portion of the internal volume of the vessel. In one embodiment,elongated waveguide launcher 760 can be, for example entirely disposed within the uppermost one-third, one-fourth, or one-fifth of the interior volume ofmicrowave heater 730, while, in another embodiment,elongated waveguide launcher 760 can be, for example disposed within the lowermost one-third, one-fourth, or one-fifth of the total interior volume ofmicrowave heater 730. To measure the “uppermost” or “lowermost” fractional portions of the total interior volume described above, the portion of the vessel cross-section extending from the respective uppermost or lowermost wall of the vessel toward the central axis of elongation for the desired portion (e.g., one-third, one-fourth, or one-fifth) of the cross-section can be extended along the central axis of elongation to thereby define the “uppermost” or “lowermost” fractional volumes of the internal vessel space. - As shown in
FIG. 8 a,microwave heater 730, which can be configured to receive and heat a bundle of wood, comprises aheater entrance door 738, which can optionally comprise a choke (not shown), configured to allow a bundle ofwood 702 to be introduced into abundle receiving space 739. Although illustrated as being in direct contact, it should be understood thatbundle 702 can also comprise one or more spacers or “stickers” disposed between the boards. In one embodiment (not shown),microwave heater 730 can also comprise an optionalheater exit door 739 positioned on the opposite end ofmicrowave heater 730 fromheater entrance door 738. Whenmicrowave heater 730 comprises a separateheater exit door 739, bundle 702 can optionally be loaded viaentrance door 738, passed throughmicrowave heater 730 and unloaded via theexit door 739, rather than being both loaded and unloaded throughheater entrance door 738. The reference to “entrance” and “exit” doors in this embodiment is not limiting, and bundle 702 can optionally be loaded viadoor 739, passed throughmicrowave heater 730 and unloaded viadoor 738. Further, in another embodiment, bundle 702 can be both loaded (inserted) and unloaded (removed) fromentrance door 738 when, for example,optional exit door 739 is not present. In one embodiment,elongated waveguide launcher 760 can be positioned inmicrowave heater 730 substantially below (not shown) or abovebundle 702 such that, asbundle 702 is passed into, out of, and/or through the interior ofheater 730, elongated launcher does not have to be moved, removed, retracted, or otherwise repositioned. - Referring now to
FIG. 8 b, a partial detailed isometric view ofelongated waveguide launcher 760 is provided. In one embodiment,elongated waveguide launcher 760 can be substantially hollow and comprise one or more sidewalls. The one or more sidewalls can be configured in a variety of ways such thatelongated waveguide launcher 760 can have a variety of cross-sectional shapes. For example, in one embodiment,elongated waveguide launcher 760 can have a single sidewall defining a substantially circular or elliptical cross-sectional shape. In another embodiment, as shown inFIG. 8 b,elongated waveguide launcher 760 can comprise four substantially planar side walls 764 a-d arranged to give launcher 760 a generally rectangular transverse (or, in another embodiment, square) cross-sectional configuration.Elongated waveguide launcher 760 can be configured to propagate and/or emit microwave energy in any suitable mode, including TExy and/or TMab modes, as discussed in detail previously. According to one embodiment,elongated waveguide launcher 760 can comprise a elongated TExy launcher and, in one embodiment, can be implemented with commercially available rectangular waveguide sizes, such as WR284, WR430, or WR340. The specific dimensions ofelongated waveguide launcher 760 can be any suitable dimensions and, in one embodiment, may be custom fabricated according to the description provided in U.S. application Ser. Nos. 11/524,239 and 11/254,261, each incorporated herein by reference to the extent not inconsistent with the present disclosure. - As illustrated in
FIG. 8 b, the one or more sidewalls ofelongated waveguide launcher 760 can define a plurality of launch openings for discharging or emitting microwave energy into the interior ofmicrowave heater 730. Although depicted inFIG. 8 b as defining a plurality of elongated slots 767 a-e having a generally rectangular shape with rounded ends, launch openings 767 a-e can be of any suitable shape. Each of elongated slots 767 a-e can define a length, designated as “L” inFIG. 8 b, and a width, designated as “W” inFIG. 8 b. In one embodiment, the length-to-width (L:W) ratio of elongated slots 767 a-e can be, for example, at least about 2:1, at least about 3:1, at least about 4:1, or at least about 5:1. In addition, as shown inFIG. 8 b, elongated slots 767 a-e can be oriented at various angles with respect to the horizontal. In one embodiment, elongated slots 767 a-e can extend at an angle relative to the horizontal of, for example, at least about 10°, at least about 20°, at least about 30° and/or, for example, no more than about 80°, no more than about 70°, or no more than about 60°. In one embodiment, each of elongated slots 767 a-e can have equal shapes, sizes, and/or orientations. In one embodiment, the shapes, sizes, and/or orientations of individual elongated slots 767 a-e can differ. Changes to the shape, size, and/or orientation of elongated slots 767 a-e can impact the distribution of energy emitted fromelongated waveguide launcher 760. Although shown as being uncovered in the embodiment illustrated inFIG. 8 b, one or more launch openings 767 can be substantially covered by one or more covering structures (not shown) adjacent to the launch openings that are operable to prevent the flow of fluids into and out of openings 767, but that allow the discharge of microwave energy therefrom. - As shown in
FIG. 8 b, one or more of launch openings 767 a-e can be at least partially, or entirely, defined by one or more sidewalls 764 a-d ofelongated waveguide launcher 760. In one embodiment, at least about 50 percent, at least about 75 percent, at least about 85 percent, or at least about 90 percent, for example, of the thickness of launch openings 767 a-e can be defined by one or more sidewalls 764 a-d. According to the embodiment illustrated inFIG. 8 b, launch openings 767 a-e can be at least partially, or entirely, defined by two substantiallyupright sidewalls 764 a,c. As used herein, the term “substantially upright” means within 30° of vertical. Sidewalls 764 a-d ofelongated launcher 760 can be relatively thick in one embodiment, while, in other one embodiment, sidewalls 764 a-d can be relatively thin. For example, the average thickness, designated as x inFIG. 8 b, of sidewalls 764 a-d can be at least about 1/32 (0.03125) inches, at least about ⅛ (0.125) inches, at least about 3/16 (0.1875) inches and/or, for example, no more than about ½ (0.5) inches, no more than about ¼ (0.25) inches, no more than about 3/16 (0.1875) inches, or no more than about ⅛ (0.125) inches. According to one embodiment wherein one or more side walls ofelongated waveguide launcher 760 are relatively thin,elongated waveguide launcher 760 can emit microwave energy into the interior ofmicrowave heater 730 with a microwave launch efficiency of at least about 50 percent, at least about 75 percent, at least about 85 percent, at least about 90 percent, or at least about 95 percent. As used herein, the term “microwave launch efficiency” can be defined by converting the result of the following equation to a percentage: (total energy introduced into the launcher−total energy discharged from all of the openings of the launcher)÷(total energy introduced into the launcher). - Launch openings 767 a-e can be arranged according to any suitable configuration or arrangement along
elongated waveguide launcher 760. In one embodiment illustrated inFIG. 8 b, launch openings 767 a-e can include a first set of launch openings (e.g., launchopenings 767 a,b) disposed on one side oflauncher 760 and a second set of launch openings (e.g., launchopenings 767 c-e) disposed on another, generally opposite side ofelongated waveguide launcher 760. According to one embodiment, first and second sets of launch openings can be axially staggered from each other, such that corresponding openings (e.g.,openings 767 a,c, shown as launch pair oropening pair 780 a, andopenings 767 b,d, shown as launch oropening pair 780 b) are not axially aligned with one another. Although illustrated inFIG. 8 b as having only two launch opening pairs 780 a,b, it should be understood that any desired number of launch opening pairs can be utilized. - According to one embodiment, each
launch pair 780 a,b includes one launch opening disposed on one side of elongated waveguide launcher 760 (e.g., opening 767 a ofpair 780 a andopening 767 b ofpair 780 b both disposed onside wall 764 a) and another launch opening disposed on the opposite side of launcher 760 (e.g., opening 767 c ofpair 780 a andopening 767 d ofpair 780 b both disposed onside wall 764 c inFIG. 8 b). In one embodiment, theopenings 767 a,c and 767 b,d disposed on opposite sides ofelongated waveguide launcher 760 can be axially aligned, while, in another embodiment, the oppositely-spacedopenings 767 a,c and 767 b,d can form a plurality of “near neighbor” pairs (e.g., launch pairs 780 a,b comprise “near neighbor”openings 767 a,c and 767 b,d, respectively). In one embodiment, for example, when an odd number of launch openings is used, one or more single launch openings may stand alone without forming a pair with any other opening. In one embodiment, the stand-alone opening may be an end opening, such as end opening 767 e shown inFIG. 8 b. - According to one embodiment wherein pairs 780 a,b comprise near neighbor pairs of openings, at least one of the launch openings 767 a-d of launch opening pairs 780 a,b can be configured so as to cancel at least a portion of the microwave energy reflected back into the interior space of
waveguide 760 as generated by one or more of the other launch openings 767 a-d of the near-neighbor pairs 780 a,b. For example, microwave energy reflections caused by opening 767 a ofpair 780 a can be at least partially, substantially, or nearly entirely cancelled by the configuration of theother opening 767 b ofpair 780 a. In a similar manner, the microwave energy reflections caused by opening 767 c ofpair 780 b can be at least partially, substantially, or nearly entirely cancelled by the configuration of theother opening 767 d ofpair 780 b. - Furthermore, in one embodiment when launch openings 767 a-d are arranged in near neighbor pairs, the total amount of energy transferred from each of launch opening 767 a-d of opening
pairs 780 a,b into the interior ofmicrowave heater 730 can be equal to a fraction of the total amount of microwave energy introduced intolauncher 760. For example, in one embodiment wherein the launcher comprises N paired launch openings and a single end opening, the fraction of microwave energy emitted from each pair of launch openings (and/or the unpaired or single end opening) can be expressed by the following formula: 1/(N+1). Thus, according to one embodiment illustrated inFIG. 8 b wherein N=2, the total amount of energy emitted by each ofpairs 780 a,b can be equal to 1/(2+1) or ⅓ of the total energy introduced intoelongated waveguide launcher 760. Similarly, in such embodiment the energy emitted from an unpaired launch opening (e.g.,single end opening 767 e inFIG. 8 b) can be expressed by the formula 1/(N+1). Thus, in the embodiment shown inFIG. 8 b, launch opening 767 e can also emit approximately ⅓ of the total energy introduced intoelongated waveguide launcher 760. - Another embodiment of a
microwave heating system 820 is provided inFIGS. 9 a-h. As shown inFIG. 9 a,microwave heating system 820 comprises amicrowave heater 820 and amicrowave distribution system 840 operable to transport microwave energy from a microwave generator (not shown) toheater 820. In one embodiment,microwave heating system 820 can also comprise a vacuum system (not shown) for reducing the pressure inmicrowave heater 830 below atmospheric pressure. As shown inFIG. 9 a,microwave heater 830 can include aheater entrance door 838 for introducing a bundle of wood (or other load) into the interior ofheater 830. Optionally,microwave heater 830 can comprise a heater exit door (not shown inFIG. 9 a) disposed on the generally opposite end ofheater 830 fromheater entrance door 838. In addition,microwave heater 830 can comprise a plurality of spaced launch openings, such as those illustrated as 841 a,b inFIG. 9 a, located at various positions along one or moreexternal side walls 831 ofmicrowave heater 830.Launch openings 841 a,b can be operable to accommodate one or more components ofmicrowave distribution system 840, thereby facilitating the transmission of microwave energy intomicrowave heater 830. Additional details regardingmicrowave distribution system 840 will now be discussed in further detail with regard toFIGS. 9 b-h. - Turning
FIG. 9 b, a top partial cutaway view ofmicrowave heater 830 is provided, particularly illustrating a plurality ofmicrowave launchers 844 a-d directly or indirectly coupled toopposite sidewalls 831 a,b ofmicrowave heater 830. As used herein, the term “indirectly coupled” refers to one or more intermediate pieces of equipment used to at least partially connect one or more launchers to the vessel.Launchers 844 a-d can be operable to emit microwave energy into the interior ofmicrowave heater 830 via one or moreopen outlets 845 a-d, as shown inFIG. 9 b. Although illustrated inFIG. 9 b as comprising fourlaunchers 844 a-d, it should be understood thatmicrowave heater 830 can comprise any desired number of launchers. In one embodiment (not shown),microwave heater 830 can comprise two additional launchers axially positioned to the left oflaunchers 844 a,b inFIG. 9 b and/or to the right oflaunchers 844 c,d. The additional launchers (not shown) can be facing in the same direction and/or in different directions. For example, in one embodiment shown inFIG. 9 b,launchers 844 a-d are shown as facing in opposite directions. Further, in one embodiment (not shown),microwave heater 830 can comprise four additional launchers, arranged in an analogous manner aslaunchers 844 a-d, illustrated inFIG. 9 b, as described further below. -
Microwave launchers 844 can be positioned along, within, orproximate microwave heater 830 according to any suitable configuration. In one embodiment,microwave launchers 844 can be configured to comprise two pairs of launchers. The individual launchers within the pair can be located on generally the same side (e.g., thepair comprising launchers pair comprising launcher microwave launchers microwave heater 830. - As used herein, the term “generally opposite sides” or “opposite sides” refers to two launchers positioned such that the angle of radial alignment defined therebetween is in the range of from at least about 90° to about 180°. The “angle of radial alignment (β),” is defined as the angle formed between two straight lines drawn from the center of each launcher to the central axis of elongation of the vessel. For example,
FIG. 9 c showsexemplary launchers FIG. 9 b, while, in another embodiment, two oppositely disposed launchers can be positioned at or near the vertical top and bottom of the heater (not shown). - In one embodiment wherein one or more pairs launchers include individual launchers located on generally opposite sides of a microwave heater (e.g.,
launchers launchers FIG. 9 b), the individual launchers within the pairs can also be axially aligned with one another. As used herein, the term “axially aligned” refers to two launchers defining an angle of axial alignment therebetween in the range of from 0° to 45°. As used herein, the “angle of axial alignment” can be defined by the angle formed between the shortest straight lines drawn between the centers of each launcher (that also intersects the axis of elongation of the vessel) and a line drawn perpendicular to the axis of elongation. InFIG. 9 d, the angle of axial alignment, α, is formed betweenline 850, which is drawn between the centers ofexemplary launchers line 852, which is perpendicular to the axis ofelongation 835 a. In one embodiment, axially aligned launchers can define an angle of axial alignment of at least about 0° and/or, for example, no more than about 30° or no more than about 15°. - In another embodiment, individual launchers within a pair can be located on generally the same side of a microwave heater. As used herein, the term “generally the same side” or “same side” refers to two launchers having an angle of radial alignment, β, in the range of from at least or equal to 0° to about 90°.
Exemplary launchers FIG. 9 c are located on generally the same side of the microwave heater, as the angle of radial alignment defined therebetween (e.g., β2) is no more than about 90°. In one embodiment, two launchers disposed on the same side of a microwave heater can define an angle of radial alignment of at least about 0° and/or no more than about 60°, no more than about 30°, and no more than about 15°, or approximately 0°. - In one embodiment wherein one or more pairs of launchers include individual launchers located on generally the same side of a microwave heater (e.g.,
launchers launchers FIG. 9 b), the individual launchers within the pairs can also be axially adjacent to one another. As used herein, the term “axially adjacent” refers to two or more launchers positioned on the same side of a microwave heater such that no other launchers on that side are disposed between the axially adjacent launchers. According to one embodiment wherein a microwave distribution system comprises two or more pairs of oppositely positioned microwave launchers, one launcher from the first pair is disposed on generally the same side as one launcher from the second pair, thereby creating an axially adjacent pair of launchers. - As illustrated in
FIG. 9 b, each ofmicrowave launchers 844 a-d can define a respectiveopen outlet 845 a-d for emitting microwave energy into the interior ofmicrowave heater 830. Open outlets can be positioned to emit energy into the interior ofmicrowave heater 830 in any suitable pattern or direction. For example, in one embodiment shown inFIG. 9 b, open outlets of axially adjacent launchers (e.g.,outlets 845 a,d oflaunchers 844 a,d andoutlets 845 b,c oflaunchers 844 b,c) can be oriented to face each other in a direction substantially parallel to the external sidewall to which the launchers are coupled (e.g.,sidewall 831 a forlaunchers 844 a,d andsidewall 831 b forlaunchers 844 b,c), thereby discharging microwave energy in that general direction. As used herein, the term “substantially parallel” means within about 10° of parallel. In one embodiment, at least one ofopen outlets 845 a-d can be oriented to discharge energy substantially parallel to the axis of elongation ofmicrowave heater 830, designated asline 835 inFIG. 9 b. According to one embodiment, at least one ofopen outlets 845 a-d can be oriented toward an axial midpoint ofheater 830. As used herein, the “axial midpoint” of a vessel is defined by a plane that is orthogonal to axis ofelongation 835 and intersects themidpoint 839 of the axis ofelongation 835 as shown inFIG. 9 b. In one embodiment, each ofopen outlets 845 a-d are oriented toward the axial mid-point ofheater 830 such that theopen outlet 845 a,b of front-side launchers 844 a,b substantially face towardsopen outlets 845 c,d of back-side launchers 844 c,d, as depicted inFIG. 9 b. - According to one embodiment, in operation, microwave energy produced by one or more microwave generators (not shown) can be transported via
waveguides 842 a-d tolaunchers 844 a-d, which emit the energy into the interior ofmicrowave heater 830. Although not illustrated inFIG. 9 b, any number or configuration of microwave generators can be used to produce microwave energy for use inmicrowave heating system 820. In one embodiment, a single generator can be used to supply energy toheater 830 viawaveguides 842 a-d andlaunchers 844, while, in another embodiment,heating system 820 can include two or more generators. According to another embodiment, a network of one or more microwave generators can be utilized such that microwave energy is emitted from at least one, at least two, at least three, or all four ofmicrowave launchers 844 a-d at substantially the same time. In one embodiment, one ormore launchers 844 a-d can be coupled to a single generator and the energy from the generator can be allocated amongst the launchers using one or more microwave switches. In another embodiment, one or more oflaunchers 844 a-d can have a singly-dedicated generator, such that at least about 75 percent, at least about 90 percent, or substantially all of the microwave energy produced by that generator is routed to a single launcher. Additional details regarding specific embodiments of microwave generators, waveguides, and launchers and the operation thereof are provided shortly, with respect toFIGS. 11 a and 11 b. - The microwave energy propagated by
waveguide segments 842 a-d can be in any suitable mode, including, for example, a TMab mode and/or a TExy mode, wherein a, b, x, and y have values as previously defined. In one embodiment,waveguide segments 842 a-d each comprise TExy waveguide segments, withsegments sidewall 831 a andsegments sidewall 831 b and extend radially into the interior ofmicrowave heater 830, toward the axis ofelongation 835, as shown inFIG. 9 b. - According to one embodiment of the present invention, the mode of the microwave energy propagated through
waveguide segments 842 a-d can be changed prior to (or simultaneously with) being emitted into the interior ofmicrowave heater 830. For example, in one embodiment, TExy mode energy produced by the microwave generator (not shown inFIG. 9 b) can be emitted into microwave energy as TMab mode energy after passing through one or more mode converting segments, represented inFIG. 9 b asmode converters 850 a-d. Mode converters can be of any suitable size and shape and any suitable number of mode converters can be used inmicrowave distribution system 840. In one embodiment, one ormore mode converters 850 a-d can be disposed outside of the interior space (volume) ofmicrowave heater 830, while, in another embodiment,mode converters 850 a-d can be partially, or entirely, disposed within the interior ofmicrowave heater 830.Mode converters 850 a-d can be located in ornear sidewalls 831 a,b or, as illustrated inFIG. 9 b, can be spaced fromexternal sidewalls 831 a,b ofmicrowave heater 830. - According to one embodiment wherein
mode converters 850 a-d are partially or entirely disposed withinheater 830, the microwave energy can initially enter the microwave heater in a TExy mode and, subsequently, at least a portion of the energy can be converted such that at least a portion of the energy emitted fromlaunchers 844 a-d into the interior ofmicrowave heater 830 can be in a TMab mode. In one embodiment,waveguide segments 842 a-d can comprise TExy waveguide segments operable to transmit microwave energy from the generator toheater 830 in a TExy mode. In one embodiment, at least a portion of TExy waveguide segments 842 a-d can be integrated intolaunchers 844 a-d as depicted shown inFIG. 9 b. As the energy passes fromwaveguide segments 842 a-d throughmode converters 850 a-d, the energy is converted to a TMab mode. Subsequently, the TMab mode energy exitingmode converters 850 a-d can then pass through a respective TMab waveguide segment 843 a-d, illustrated inFIG. 9 b as being entirely disposed within the interior ofmicrowave heater 830 and spaced from the sidewalls 833 thereof, before being discharged intoheater 830 via TMabopen outlets 845 a-d. - According to another embodiment depicted in
FIG. 9 e,microwave heating system 820 can comprise one ormore reflectors 890 a-d positioned near theopen outlets 845 a-d and operable to reflect or disperse microwave energy emitted fromlaunchers 844 a-d intomicrowave heater 830. In one embodiment, the reflectors can be fixed or stationary reflectors, such that energy is reflected or dispersed while the position of the reflector does not change. In another embodiment illustrated inFIG. 9 e, one or more ofreflectors 890 can be a movable reflector operable to change position in order to reflect or disperse microwave energy intomicrowave heater 830. Eachmovable reflector 890 a-d inFIG. 9 e presents a respective reflectingsurface 891 a-d for reflecting or dispersing energy emitted frommicrowave launchers 844 a-d. As shown inFIG. 9 e, each reflecting surface can be spaced fromexternal side walls 831 a,b and can be positioned such that one or more of therespective launch openings 845 a-d oflaunchers 844 a-d face toward their respectivereflective surfaces 891 a-d which, in turn, are positioned to contact, direct, or reflect at least a portion of the microwave energy fromlaunch openings 845 a-d. In one embodiment, at least a portion of, or substantially all of, the microwave energy emitted frommicrowave launchers 844 a-d can at least partially contact and can be least partially reflected or dispersed byrespective reflector surfaces 891 a-d. In one embodiment, one or more of reflectingsurfaces 891 a-d can be oriented to face a direction that is substantially parallel the direction of elongation ofexternal side walls 831 a,b. - In one embodiment,
reflector surfaces 891 a-d can be substantially planar, while, in other embodiment, one ormore reflector surfaces 891 a-d can be non-planar. For example, in one embodiment, one or morenon-planar reflector surfaces 891 a-d can define a curvature as illustrated by embodiment depicted inFIG. 9 h.Reflector surfaces 891 a-d can be smooth or can one or more convexities. As used herein, the term “convexity” refers to a region of a reflector that is surface operable to disperse, rather than reflect, energy therefrom. In one embodiment, a convexity can have a generally convex shape, as illustrated by the examples ofconvexities 893 a,b shown inFIGS. 9 f and 9 g. In another embodiment, a convexity can have a generally concave shape, such as, for example, a dimple or other similar indentation. - According to one embodiment of the present invention, one or
more reflectors 890 a-d can be movable reflectors. Movable reflectors can be any reflectors operable to change position. In one embodiment,movable reflectors 890 a-b can be oscillating reflectors capable of moving in a designated pattern, such as, for example, a generally up-and-down pattern or a pattern of rotation about an axis. In one embodiment, movable reflectors can be randomly movable reflectors operable to move in any of a variety of random and/or unplanned movements. -
Movable reflectors 890 a-d can be movably coupled tomicrowave heater 830 according to any suitable method. For example, in one embodiment illustrated inFIG. 9 i,microwave heater 830 can comprise a reflector driver system (or actuator) 899 formovable reflector 890 within the interior space ofheater 830. As shown inFIG. 9 i,reflector driver system 899 can comprise one ormore support arms 892, which fastenably couple reflector 890 to anoscillating shaft 893. In order to causeshaft 893 to rotate and thereby movereflector 890 in an in-an-out pattern, as generally indicated byarrow 880, amotor 898 can turn awheel 896 to which alinear shaft 895 can be coupled in a generally off-center manner. As indicated byarrow 881,shaft 895 can move in a generally up-and-down manner aswheel 896 turns, thereby causing alever arm 894 to rotateshaft 893 aboutpivot axis 897, as generally indicated byarrow 882. As a result,reflector 890 can move as generally indicated byarrow 880 and can be operable to reflect or to disperse at least a portion of the microwave energy emitted from discharge opening 845 ofmicrowave reflector 844 in a pattern determined, at least in part, by the movement ofreflector 890. - Yet another embodiment of a
microwave heating system 920 is shown inFIGS. 10 a-f. As illustrated in one embodimentFIG. 10 a, amicrowave heater 930 comprises aheater entrance door 938 for loading a bundle ofwood 902 into the interior ofheater 930 and aheater exit door 939 for removingbundle 902 frommicrowave heater 930. Although illustrated inFIG. 10 a as including separate entrance andexit doors microwave heater 930 can, in another embodiment, include only a single door for both loading and unloading bundle ofwood 902 from the interior ofmicrowave heater 930. In the embodiment shown inFIG. 10 a, heater entrance andexit doors microwave heater 930 such thatbundle 902 can be generally passed throughheater 930 via a transport mechanism, such as, for example, a cart (not shown). In addition,microwave heating system 920 can comprise an optional vacuum system (not shown) for controlling the pressure inheater 930. - As shown in
FIG. 10 a,microwave heating system 920 can include amicrowave distribution system 940 comprising a plurality of spaced launch openings 941 a-d defined in anexternal sidewall 931 ofmicrowave heater 930. Each launch opening 941 can be operable to receive a microwave launcher (not shown) for emitting energy into the interior ofmicrowave heater 930. Microwave launchers can be at least partly, or entirely, disposed within the interior ofmicrowave heater 930. Specific embodiments of one or more types of microwave launchers will be discussed in more detail shortly. - According to one embodiment, microwave energy produced by a microwave generator (not shown) can be transmitted in a TExy mode through
waveguide segments 942 a-d prior to passing through external TExy-to-TMab mode converters 950 a-d, which convert the energy passing therethrough to a TMab mode. The resulting TMab mode microwave energy can then exit mode converters 950 a-d viarespective waveguide segments 942 e-h, as illustrated inFIG. 10 a. Thereafter, at least a portion of the microwave energy in TMab waveguide segments 942 e-h can be passed throughrespective barrier assemblies 970 a-d prior to enteringmicrowave heater 930 via TMab waveguide segments 942 i-l. As used herein, the term “barrier assembly” can refer to any device operable to fluidly isolating the microwave heater from an external environment, while still permitting the passage of microwave energy therethough. For example, in one embodiment shown inFIG. 10 a,respective barrier assemblies 970 a-d can each comprise at least one sealed window member 972 a-d, which can be permeable to microwave energy, but provides a desired degree fluid isolation between each upstream 942 e-h TMab waveguide segment and each of downstream 942 i-l TMab waveguide segments. As used herein, the term “sealed window member” refers to a window member configured in a manner that it will provide sufficient fluid isolation between the two spaces on either side of the window member to allow maintaining a pressure differential across such window member. Additional details regarding specific embodiments ofbarrier assemblies 970 a-d will now be discussed in detail, with respect toFIG. 10 b. - Barrier assemblies configured according to one embodiment of the present invention minimize or eliminate arcing, even at high energy throughputs and/or low operating pressures. According to one embodiment of the present invention, each
barrier assembly 970 a-d can permit energy passage at a rate of at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW, at least about 250 kW, at least about 350 kW, at least about 400 kW, at least about 500 kW, at least about 600 kW, at least about 750 kW, or at least about 1,000 kW and/or not more than about 2,500 kW, not more than about 1,500 kW, or not more than about 1,000 kW through its respective window member 972 a-d, while the pressure inmicrowave heater 930 can be no more than about 550 torr, no more than about 450 torr, no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more than about 150 torr, no more than about 100 torr, or no more than about 75 torr. In one embodiment, the pressure in microwave heater can be no more than about 10 millitorr, no more than about 5 millitorr, no more than about 2 millitorr, no more than about 1 millitorr, no more than about 0.5 millitorr, or no more than about 0.1 millitorr. In one embodiment, the microwave energy passed throughbarrier assemblies 970 a-d can be introduced such that the electromagnetic field is maintained lower than the threshold of arcing to thereby prevent or minimize arcing inbarrier assemblies 970 a-d. - Turning now to
FIG. 10 b, an axial cross-sectional view of abarrier assembly 970 is provided.Barrier assembly 970 comprises a first sealedwindow member 972 a and an optional second sealedwindow member 972 b disposed within abarrier housing 973. When present, second sealedwindow member 972 b can be operable to cooperate with first sealedwindow member 972 a to provide a desired level of fluid isolation between the upstream (e.g., entry) and downstream (e.g., exit) TMab waveguide segments 975 a,b while permitting the passage of at least a portion of the microwave energy from first TMab waveguide segment 975 a to second TMab waveguide segment 975 b. According to one embodiment, first and second TMab waveguide segments 975 a,b can have circularly cylindrical cross-sections. In one embodiment,waveguide segments 975 a,b can be two ends of a single continuous waveguide, in whichbarrier assembly 970 can be disposed, while, in another embodiment, waveguide segments can be two separate waveguide portions or components suitably fastened or coupled to either side ofbarrier assembly 970. - As shown in
FIG. 10 b,barrier housing 973 can comprise a first orentry section 973 a, an optional second orintermediate section 973 b, and third orexit section 973 c, with first sealedwindow member 972 a disposed between first andsecond sections 973 a,b and second sealedwindow member 972 b disposed between second andthird sections 973 b,c. According to one embodiment, the pressure of each of first, second, andthird segments 973 a,b,c can be different. For example, in one embodiment, the pressure offirst segment 973 a can be greater than the pressure ofsecond segment 973 b, which can be greater than the pressure ofthird segment 973 c. Each of first, second, andthird sections 973 a-c ofbarrier housing 973 can be held together by any suitable fastening device (not shown), such as, for example screws, bolts, and the like. Further,barrier assemblies 970 a-d can also comprise one or more impedance transformers, which alter the impedance of the microwave radiation. An example is illustrated as impedance transformingdiameter step changes 974 a,b in the embodiment shown inFIG. 10 b, for maximizing energy transfer from the microwave generator (not shown) to the load in the microwave heater (not shown). In one embodiment, impedance transformingdiameter step changes 974 a,b can be located near at least one of sealed window members 972,b, while, in another embodiment,step changes 974 a,b can be located near or at least partially defined by the entry and/or exit TMab waveguides 975 a,b. - As illustrated in
FIGS. 10 a and 10 b, sealedwindow members 972 a,b can comprise one or more discs. Each disc can be constructed of any material with a suitable degree of corrosion resistance, strength, impermeability to fluids, and permeability to microwave energy. Examples of suitable materials can include, but are not limited to, aluminum oxide, magnesium oxide, silicon dioxide, beryllium oxide, boron nitride, mullite, and/or polymeric compounds such as TEFLON. According to one embodiment, the loss tangent of the disc can be no more than about 2×10−4, no more than about 1×10−4, no more than about 7.5×10−5, or no more than about 5×10−5. - The discs can have any suitable cross-section. In one embodiments discs can have a cross-section compatible with the cross-section of the adjoining
waveguides 975 a,b. In one embodiment, the discs can have a substantially circular cross-section and can have a thickness, designated inFIG. 10 b as “x”, equal to at least about ⅛, at least about ¼, at least about ½ and/or no more than about 1, no more than about ¾, or no more than about ½ of the length of the predominant wavelength of the microwave energy passing throughbarrier assembly 970. The diameter of the discs can be at least about 50 percent, at least about 60 percent, at least about 75 percent, at least about 90 percent and/or no more than about 95 percent, no more than about 85 percent, no more than about 70 percent, or no more than about 60 percent of the diameter of one or moreadjoining waveguides 975 a,b. - Each disc of sealed window members 972 a-d can be operably coupled to
respective barrier assembly 970 a-d in any suitable fashion. In one embodiment, each of sealed window members 972 a-d can comprise one or more sealing devices flexibly coupled tobarrier housing 973 and/or sealedwindow members 972 a,b. As used herein, the term “flexibly coupled” means fastened, attached, or otherwise arranged such that the members are held in place without directly contacting one or more rigid structures. For example, in one embodiment shown inFIG. 10 b,barrier assembly 970 can comprise a plurality ofresilient rings 982 a,b and 984 a,b compressed betweenvarious segments 973 a-c of and operable to flexibly couple sealedwindow members 972 a,b intobarrier housing 973. - According to one embodiment, each respective upstream 982 a,b and downstream 984 a,b resilient rings can be operable to adequately prevent or limit fluid flow between first and second 973 a,b and/or second and third 973 b,c sections of
barrier assembly 970. For example, when subjected to a helium leak test according to procedure B1 entitled “Spraying Testing” described in the document entitled “Helium Leak Detection Techniques” published by Alcatel Vacuum Technology using a Varian Model No. 938-41 detector, the fluid leak rate of sealed window members 972 a-d and/orbarrier assemblies 970 a-d can be no more than about 10−2 torr liters/sec, no more than about 10−4 torr liters/sec, or no more than about 10−8 torr liters/sec. In addition, each of sealedwindow members 972 a,b can individually be operable to maintain or withstand a pressure differential across sealedwindow members 972 a,b and/orbarrier assembly 970 in amounts such as at least about 0.25 atm, at least about 0.5 atm, at least about 0.75 atm, at least about 0.90 atm, at least about 1 atm, or at least about 1.5 atm without out breaking, cracking, shattering, or otherwise failing. - Turning now to
FIG. 10 c, a cross-sectionalmicrowave heating system 920 is provided. The microwave heating system depicted inFIG. 10 c includes amicrowave distribution system 940 comprising at least one pair of microwave launchers (e.g.,launchers microwave heater 930. Although shown as including a single pair of launchers inFIG. 10 c, it should be understood thatmicrowave distribution system 940 can further comprise one or more additional pairs of similarly (or somewhat differently) configured microwave launchers having, in some embodiments, one launcher from each pair disposed on generally opposite sides ofmicrowave heater 930. Further, in another embodiment (not shown inFIG. 10 c),microwave distribution system 940 may comprise two or more rows vertically-spaced microwave launchers positioned on the generally same side ofmicrowave heater 930. In one embodiment, each side ofmicrowave heater 930 can include two or more vertically-spaced rows of launchers, such that one launcher from each oppositely-disposed pair may be located at a higher vertical elevation than one launcher from another oppositely-disposed pair. For example, in one embodiment,launchers 944 a and/or 944 h could be positioned at a slightly higher vertical elevation than depicted inFIG. 10 c and another launcher pair could be positioned such that one of the two launchers would be positioned on the same side ofmicrowave heater 930, but at a generally lower vertical elevation thanlauncher 944 a, and the other launcher would be positioned on the same side ofmicrowave heater 930, but at a generally lower vertical elevation thanlauncher 944 h. Furthermore, although shown assplit launchers 944 a,h, the vertically-spaced launchers, in one embodiment, could be any type (or any combination of types) of microwave launchers described herein. - As shown in
FIG. 10 c,microwave distribution system 940 comprises a plurality ofwaveguide segments 942 coupled to at least one pair ofmicrowave launchers 944 a,h. For example, as shown in the embodiment inFIG. 10 c,launcher 944 a can be coupled towaveguide segments launcher 944 h can be coupled towaveguide segments FIG. 10 c) to the interior ofmicrowave heater 930. In one embodiment,microwave distribution system 940 can include one or more mode converters 947 a-d, as shown inFIG. 10 c, coupled to one or more ofwaveguide segments 942. According to one embodiment, mode converters 947 a-d can be operable to change the transmission mode of the microwave energy passing therethrough from a TExy mode to a TMab mode (i.e., a TExy-to-TMab mode converter) or from a TMab mode to a TExy mode (i.e., a TMab-to-TExy mode converter). For example, as shown inFIG. 10 c,mode converters waveguides waveguides 942 e and 942 y. As discussed previously, the values of a, b, x, and y can be the same or different and can have the values provided above. Optionally,mode converters waveguides - Further, in one embodiment illustrated in
FIG. 10 c, at least one of mode converters 947 a-d can comprise a mode converter splitter operable both to change the mode of the microwave energy passing therethrough and to split it into two or more separate streams of microwave energy for discharge into the interior space of the microwave heater. According to one embodiment,second mode converters microwave heater 930. In another embodiment, secondmode converting splitters microwave heater 930 and can each be a part of asplit launcher FIG. 10 c. Additional details regardingsplit launchers 944 a,h will be discussed shortly. - According to one embodiment of the present invention wherein the
microwave distribution system 940 comprises two or more mode converters in one or more waveguide segments, the total electrical length between the first and second mode converters, extending through and including the electrical length of any barrier assembly (if present) can be equal to a value that is a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of the competing mode of microwave energy passing therethrough. As used herein, the term “electrical length” refers to the electrical path of transmission of the microwave energy, expressed as the number of wavelengths of the microwave energy required to propagate along a given path. In one embodiment wherein the physical transmission path includes one or more different type of transmission media having two or more different dielectric constants, the physical length of the transmission path can be shorter than the electrical length. Thus, electrical length depends on a number of factors including, for example, the specific wavelength of microwave energy, the thickness and type (e.g., dielectric constant) of the transmission medium or media. - According to one embodiment, the total electrical length between the
first mode converter 947 a,c and thesecond mode converter 947 b,d extending through and including the total electrical length of the TMab barrier assembly 970 a,h can be equal to a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of the competing mode of microwave energy. As used herein, the term “non-integral” refers to any number that is not a whole number. A non-integral half-wavelength, then, may correspond to a distance of n times λ/2, wherein n is any non-integral number. For example, the number “2” is a whole number, while the number “2.05” is a non-integral number. Thus, an electrical length corresponding to 2.05 times the half-wavelength of the competing mode of microwave energy would be a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of that competing mode. - As used herein, the term “competing mode of microwave energy” refers to any mode of microwave energy propagating along a given path other than the desired or target mode of microwave energy intended for propagation along that path. The competing mode may include a single, most prevalent mode (i.e., the predominant competing mode) or a plurality of different, non-prevalent competing modes. When multiple competing modes are present, the total electric length between the first and second mode converters, extending through and including the electrical length of any barrier assembly (if present), can be equal to a value that is a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of at least one of the multiple competing modes and, in one embodiment, can be equal to a value that is a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of the predominant competing mode.
- For example, in one embodiment depicted in
FIG. 10 c,first mode converters 947 a,c comprise TMab mode converters operable to convert at least a portion of the microwave energy inrespective waveguide segments waveguide segments second mode converters barrier assembly 970 a, can be equal to a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of the TEmn mode, wherein n is 1 and m is an integer between 1 and 5. In another embodiment, m can be 2 or 3. - In one embodiment, selecting physical lengths and properties of
waveguide segments 942, mode converters 947 a-d, and/orbarrier assemblies 970 a,h can minimize energy concentration withinbarrier assemblies 970 a,h. For example, according to one embodiment, while at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW, at least about 250 kW, at least about 350 kW, at least about 400 kW, at least about 500 kW, at least about 600 kW, at least about 750 kW, or at least about 1,000 kW and/or not more than about 2,500 kW, not more than about 1,500 kW, or not more than about 1,000 kW of energy can be passed throughbarrier assemblies 970 a,h, the temperature of at least a portion of at least one sealed window member withinbarrier assemblies 970 a,h (not shown inFIG. 10 c) can change by no more than about 10° C., no more than about 5° C., no more than about 2° C. or no more than about 1° C. In another embodiment, the pressure differential across the at least one sealed window member and/or the pressure withinmicrowave heater 930 can be maintained as described above with similar results. - According to one embodiment illustrated in
FIG. 10 c, at least one of theindividual microwave launchers 944 a,h located on generally opposite sides of and at least partially disposed within the interior ofmicrowave heater 930 can comprise a split launcher defining at least two discharge openings for emitting microwave energy into the interior ofmicrowave heater 930. Although illustrated as comprising a single pair (e.g., afirst split launcher 944 a and asecond split launcher 944 h) of launchers inFIG. 10 c, it should be understood thatmicrowave heater 930 can comprise any suitable number of launchers or pairs of launchers, as described herein. - One embodiment of a
split launcher 944 is depicted inFIG. 10 d.Split launcher 944 can comprise a single inlet oropenings 951 for receiving microwave energy and a single (not shown) or two or more discharge openings, or outlets, 945 a,b for emitting microwave energy therefrom. In one embodiment, the ratio of microwave energy inlets to discharge outlets for a single split launcher can be 1:1, at least 1:2, at least 1:3, or at least 1:4. According to one embodiment, the mode of the microwave energy introduced intoinlet 951 can be the same as the mode of the microwave energy emitted viadischarge openings 945 a,b, while, in another embodiment, the modes can be different. For example, in one embodiment whereinsplit launcher 944 comprises amode converting splitter 949, the microwave energy introduced into a single inlet of a first sidewall of a microwave heater can undergo a mode conversion and be divided into at least two separate microwave energy portions, which can subsequently be emitted into the interior of the heater, optionally in a different mode. For example, in one embodiment shown inFIG. 10 d, splitlauncher 944 can comprise a TMab waveguide segment 942, one or two or more TExy waveguide segments 943 a,b and a TMab to TExymode converting splitter 949 disposed therebetween. In operation, microwave energy in a TMab mode introduced viawaveguide segment 942 passes throughmode converting splitter 949 before being discharged, simultaneously or nearly simultaneously, in one or two or more separate fractions of microwave energy fromrespective outlets 945 a,b ofwaveguides 943 a,b in a TExy mode. - When
launcher 944 comprises a single discharge opening,mode converting splitter 949 can simply be a mode converter 949 (not a splitter) for changing the mode of the microwave energy passing therethrough. For example, in one embodiment whereinlauncher 944 comprises a single discharge opening (not shown inFIG. 10 d),launcher 944 can comprise a single TMab waveguide segment, a single TExy waveguide segment, and a TMab-to-TExy mode converter 949 disposed therebetween. The mode converter can be located outside, partially inside, or completely inside the interior of the microwave heater. In operation, microwave energy in a TMab mode introduced via the inlet waveguide segment can pass throughmode converter 949 before being discharged in a TExy mode. The discharge opening of the single-opening launcher can be oriented at any suitable angle with respect to the horizontal or can be substantially parallel to the horizontal. In one embodiment, the energy discharged from the single-opening launcher can be oriented from the horizontal by an angle of at least about 20°, at least about 30°, at least about 45°, or at least about 60° and/or not more than about 100°, not more than about 90°, or not more than about 80°. - When multiple discharge openings are present, each of
discharge openings 945 a,b ofsplit launcher 944 can be oriented from each other such that the paths of microwave energy discharged therefrom define a relative angle of discharge, Θ, as shown inFIG. 10 d. In one embodiment, the relative angle of discharge between the paths of microwaveenergy discharge openings 945 a,b can be at least about 5°, at least about 15°, at least about 30°, at least about 45°, at least about 60°, at least about 90°, at least about 115°, at least about 135°, at least about 140° and/or no more than about 180°, no more than about 170°, no more than about 165°, no more than about 160°, no more than about 140°, no more than about 120°, no more than about 100°, or no more than about 90°. In one embodiment, the orientation ofdischarge openings 945 a,b can also be described with respect to the orientation of the paths of the microwave energy discharged therefrom relative to the axis ofextension 948 of TMab waveguide segment 942. In one embodiment, each ofdischarge openings 945 a,b can be configured to discharge microwave energy at respective first and second discharge angles (φ1 and φ2) from the axis ofextension 948 of TMab waveguide segment 942. In one embodiment, φ1 and φ2, can be approximately equal, as generally depicted inFIG. 10 d, or, in another embodiment, one of the two angles can be larger than the other. In various embodiments, φ1 and/or φ2 can be at least about 5°, at least about 10°, at least about 15°, at least about 30°, at least about 35°, at least about 55°, at least about 65°, at least about 70° and/or no more than about 110°, no more than about 100°, no more than about 95°, no more than about 80°, no more than about 70°, no more than about 60°, or no more than about 40°. - In one embodiment, split
launcher 944 can be a vertically-oriented split launchersuch launcher 944 comprises at least one upward-oriented discharge opening (e.g., 945 a) configured to emit microwave energy at an upward angle from the horizontal and at least one downward-oriented discharge opening (e.g., 945 b) configured to emit microwave energy at a downward angle from the horizontal. Although depicted inFIG. 10 c as comprising vertically-orientedsplit launchers 944 a,h configured to discharge energy at angles relative to the horizontal, in another embodiment, one or more ofsplit launchers 944 a,h ofmicrowave heater 930 can be horizontally-oriented, such that the split launcher, as described above, has been are rotated by 90°. In another embodiment, one ormore split launchers 944 a,h can be rotated by an angle between 0° and 90°. In one embodiment (not shown), a microwave heater can include two or more vertically-spaced rows of horizontally-oriented split launchers located on one side of the heater and two or more vertically-spaced rows of horizontally-oriented split launchers on the other, generally opposite side of the same heater. According to this embodiment, the vertically-spaced rows of launchers can comprise single-opening launchers, horizontally-oriented split launchers, vertically-oriented split launchers, or any combination thereof. - In one embodiment shown in
FIG. 10 c,microwave heater 930 can comprise one or more (or at least two)movable reflectors 990 a-d positioned at various locations withinmicrowave heater 930 and configured to raster microwave energy emitted from one or more discharge openings 945 a-d of one ormore microwave launchers 944 a,h into the interior ofmicrowave heater 930.Reflectors 990 a-d can have any suitable configuration, such as, for example, configurations including one or more of the features previously described with respect toFIGS. 9 f-h. Further, although generally illustrated as comprising fourmovable reflectors 990 a-d, it should be understood thatmicrowave heater 930 can comprise any suitable number of movable reflectors. In one embodiment, a microwave heater comprising n split launchers can comprise at least 2n movable reflectors. In another embodiment, a microwave heater can employ a total of four movable reflectors, each defining a reflector surface that extends substantially along the length ofmicrowave heater 930, such that two or more axially adjacent launchers “share” one or more reflectors or reflecting surfaces. - Regardless of the specific number of reflectors employed, each
reflector 990 a-d can be operable to raster at least a portion of the microwaveenergy exiting launchers 944 a,h via discharge openings 945 a-d intomicrowave heater 930 to thereby heat and/or dry at least a portion of the bundle or other object, article, or load. As used herein, the term “raster” means to direct, project, or concentrate energy over a certain area. In contrast to conventional reflecting or dispersing energy, rastering energy involves a greater degree of intentional directing or concentrating, which can be accomplished by utilizing the quasi-optical properties of microwave energy. In contrast to conventional means, rastering does not include use of stationary reflection surfaces or conventional mode stirring devices, such as fans. In one embodiment, the microwave heater can comprise a plurality of split launcher pairs (e.g., two or more pairs of launchers), wherein each pair comprises two launchers having substantially similar configurations (as described above). In one embodiment, one launcher of each pair can be positioned on generally opposite sides or on the same side of the microwave heater, as discussed in detail previously, with respect toFIGS. 9 c and 9 d. According to one embodiment, one or moremovable reflectors 990 a-d can be positioned near (and/or positioned to face) one or more discharge openings of each ofmicrowave launchers 944. In one embodiment wherein first andsecond launchers discharge openings 945 a and 945 c and respective downward-orienteddischarge openings split launchers 944 a,h (e.g., two or more separate TExy mode microwave portions) into the interior ofmicrowave heater 930. In one embodiment illustrated inFIG. 10 c,microwave heater 930 can comprise at least four movable reflectors, each defining a respective reflecting surface and positioned near respective discharge openings 945 a-d ofsplit launchers 944 a,h. As illustrated inFIG. 10 c,movable reflectors 990 a-d can be located in the bottom left quadrant (e.g.,reflector 990 a), the top left quadrant (e.g.,reflector 990 b), the top right quadrant (e.g.,reflector 990 c), and the bottom right quadrant (e.g.,reflector 990 d) ofmicrowave heater 930. Two or more ofreflectors 990 a-d can also be present whenlaunchers 944 a,h are horizontally-oriented split launchers or single-opening launchers, as described in detail previously. -
Movable reflectors 990 a-d can be configured in two vertically-spaced pairs (e.g.,reflector 990 a paired withreflector 990 b andreflector 990 c paired withreflector 990 d) and/or in two horizontally-spaced pairs (e.g.,reflector 990 b paired withreflector 990 c andreflector 990 a paired withreflector 990 d). As illustrated inFIG. 10 c, pairs of vertically-spaced reflectors (e.g.,reflector pair 990 a,b and 990 c,d) can be positioned nearsplit launchers 944 a,h such that one movable reflector is positioned near each of discharge openings 945 a-d oflaunchers 944 a,h (e.g., discharge openings 945 a-d face towards respectivemovable reflectors 990 a-d). As depicted inFIG. 10 c,movable reflectors movable reflectors launchers 944 a,h can be vertically positioned between vertically-spaced pairs of launchers (e.g.,launcher 944 a vertically positioned between vertically-spaced pair ofreflectors 990 a,b andlauncher 944 h vertically positioned between vertically-spaced pair ofreflectors 990 c,d). In one embodiment,movable reflector 990 is positioned such thatreflector surface 991 faces toward an open outlet of its corresponding microwave launcher (not shown). In another embodiment, one or moremovable reflectors 990 a-d can be positioned in alignment with or positioned to face the central axis of elongation of microwave heater 930 (not shown inFIG. 10 c). -
Movable reflectors 990 a-d can be directly or indirectly coupled to one or more side walls of a microwave heater and can be moved or actuated in any suitable fashion. One or more of thereflectors 990 a-d can move along a pre-programmed (planned) path, or one or more can be caused to move in a random or non-repeating pattern. Whenmultiple reflectors 990 a-d are present, two ormore reflectors 990 a-d can have the same or similar pattern of movement, in one embodiment, while, in the same or another embodiment, two ormore reflectors 990 a-d can have different patterns of movement. According to one embodiment, at least one ofreflectors 990 a-d can move in a generally arcuate-shaped path and can pass through various segments or “regions” of the overall path with a certain speed and/or residence time. The size and number of regions, as well as the speed with which the reflector moves through each region or the reflector residence time in each region depend on a variety of factors, such as for example, the size and type of the bundle, the type of wood, and the preliminary and desired characteristics of the initial and final bundle. - In one embodiment, each of
reflectors 990 a-d can be individually driven or actuated according to one or more embodiments described herein, while, in another embodiment, two or more reflectors can be connected to a common drive mechanism (e.g., rotating shaft to be actuated at the same time. One example of a drive mechanism for moving areflector 990 using anactuator 960 is shown inFIG. 10 e.Actuator 960 can be a linear actuator having a fixedportion 961 coupled to asidewall 933 of the microwave heater and anextensible portion 963 connected to amovable reflector 990. According to one embodiment illustrated inFIG. 10 e, at least part of fixedportion 961 can extend throughexternal side wall 933 and into abellows structure 964, therebysealingly coupling actuator 960 toside wall 933. In one embodiment, bellowsstructure 964 can be operable to reduce, minimize, or nearly prevent fluid flow into or out of the location whereactuator 960 extends throughside wall 933. As shown inFIG. 10 e,movable reflector 990 further comprises asupport arm 980 pivotally coupled toside wall 933 of the microwave heater. As used herein, the term “pivotally coupled” refers to two or more objects attached, fastened, or otherwise associated such that at least one of the objects can generally move or pivot about a fixed point. In operation, adriver 970 movesextensible portion 963 oflinear actuator 960 in an in-and-out type motion, as indicated byarrow 971.Extensible portion 963 oflinear actuator 960 allowsmovable reflector 990 to move in a generally arcuate pattern, as indicated byarrow 973.Driver 970 can be controlled in any suitable manner, including, for example, using one or more programmable automatic control systems (not shown). - According to one embodiment of the present invention, it may be advantageous to minimize the amount of unoccupied, unobstructed, or open volume defined within the interior of a microwave heater. As used herein, the term “total open volume” refers to the total volume of space within the interior of the vessel not occupied by physical obstructions when a bundle of wood is not disposed in the vessel. In one embodiment of the present invention, the ratio of the total volume of the bundle of wood (including spaces between individual pieces of wood) to the total open volume of the microwave heater can be at least about 0.20, at least about 0.25, at least about 0.30, at least about 0.35. In some of the foregoing embodiments, the ratio is also no more than about 0.75, no more than about 0.70, or no more than about 0.65.
- In one embodiment, the microwave heater can define an unobstructed bundle-receiving space for receiving a bundle of wood. The unobstructed bundle receiving space can also be configured to receive at least a portion of the microwave energy emitted to heat and/or dry one or more objects (or bundles) therein. Unobstructed bundle-receiving space of
microwave heater 930 is denoted as 951 inFIG. 10 c. As used herein, the term “unobstructed bundle-receiving space” refers to a space defined within the interior of a microwave heater that is capable of receiving and holding a bundle of wood. In one embodiment, the unobstructed bundle receiving space can define a volume of a similar shape and within about 10 percent of the volume occupied by the largest size bundle of wood able to be loaded and/or processed withinmicrowave heater 930. For example, if the largest bundle size able to be accommodated by microwave heater was 1,000 cubic feet, the unoccupied bundle receiving space would have a volume, in one embodiment of about 1,100 cubic feet and a similar shape (e.g., cuboidal) as the bundle processed withinheater 930. - The bundle receiving space may be “unobstructed” because it may not include any physical obstructions (e.g., waveguides, launchers, reflectors, etc.) disposed therein on a permanent basis. In one embodiment of the present invention, the microwave heater can comprise a circular cross-sectional shape, while unobstructed bundle-receiving
space 951 can define a cuboidal volume and/or be configured to receive a bundle of wood having a cuboidal shape. In one embodiment, the ratio of the total open volume ofmicrowave heater 930 to the volume of the unobstructed bundle-receiving space can be at least about 0.20, at least about 0.25, at least about 0.30, at least about 0.35. In some of the foregoing embodiments, the ratio is also no more than about 0.75, no more than about 0.70, or no more than about 0.65. - According to one embodiment, at least a portion of the unobstructed
bundle receiving space 951 can be defined between two or more “obstructions,” including, for example, two or more launchers, reflectors, waveguides, or other objects located on the same or generally opposite sides ofmicrowave heater 930 that take up physical space within the interior volume of the heater. In one embodiment whereinmicrowave heater 930 comprises two oppositely-disposed doors (e.g., anentrance door 928 and an exit door disposed on generally opposite ends of microwave heater 930), at least a portion of unobstructedbundle receiving space 951 can be defined between the two oppositely-disposed doors. In one embodiment illustrated inFIG. 10 c, none oflaunchers 944 a,h ormovable reflectors 990 a-d, which are examples of obstructions, are disposed withinunobstructed bundle space 951. In one embodiment wherein at least a portion of the unobstructed bundle receiving space is defined between two or more obstructions (e.g., waveguides, launchers, reflectors, etc.), the minimum clearance between the outermost edges of one or more obstructions and the unobstructed bundle-receiving space (and/or the bundle, when present) can be at least about 0.5 inches, at least about 1 inch, at least about 2 inches, at least about 6 inches, at least about 8 inches and/or no more than about 18 inches, no more than about 10 inches, or no more than about 8 inches. In one embodiment, one of the obstructions do not physically contact the bundle when loaded intoheater 930. - One or more embodiments of the operation of a microwave heating system according to the present invention will now be described, with general reference to a process for heating a bundle of wood. However, it should be understood that one or more elements of the heating processes described herein can also be suitable for use in processes for heating other items, as, for example, those processes described previously. Furthermore, it should be understood that one or more of the above-described embodiments of microwave heating systems, including those discussed with respect to
FIGS. 8-10 and variations thereof, can be operated using at least some, or all, of the operational steps, methods, and/or processes described in detail below. - To initiate heating of a bundle of wood, the wood can first be loaded into a microwave heater, which can be configured according to one or more embodiments of the present invention previously described. In one embodiment, the bundle can have an overall initial weight (e.g., prior to heating) of at least about 100 pounds, at least about 250 pounds, at least about 375 pounds, or at least 500 pounds prior to heating and/or drying. Once loaded, the vacuum system, if present, can then be used to reduce the pressure of the heater to no more than about 550 torr, no more than about 450 torr, no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 300 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more than about 150 torr, no more than about 100 torr, or no more than about 75 torr.
- While maintaining the sub-atmospheric pressure in the microwave heater, one or more microwave generators can then be operated to begin introducing microwave energy into the interior of the vessel to thereby heat and/or dry at least a portion of the bundle. During the introduction of microwave energy into the interior of the microwave heater, the pressure within the vessel can be above, nearly at, or below atmospheric pressure. According to one embodiment, the pressure of the interior of the microwave heater during the heating step can be at least 350 torr, at least about 450 torr, at least about 650 torr, at least about 750 torr, at least about 900 torr, or at least about 1,200 torr, while, in another embodiment, the pressure in microwave heater can be no more than about 350 torr, no more than about 250 torr, no more than about 200 torr, no more than about 150 torr, no more than about 100 torr, or no more than about 75 torr. The total generator capacity or the rate of energy introduced into the interior of the microwave heater during the heating and/or drying of the wood can be at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW, at least about 250 kW, at least about 350 kW, at least about 400 kW, at least about 500 kW, at least about 600 kW, at least about 750 kW, or at least about 1,000 kW and/or not more than about 2,500 kW, not more than about 1,500 kW, or not more than about 1,000 kW.
- According to one embodiment, the process of heating a bundle of wood can comprise a plurality of individual sequential heating cycles. The overall heating process can comprise at least 2, at least 3, at least 4, at least 5, at least 6 and/or no more than 20, no more than 15, no more than 12, or no more than 10 individual sequential heating cycles. Each heating cycle can include the introduction of microwave energy, optionally at sub-atmospheric pressure. In one embodiment, microwave energy can be introduced into the microwave heater under a pressure of not more than about 350 torr, while, in other one embodiment, the pressure in the microwave heater can be at least about 350 torr.
- According to one embodiment, each of the one or more individual heating cycles can be carried out for (e.g., have a duration of) at least about 2 minutes, at least about 5 minutes, at least about 10 minutes, at least about 20 minutes, at least about 30 minutes and/or no more than about 180 minutes, no more than about 120 minutes, or no more than about 90 minutes. Overall, the entire length of the heating process (e.g., overall cycle time) can be at least about 0.5 hours, at least about 2 hours, at least about 5 hours, or at least about 8 hours and/or no more than about 36 hours, no more than about 30 hours, no more than about 24 hours, no more than about 18 hours, no more than about 16 hours, no more than about 12 hours, no more than about 10 hours, no more than about 8 hours, or no more than 6 hours.
- In one embodiment, wherein the overall heating process comprises two or more individual heating cycles, one or more subsequent individual heating cycles can be carried out with a different input rate of microwave energy and/or at a different pressure than the previous cycle. For example, in one embodiment, the subsequent individual heating cycles can be carried out at a lower input rate of microwave energy and/or at a lower pressure than the previous cycle. In another embodiment, one or more subsequent individual heating cycles can be carried out at a higher input rate of microwave energy and/or at a higher pressure than the previous cycle. In yet another embodiment, one or more subsequent cycles can be carried out at a lower input rate of microwave energy and a higher pressure or a higher input rate of microwave energy and a lower pressure than one or more previous individual heating cycles. When the overall heating process includes two or more individual heating cycles, one or more of the second (or later) cycles may be carried out as described above, according to some embodiments. In other embodiments, two or more cycles can be carried out at the same or nearly the same pressure and/or input rate of microwave energy.
- According to one embodiment, the overall heating process can include a first sequential heating cycle followed by a second heating cycle, wherein the second heating cycle is carried out with a lower input rate of microwave energy than the first heating cycle, a lower pressure than the first heating cycle, or both a lower input rate of microwave energy and a lower pressure than the first heating cycle. Further, in one embodiment when the overall cycle comprises three or more heating cycles, the input rate of microwave energy and/or pressure of each subsequent cycle (other than the first) can be lower than the input rate of microwave energy and/or pressure of the previous cycle. For example, in one embodiment, the nth individual heating cycle can be carried out at a lower input rate of microwave energy, a lower pressure, or both a lower input rate of microwave energy and a lower pressure than the (n−1)th individual heating cycle.
- During the first individual heating cycle, a first maximum input rate of microwave energy can be introduced into the microwave heater. As used herein, the term “maximum input rate of microwave energy” refers to the highest rate at which microwave energy is introduced into the heater during a heating cycle. In various embodiments, the maximum input rate of microwave energy introduced during the first individual heating cycle (e.g., the first maximum input rate of microwave energy) can be, for example at least about 5 kW, at least about 30 kW, at least about 50 kW, at least about 60 kW, at least about 65 kW, at least about 75 kW, at least about 100 kW, at least about 150 kW, at least about 200 kW, at least about 250 kW, at least about 350 kW, at least about 400 kW, at least about 500 kW, at least about 600 kW, at least about 750 kW, or at least about 1,000 kW and/or, for example, not more than about 2,500 kW, not more than about 1,500 kW, not more than about 1,000 kW, or not more than 500 kW.
- Subsequently, a second individual heating cycle can be carried out such that the second maximum input rate at which microwave energy is introduced into the microwave heater during the second individual heating cycle (e.g., the second maximum input rate of microwave energy) can, in some embodiments, be, for example, at least about 25 percent, at least about 50 percent, at least about 70 percent and/or, for example, no more than about 98 percent, no more than about 94 percent, or no more than about 90 percent of the maximum input rate achieved during the first heating cycle. Similarly, when the heating process comprises three or more individual heating cycles, the maximum input rate of microwave energy of the nth individual heating cycle (e.g., third or fourth cycle) in one embodiment can be, for example, at least about 25 percent, at least about 50 percent, at least about 70 percent and/or, for example no more than about 98 percent, no more than about 94 percent, no more than about 90 percent, or no more than about 85 percent of the maximum input rate during the (n−1)th (e.g., previous) individual heating cycle.
- In one embodiment, the second (or subsequent) individual heating cycle can be carried out at a lower pressure than the first (or previous) individual heating cycle. For example, in one embodiment wherein sub-atmospheric or vacuum pressure is utilized during the heating cycle, the lowest pressure reached during the first heating cycle can be at least about 250 torr. Subsequently, a second individual heating cycle can be carried out such that the lowest pressure reached (e.g., highest level of vacuum pressure achieved) during the second cycle can, in one embodiment, for example, be at least about 25 percent, at least about 50 percent, at least about 70 percent, at least about 75 percent, at least 80 percent and/or in one embodiment, for example, no more than about 98 percent, no more than about 94 percent, or no more than about 90 percent of the lowest pressure reached during the first heating cycle. Similarly, when the heating process comprises three or more individual heating cycles, the pressure of the nth individual heating cycle in one embodiment, for example, can be at least about 25 percent, at least about 50 percent, at least about 70 percent, at least about 75 percent, at least 80 percent and/or no more than about 98 percent, no more than about 94 percent, no more than about 90 percent of the lowest pressure reached, or no more than 85 percent of the lowest pressure reached during the (n−1)th individual heating cycle.
- Table 1, below, summarizes broad, intermediate, and narrow ranges for the microwave energy rate, expressed as a percent of maximum generator output, and the pressure, expressed in torr, for consecutive first, second, third, and nth individual heating cycles, according to one embodiment of the present invention. As used herein, the term “maximum generator output” refers to the maximum combined over the entire array cumulatively generated by all of the microwave generators within a heating system. In one embodiment, the maximum input rate of microwave energy for one or more heating cycles can also be expressed as a percentage of maximum generator output, as shown in Table 1.
-
TABLE 1 Microwave Energy Rate and Pressures for Individual Heating Cycles Indi- Rate of Microwave Energy, vidual % of Max Pressure, torr Cycle Inter- Inter- No. Broad mediate Narrow Broad mediate Narrow 1 60-100% 70-100% 80-100% <250 <200 20-100 2 40-100% 50-95% 60-90% <250 <200 20-100 3 20-80% 25-75% 30-70% <250 <150 20-100 n 5-60% 10-50% 15-40% <150 <100 10-75 - According to one embodiment of the present invention, each of the one or more individual heating cycles can comprise a heating period (e.g., a first, second, or nth heating period), wherein microwave energy is introduced into the heater, and an optional resting period (e.g., a first, second, or nth resting period) wherein a reduced amount or substantially no microwave energy is introduced into the heater. For example, during the heating period, microwave energy can be introduced into the microwave heater at an input rate sufficient to heat and/or at least partially dry at least a portion of the wet or chemical-wet bundle of wood, while, during the resting period, the input rate of microwave energy introduced into microwave heater can, in one embodiment, be no more than about 25 percent, no more than about 10 percent, no more than about 5 percent, or no more than about 1 percent of the maximum input rate of microwave energy introduced during the heating period. In one embodiment wherein multiple individual heating cycles are employed, each cycle can include one or more heating periods and one or more rest periods. For example, when two individual sequential heating cycles are utilized, the first individual heating cycle can include at least a first heating period and a first resting period, while the second individual heating cycle can include at least a second heating period and a second resting period. Alternatively, the second heating period can follow the first heating period with no interim resting period.
- In one embodiment, each of the heating periods can have, for example, a duration of at least about 5 minutes, at least about 10 minutes, at least about 15 minutes, at least about 30 minutes and/or, for example, no more than about 60 minutes, no more than about 40 minutes, no more than about 30 minutes, or no more than about 20 minutes. In one embodiment, the resting period can have a duration of, for example, at least about 5 minutes, at least about 10 minutes, or at least about 20 minutes and/or, for example, no more than about 90 minutes, no more than about 60 minutes, or no more than about 40 minutes. In one embodiment, the ratio of the length of the heating period to the length of the resting period of an individual heating cycle can be for example, at least about 0.5:1, at least about 1:1, at least about 1.25:1, or at least 2:1 and/or, for example, no more than about 5:1, no more than about 3:1, no more than about 2.5:1, or no more than about 1.5:1.
- Microwave energy can be introduced into the microwave heater during each of the heating periods in any suitable manner. For example, in one embodiment, microwave energy can be emitted from one or more launchers in a substantially continuous manner throughout the entire duration of the heating period.
- In one embodiment, energy can be emitted from one single launcher at a time, while, in another embodiment, energy can be emitted from two or more launchers simultaneously. The amount, timing, duration, coordination, and synchronization of microwave energy discharged from each of the launchers can be controlled using an automatic control system. When the discharge of energy into the microwave heater includes switching between two or more launchers, the switching can also be controlled by the control system, as discussed in detail shortly.
- According to one embodiment, energy can be introduced into the microwave heater such that each heating period can include two or more different heating modes (also called discharge modes, discharge phases, or heating phases). In one embodiment, different rates of microwave energy can be emitted from one or more launchers during each heating phase. For example, in one embodiment, during a first heating phase, energy can be emitted from a first launcher at a higher rate than is emitted from a second launcher, while, during a second heating phase, energy can be emitted from the second launcher at a higher rate than from the first launcher. According to one embodiment, one or more launchers can emit microwave energy into the microwave heater, while one or more launchers can emit substantially no energy into the microwave heater, thereby focusing energy onto different locations of the bundle of wood (or other object). Each separate heating phase can be carried out for a period (i.e, have a duration) of, for example at least about 2 minutes, at least about 5 minutes, at least about 12 minutes, at least about 15 minutes and/or, for example, no more than about 90 minutes, no more than about 60 minutes, no more than about 45 minutes or no more than about 30 minutes. An optional resting period of at least about 2 minutes, at least about 4 minutes, or at least about 6 minutes and/or no more than about 15 minutes, no more than about 12 minutes, or no more than about 10 minutes can follow one or both separate heating phases.
- When the microwave heater comprises four or more launchers, the microwave distribution system can be configured such that each launcher emits microwave energy into the microwave heater in a separate heating or discharge phase, depending on the position of one or more microwave switches. For example, in one embodiment wherein the microwave heater comprises a first, second, third, and fourth microwave launcher, two or more microwave switches (e.g., a first and a second microwave switch) can be configured such that microwave energy can be predominantly emitted from each launcher in a respective first, second, third, and fourth heating phase. In one embodiment, two or more discharge phases can be carried out at substantially the same time, while two or more discharge phases can be prevented from being carried out substantially the same time. Additional details regarding operation of microwave heaters utilizing heating periods that include alternating discharge phases will now be discussed in detail below, with reference to
FIGS. 11 a and 11 b. - Turning now to
FIGS. 11 a and 11 b, schematic top views of amicrowave heating system 1020 configured according to one embodiment of the present invention are provided.Microwave heating system 1020 is illustrated as comprising at least four microwave generators 1022 a-d for producing microwave energy and amicrowave distribution system 1040 for directing at least a portion of the microwave energy into amicrowave heater 1030.Microwave distribution system 1040 also comprises a plurality of spaced microwave launchers 1044 a-h (which, in one embodiment, can comprise one or more split launchers) operable to emit at least a portion of microwave energy into the interior ofmicrowave heater 1040. Each of microwave launchers 1044 a-h can be operably coupled to one or more of a plurality of (in this figure, a first through fourth) microwave switches 1046 a-d, as shown inFIGS. 11 a and 11 b. Microwave switches 1046 a-d can be operable to route microwave energy to one or more of launchers 1044 a-h in any suitable mode including, for example, a TMab mode and/or a TExy mode, as discussed in detail previously. In one embodiment, the energy propagated throughmicrowave distribution system 1040 can change modes at least once prior to being discharged intomicrowave heater 1030. Various configurations and methods of operatingmicrowave heating system 1020 according to one or more embodiments of the present invention will now be described in detail below, with reference toFIGS. 11 a and 11 b. - Each of microwave switches 1046 a-d can be operable to direct, control, or allocate the flow of microwave energy to each of two or more microwave launchers 1044 a-h positioned on generally the same side or generally opposite sides of
microwave heater 1030. For example, in one embodiment depicted inFIG. 11 a, each of microwave switches 1046 a-d can be coupled to a pair of axially adjacent microwave launchers (e.g.,launchers launchers launchers launchers FIG. 11 b, each of microwave switches 1046 a-d can be coupled to a pair of axially aligned microwave launchers (e.g.,launchers launchers launchers launchers - Microwave switches 1046 a-d can be any suitable type of microwave switch and, in one embodiment, can be a rotary microwave switch. A rotary microwave switch can include an outer housing, an internal routing element disposed therein, and an actuator for moving the internal routing element within the housing. In one embodiment, the internal routing element can be rotatably coupled to the outer housing and the actuator can be operable to selectively rotate the internal routing element, relative to the outer housing, to thereby switch or direct the direction of flow of the microwave energy passing therethrough. Other types of suitable microwave switches can also be employed. In one embodiment, microwave switches 1046 a-d can comprise TExy switches, while, in another embodiment, microwave switches 1046 a-d can comprise TMab switches. Any additional suitable components, such as one or more mode converters, barrier assemblies, or components discussed elsewhere in this application but not shown in
FIGS. 11 a and 11 b, can be located upstream or downstream microwave switches 1046 a-d. - In operation, microwave switches 1046 a-d can be selectively switchable between a first heating (or discharge) phase and a second heating (or discharge) phase. During the first heating phase, more energy can be emitted or discharged from one or more microwave launchers, while less energy is emitted from one or more other microwave launchers. Similarly, during the second heating phase, more energy can be emitted or discharged from one or more other microwave launchers, while less energy can be emitted or discharged from one or more microwave launchers.
- In one embodiment, during the first heating phase, each of microwave switches 1046 a-d can be configured to route microwave energy predominantly to one or more launchers within a first set of microwave launchers (labeled as set of “A” launchers in
FIGS. 11 a and 11 b) and not predominantly to one or more launchers of a second set of microwave launchers (labeled as a set of “B” launchers inFIGS. 11 a and 11 b). During the second discharge phase, each of microwave switches 1046 a-d can be configured to route microwave energy predominantly to one or more launchers of the second set (e.g., the “B” launchers) and not predominantly to one or more launchers of the first set (e.g., the “A” launchers) in each of respective pairs of launchers 1050 a-d and 1050 e-h, inFIGS. 11 a and 11 b. As used herein, references to routing microwave energy “predominantly” to launcher X and “not predominantly” to launcher Y means that at least about 50 percent of the microwave energy received by a switch is routed to launcher X, while no more than about 50 percent of the microwave energy received by the switch is routed to launcher Y. In one embodiment, for example at least about 75 percent, at least about 90 percent, at least about 95 percent, substantially all of the energy can be predominantly routed to launcher X, while, for example no more than about 25 percent, no more than about 10 percent, no more than about 5 percent or substantially none of the energy can be routed to launcher Y. - In one embodiment,
microwave heating system 1030 can further comprise acontrol system 1060 for controlling the action and configuration of microwave switches 1046 a-d. In one embodiment,control system 1060 can be operable to configure each of switches 1046 a-d to be in the first discharge phase, such that all “A” launchers (e.g.,launchers 1044 a,c,e,g) emit microwave energy intomicrowave heater 1030, while all “B” launchers (e.g.,launchers 1044 b,d,f,h) emit a smaller amount of, or substantially no microwave energy into the interior ofmicrowave heater 1030, as illustrated by the respective shaded and un-shaded regions ofmicrowave heater 1030 inFIGS. 11 a and 11 b. Subsequently,control system 1060 can then be operable to configure each of switches 1046 a-d to be in the second discharge phase, such that all “A” launchers (e.g.,launchers 1044 a,c,e,g) emit a smaller amount of, or substantially no microwave energy into the interior ofmicrowave heater 1030, while all “B” launchers (e.g.,launchers 1044 b,d,f,h) emit microwave energy into the interior of microwave heater 1030 (not represented inFIGS. 11 a and 11 b). - According to one embodiment,
control system 1060 can also be operable to control the switching of microwave switches 1046 a-d between the first and second discharge phases based on a set of predetermined parameters including, for example, cycle time, total energy discharged, and the like. For example, in one embodiment,control system 1060 can be operable to configure each of microwave switches 1046 a-d into the first discharge phase substantially simultaneously, such that microwave energy can be emitted from each of the “A”launchers 1044 a,c,e,g simultaneous for a period of time. In another embodiment,control system 1060 can be operable to include a time delay or lag between configuring one or more switches 1046 a-d into the first discharge phase. As a result, the microwave energy emitted from one or more “A” or “B” launchers may be delayed or staggered, relative to the discharge of energy from one or more other “A” or “B” launchers. In one embodiment,control system 1060 may be configured to allow one or more switches 1046 a-d to be in the first discharge phase, while one or more other switches 1046 a-d are in the second discharge phase, such that microwave energy can be emitted from one or more “A” launchers and one or more “B” launchers simultaneously. In one embodiment of the present invention,control system 1060 can also be operable to at least partially prevent simultaneous energy discharge from directly opposed pairs of launchers (e.g.,pair pair pair pair pair pair pair pair - Heating systems configured and/or operated according to one embodiment of the present invention can be operable to heat an object or load more efficiently than conventional heating systems. In particular, heating systems configured according to various embodiments of the present invention can be operable to process large, commercial-scale loads. In one embodiment, heating systems as described herein can heat a bundle of wood or other load having a cumulative, pre-heating (or pre-treatment) weight of at least about 100 pounds, at least about 500 pounds, at least about 1,000 pounds, at least about 5,000 pounds, or at least about 10,000 pounds. In various embodiments, a bundle of wood can be heated and/or dried such that no more than, for example, about 20 percent, no more than about 10 percent, no more than about 5 percent, and no more than about 2 percent of the total volume of wood can reach a temperature that does exceed an upper threshold temperature. In the same or other embodiments, at least about 80 percent, at least about 90 percent, at least about 95 percent, and at least about 98 percent, for example, of the total volume of wood can reach a temperature that does exceed a lower threshold temperature. The lower and upper threshold temperatures can be relatively close to one another and can, for example, be within about 110° C., within about 105° C., within about 100° C., within about 90° C., within about 75° C., or within about 50° C. of each other. In various embodiments, the upper threshold temperature can be at least about 190° C., at least about 200° C., or at least about 220° C. and/or no more than about 275° C., no more than about 260° C., no more than about 250° C., or no more than about 225° C. In another embodiment, the lower threshold temperature can be at least about 115° C., at least about 120° C., at least about 125° C., at least about 130° C. and/or no more than about 150° C., no more than about 145° C., or no more than about 135° C.
- According to one embodiment, at least about 80 percent, at least about 90 percent, at least about 95 percent, and at least about 98 percent of the total volume of the wood can reach a maximum temperature of at least about 130° C., at least about 145° C., at least about 150° C., or at least about 160° C. and/or no more than about 250° C., no more than about 240° C., no more than about 225° C., no more than about 210° C., or no more than about 200° C. As a result, a bundle of wood (optionally a chemical-wet bundle of wood) having an initial (e.g., pre-heating or pre-treatment) weight of at least about 100 pounds, at least about 500 pounds, at least about 1,000 pounds, or at least about 5,000 pounds can be heated in no more than about 48 hours, no more than about 36 hours, no more than about 24 hours, no more than about 18 hours, no more than about 16 hours, no more than about 12 hours, no more than about 10 hours, no more than about 8 hours, or no more than about 6 hours.
- The various aspects of the present invention can be further illustrated and described by the following Examples. It should be understood, however, that these Examples are included merely for purposes of illustration and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention, unless otherwise specifically indicated.
- This example provides results of a simulation conducted to determine the differences between the electric field strengths and power densities of a TE10 barrier assembly and a TM01 barrier assembly. Each assembly was modeled using HFSS™ software (available from Ansys in Canonsburg, Pa.).
FIGS. 12 a and 12 b present schematic depictions of the results of the simulation, particularly illustrating the strength of the electric fields within the comparative TE10 assembly inFIG. 12 a the inventive TM01 assembly inFIG. 12 b. - As shown in
FIGS. 12 a and 12 b, the peak electric field strength at 75 kW for the inventive TM01 barrier assembly (0.9 kV/cm) is approximately one-third of the peak electric field strength of the comparative TE10 barrier assembly (3 kV/cm) measured at 75 kW. Consequently, the peak power density of the TM01 barrier assembly is about one-ninth of the peak power density of the TE10 barrier assembly. - This example compares the breakdown pressure, at different levels of microwave energy, achievable by both a TE10 and a TM01 barrier assembly. As shown herein, the TM01 barrier assembly is able to operate at lower levels of vacuum at a given energy level and/or permit higher levels of microwave energy to pass through at a given vacuum level than the TE10 barrier assembly.
- A custom-built apparatus for testing the breakdown pressure (i.e., the pressure at which arcing first occurs at a given energy level) within a barrier assembly at various pressures and energy levels was constructed in a testing facility. The apparatus included a microwave generator coupled to a set of TE10 waveguides operable to receive and hold a removable barrier assembly therebetween. The apparatus included a gas system for introducing different gases at various temperatures into the barrier assembly prior to testing and a vacuum system for controlling the pressure within the assembly during testing. The apparatus also included an automatic arc detection and shut-off system for stopping the microwave generator when arcing was sensed within the assembly. Various test runs (Runs A-H) were conducted to measure the breakdown pressure of both a TE10 and a TM01 barrier assembly at various energy levels. Table 2, below, summarizes the conditions of each of Runs A-H, while
FIG. 13 provides a graphical representation of the breakdown pressures measured, as a function of energy level, for each of Runs A-H. -
TABLE 2 Summary of Test Runs to Determine Breakdown Pressures Barrier Assembly Gas Temperature, Run (Mode) Gas Type ° C. A TE10 Air 99 B TE10 Air 22 C TE10 Nitrogen 100 D TE10 Nitrogen 22 E TE10 Acetic Acid 95 F TM01 Nitrogen 90 G TM01 Nitrogen 25 H TM01 Acetic Acid 90 - As shown in
FIG. 13 , for a given energy level, the TM01 barrier assembly was operated at a lower pressure (i.e., a higher level of vacuum) than the TE10 barrier assembly before arcing occurred. For example, as illustrated by comparing Runs E and H (which both included exposing the barrier assembly to acetic acid at 90 to 95° C.), for a energy level of 20 kW, the minimum operating pressure achievable by the TE10 barrier assembly without arcing was 30 torr, while the TM01 barrier assembly was able to be operated at or even slightly below 15 torr before arcing occurred. Thus, as illustrated herein, for the same conditions and energy level, the TM01 barrier assembly can be exposed to lower pressures without arcing than the TE10 barrier assembly. - Alternatively, as also shown in
FIG. 13 , the TM01 barrier assembly was able to operate at a higher energy level than the TE10 barrier assembly, at the same pressure and under similar conditions. For example, as evidenced by comparing Runs A and F (which both utilize nitrogen at a temperature of 90 to 99° C.), at a pressure of 40 torr, the TM01 barrier assembly could have operated at predicted energy level of about 70 kW without arcing, while the TE10 assembly could not be exposed to more than 15 kW of energy before arcing occurred. Further, as indicated by the steeper slope of the breakdown pressure versus energy level curve generated by the TE10 assembly, as shown inFIG. 13 , it can also be concluded that the vacuum loss (or penalty) for additional increases in energy are greater for the TE10 barrier assembly than for the TM01 assembly. Thus, the marginal pressure penalty for increasing energy through a TM01 barrier assembly is substantially less than for a similarly operated TE10 barrier assembly. - This example illustrates how the method of applying heat to a bundle of wood affects the temperature distribution of the heated wood. Several trials were conducted that included one or more individual heating cycles having various durations, pressures, and/or energy levels to determine the impact on the temperature of the bundle, as well as the quantity of wood scorched, during the heating cycle.
- A microwave heating system similar to the system illustrated in
FIGS. 9 a, 9 b, and 9 e was constructed and included a FERRITE 75 kW 915 MHz microwave generator (commercially available from Ferrite Microwave Technologies, Inc. in Nashua, N.H.) coupled to a vacuum microwave heater via a series of TE10 waveguides. Three rotary microwave switches were configured to selectively route microwave energy from the generator to one of four microwave launchers located in the interior of the microwave heater. Each launcher was designed to receive energy in a TE10 mode, but included a mode converter disposed within the interior of the vessel for converting the energy to a TM01 mode before being emitted into the heater. The vacuum heater, which had a diameter of 6.5 feet and an overall length of 8 feet, included a single door on one end for loading and unloading the wood. The system also included a mechanical, dry (e.g., non-oil sealed) vacuum pump (commercially available from Edwards Limited in Tewksbury, Mass.) for controlling the pressure within the heater as desired during the heating step. - For each of trial Runs A-H, six planks of acetylated Radiata pine having nominal dimensions of 1 inch by 6 inches by 8 feet were equipped with fiber optic temperature sensors placed into holes drilled at the center point of each board. The sensor-equipped boards were placed in row 13 of a stickered bundle that included a total of 156 boards of acetylated Radiata pine arranged in 26 layers. The bundle was then fastened together and loaded into the vacuum heater. During each run A-H, the bundle was exposed to different heating and/or pressure profiles. For each run, the peak average and peak maximum fiber optic temperatures, the weight of the bundle before and after heating (to calculate evaporative loss), and the total energy input were measured for each cycle. Key characteristics of each bundle and specifics of each heating profile are summarized in Tables 3a and 3b, below.
-
TABLE 3a Bundle Properties and Individual Heating Profiles for Runs A-H Bundle Properties Overall Cycle Data Avg. Dry Total Power Energy Moisture Weight Pressure Input Density (kW/ Run Content (%) (lb) (torr) (kW-hr) lb dry wood) A 2.55 1553 350 26.2 0.0094 B 2.04 1833 350 30.7 0.0107 C 2.18 1528 350 26.0 0.0107 D 2.10 1800 350 30.7 0.0109 E 2.70 1630 200 37.0 0.0148 F 2.45 1592 200 36.0 0.0155 G 2.72 1566 300 32.0 0.0125 H 1.95 1836 350 41.3 0.0168 -
TABLE 3b Bundle Properties and Individual Heating Profiles for Runs A-H (cont'd) First Heating Second Heating Third Heating Fourth Heating Cycle Cycle Cycle Cycle Energy Time Rest Energy Time Rest Energy Time Rest Energy Time Rest Run (kW) (min) (min) (kW) (min) (min) (kW) (min) (min) (kW) (min) (min) A 25 63 — — — — — — — — B 25 40 30 22 20 14 22 20 — — — — C 25 55 50 22 10 — — — — — — — D 25 40 30 22 20 9 22 20 — — — — E 22 60 16 18 50 — — — — — — — F 18 40 20 18 40 28 12 45 — — — — G 20 40 20 20 34 20 12 36 — — — — H 25 40 35 20 40 40 16 28 42 12 20 — - Upon completion of each run, the bundle was removed and each of the boards was visually inspected for signs of scorching, which was defined as quarter-size or larger blackened or burned marks. The evaporative (moisture) loss was calculated by comparing the weight of the bundle before and after heating (and the known dry weight of each board). The energy density (per pound of dry wood) was calculated based on the total energy input and initial weight and moisture content of the wood. Table 4, below, summarizes the results of runs A-H, including the average and maximum peak temperatures achieved during heating and the number of scorched boards.
-
TABLE 4 Summary of Results for Runs A-H Results Average Maximum Energy Density Peak Temp Peak Temp Scorched Run (kW/lb dry wood) (° C.) (° C.) Boards (#) A 0.0094 116 159 0 B 0.0107 119 161 0 C 0.0107 139 184 7 D 0.0109 116 179 0 E 0.0148 136 154 19 F 0.0155 123 137 0 G 0.0125 113 193 0 H 0.0168 142 192 10 - As shown in Table 4, for similar energy densities (e.g., Runs C and D and Runs E and F), runs employing more individual cycles conducted at lower energy levels and/or for shorter durations (e.g., Runs D and F) were more likely to avoid scorching than runs employing less individual cycles conducted at higher energy levels and/or for longer durations (e.g., Runs C and E). Further, as illustrated by Run H, even runs conducted with multiple cycles having reduced energy levels can result in scorching if the energy level and/or duration of initial cycles are conducted at a high energy level and/or for a long duration. Thus, it was concluded that the number and duration of the individual cycles within an overall heating cycle, as well as the level of energy and/or pressure of each of the individual cycles, has an impact on the average and maximum peak temperature of the wood, as well as the number of boards scorched during the heating cycle.
- This example provides actual data obtained from a pilot-scale microwave heater used to heat and/or dry a bundle of acetylated wood. Thermal images were used to construct an energy distribution profile, which will then be correlated, in prophetic Example 5, to predict chemical moisture profiles of wood heated on a commercial scale.
- A horizontally-elongated microwave heater similar to the heater illustrated in
FIGS. 10 a, c, d, and e was constructed with an outer diameter of 12 feet and an overall length of 16 feet. The heater included an entrance door for loading and unloading the bundle from the vessel. Four split microwave launchers similar to those illustrated inFIGS. 10 c and 10 d were arranged in two oppositely-disposed pairs and were connected to a FERRITE 75 kW 915 MHz microwave generator (commercially available from Ferrite Microwave Technologies, Inc. in Nashua, N.H.) via a system of TE10 waveguides. Three microwave switches were configured to route energy from the generator to one of the two launchers of each pair, as described in detail below. - The microwave heater also included four movable reflectors similar to those illustrated in
FIG. 10 c. Each reflector defined a continuous reflective surface extending substantially along the length of the heater. Each of the four split launchers were vertically positioned between a pair of movable reflectors such that the energy emitted from the respective upward- and downward-oriented discharge openings of each split launcher was rastered into the interior of the microwave heater by the reflective surfaces disposed in each of the four quadrants of the internal volume of the heater. Each reflective surface was rotated along a generally arcuate path via a shaft, which utilized an external driver. Details regarding the motion of the movable reflectors will be described in detail shortly. - Approximately 15,000 pounds of acetylated Radiata pine was allowed to moisture-equilibrate in the ambient atmosphere such that the average water content of the wood was about 2-3 weight percent. The wood was then bundled into a composite bundle comprising four individually-secured stacks (e.g., stacks A-D shown in
FIG. 14 a). The composite bundle, represented asbundle 1304 inFIG. 14 , had nominal dimensions of 4 feet wide by 8 feet tall by 16 feet long. Each of stacks A-C had a width of 6 inches, while stack D had a width of 2.5 feet.Composite bundle 1304 was introduced into the microwave heater and the door was closed and secured prior to initiating the heating cycle. - First, the microwave switches were configured such that the energy from the generator would be routed to two diagonally opposite (e.g., oppositely-disposed, axially-staggered) launchers at the same time, while the remaining two diagonally opposite launchers remained idle. The generator was then started and set to deliver 75 kW to the first diagonally opposite pair of launchers, in a manner similar to the one discussed previously with respect to launcher set “A” of
FIGS. 11 a and 11 b. Next, after about 10 minutes, the generator was stopped and the microwave switches were reconfigured to route energy from the first active set of diagonally opposite launchers to the idle set of diagonally opposite launchers during the second heating mode. The generator was then restarted at 75 kW and microwave energy was again discharged into the heater. After another 10 minutes, the generator was stopped so that the switches could be returned to the original configuration, thereby re-routing energy back to the first pair of diagonally opposite launchers. This sequence of alternatively discharging energy from axially-staggered pairs of launchers continued in 10-minute increments for a total of 80 minutes (e.g., 100 kW-hr). - During each heating mode, the energy discharged from each of the microwave launchers was rastered into the interior of the microwave heater by controlling the motion and position of each of the movable reflectors. A programmable logic controller (PLC) was set to rotate each reflector, using a servo motor, through various portions (or regions) of its total arcuate path at various speeds. The top and bottom pairs of reflectors were programmed to move at the same speed, but the movement of one reflector of each pair was initiated before the other, thereby avoiding both reflectors of the pair moving in synchronized tandem. Table 5 below, summarizes the boundaries (e.g., starting and ending position) and total length of each of the eight regions of motion, as well as the reflector speed and time spent in each region (e.g., residence time) for each of the top and bottom pairs of reflectors, expressed as a percentage of the overall reflector cycle time. Note that Table 5 summarizes only half of the profile for each reflector; once each pair of reflectors moved through regions 1-8 as described below, each reflector then traveled in a reverse pattern, beginning with
region 8 and moving back to region 1. -
TABLE 5 Profile for Movable Reflectors Top Reflectors Bottom Reflectors Starting Ending Length Length Residence Residence Position Position of Path of Path Speed Time (% of Speed Time (% Region (°) (°) (°) (%) (°/s) Cycle) (°/s) of Cycle) 1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.31% 0.07 0.9 0.05 1.0 2 0.1 4.0 3.9 12.19% 0.10 23.3 0.05 24 3 4.0 8.0 4.0 12.50% 1.82 1.0 1.82 1.3 4 8.0 12.0 4.0 12.50% 1.82 1.0 1.82 1.3 5 12.0 16.0 4.0 12.50% 1.82 1.0 1.82 1.3 6 16.0 24.0 8.0 25.00% 1.82 2.0 1.82 2.6 7 24.0 28.0 4.0 12.50% 0.25 7.5 0.26 9.5 8 28.0 32.0 4.0 12.50% 0.04 48.0 0.04 59.0 - Once the overall heating cycle was complete, the generator was turned off and the heated composite bundle was transported to a holding zone wherein a MIKRON 7500 model camera with a wide angle lens was positioned approximately 10 feet from one of the elongated sides of the heated bundle. Stack A, the outermost stack of boards shown in
FIG. 14 , was removed from the composite bundle to thereby expose an interior surface of stack B, designated as B′ inFIG. 14 . The camera recorded thermal images of surface B′ at a rate of 1 image per every 5 seconds and, after about 20 seconds, stack B was removed from the composite bundle. The camera then began recording thermal images of an interior surface of stack C, designated as surface C′ inFIG. 14 . After about 20 seconds, stack C was removed from the bundle, thereby exposing the internal surface of stack D, designated as surface D′ inFIG. 14 . The camera recorded thermal images of surface D′ for about 20 seconds and was then stopped. - To analyze the composite temperature distribution throughout the volume of the bundle, pixel-by-pixel temperature data obtained within a representative region of interest for each of surfaces B′ through D′ was imported into a spreadsheet using MikroSpec™ Professional thermal imaging software (version 4.0.5, available from Metrum in Berkshire, UK). A cumulative frequency histogram, incorporating thermal data obtained from all interior surfaces B′ through D′ of the composite bundle is shown in
FIG. 15 . - As shown in
FIG. 15 , less than 20 percent of the volume of the bundle had a temperature below 42° C. or above 52° C. When correlated to a bundle of dried, acetylated wood, this type of energy distribution results in the predicted chemical moisture content profile, described in prophetic Example 5. - This prophetic example uses the experimental energy distribution data obtained in Example 4 to predict the chemical moisture profile (e.g., amount and distribution of one or more heat removable chemicals within the total volume) of acetylated wood heated and/or dried in a commercial-scale microwave heating system configured similarly to the system described previously in Example 4.
- A bundle of acetylated wood, having dimensions of approximately 101 inches tall by 52 inches wide by 16 feet long is loaded into a microwave heater having an internal diameter of 11 feet, 7 inches and a flange-to-flange length of 17 feet. The pressurizable heater includes an oppositely-disposed entrance and exit opening, each sealable with a full diameter dished door. The total internal volume of the heater is 2605 cubic feet, and the ratio of the total volume of the bundle of wood to the total open (e.g., unoccupied) volume in the microwave heater is 0.29:1. Prior to heating in the microwave heater, the bundle has a “chemical moisture content” (i.e., an amount of one or more heat-vaporizable chemicals including, for example, acetic acid, acetic anhydride, and combinations thereof) of approximately 10-15 weight percent.
- During heating of the bundle, microwave energy is introduced into the microwave heater in a similar manner as previously described in Example 4. In addition, a vacuum system is used to maintain the internal pressure of the heater at 60 torr. After 80 minutes, the microwave generator is turned off, the bundle is removed, and thermal images of interior surfaces of the bundle are taken in the manner previously described in Example 4. The predicted temperature distribution resulting from the cumulative thermal data is provided in
FIG. 16 . - As shown in
FIG. 16 , the projected temperature distribution for the acetylated bundle of wood has a mean peak temperature of 165° C., and less than 0.3 percent of the total volume of the bundle has a temperature below 115° C. or above 235° C. According to previously-obtained empirical data correlating wood temperature to chemical moisture content, the temperature distribution inFIG. 16 predicts a chemical moisture content profile as summarized in Table 6, for a dried bundle of acetylated wood processed as described above. -
TABLE 6 Projected Chemical Moisture Content Profile for Dried Acetylated Wood Percent of Bundle Predicted Temperature Volume Moisture Content T < 115° C. 0.3% ~2 wt % moisture 115° C. < T < 135° C. 2.2% ~1 wt % moisture T > 235° C. 0.3% Scorched 115° C. < T < 235° C. 99.4% Dried 135° C. < T < 235° C. 97.2% Dried - The overall objective of heating and/or drying the acetylated wood is to remove residual acetylation chemicals (e.g., by minimizing the chemical moisture content of the dried bundle), while not over-drying or scorching the treated wood. As shown in Table 6, less than 0.3 percent of the total volume of the acetylated bundle is under-dried (e.g., has a moisture content of 2 weight percent or more) or subjected to scorching (e.g., has an average temperature greater than 235° C.). In addition, less than 2.2 percent of the total volume of the bundle has a moisture content of 1 percent or more. Thus, at least 97.2 (and up to 99.4) percent of the total volume of the acetylated bundle is heated and dried to a chemical moisture content of less than 1-2 weight percent, while simultaneously minimizing the amount of scorched wood.
- The preferred forms of the invention described above are to be used as illustration only, and should not be used in a limiting sense to interpret the scope of the present invention. Obvious modifications to the exemplary one embodiment, set forth above, could be readily made by those skilled in the art without departing from the spirit of the present invention.
- The inventors hereby state their intent to rely on the Doctrine of Equivalents to determine and assess the reasonably fair scope of the present invention as pertains to any apparatus not materially departing from but outside the literal scope of the invention as set forth in the following claims.
Claims (35)
1. A system for producing chemically-modified, dried, and/or thermally-modified wood, said system comprising:
at least one microwave generator for generating microwave energy;
a microwave heater for receiving a bundle of wood; and
a microwave distribution system for directing microwave energy from said at least one generator to the interior of said microwave heater,
wherein said microwave distribution system comprises a first TMab waveguide, a second TMab waveguide, and a TMab barrier assembly coupled to and disposed between said first and second TMab waveguides, wherein a is 0 and b is an integer between 1 and 5,
wherein said TMab barrier assembly comprises at least one sealed window member for fluidly isolating said first and second TMab waveguides from each other while permitting passage of at least a portion of said microwave energy from said first TMab waveguide to second TMab waveguide.
2. The system of claim 1 , wherein b is 1.
3. The system of claim 1 , wherein said barrier assembly comprises a first section and a second section, wherein said sealed window member is coupled between said first and second sections.
4. The system of claim 3 , wherein said sealed window member is flexibly coupled between said first and said second sections.
5. The system of claim 3 , wherein said barrier assembly comprises first and second resilient rings, wherein said first resilient ring is compressed between said at least one sealed window member and said first section, wherein said second resilient ring is compressed between said at least one sealed window member and said second section.
6. The system of claim 3 , wherein at least one of said first and second sections defines an impedance transforming diameter step change proximate said at least one sealed window.
7. The system of claim 1 , wherein said barrier assembly has a fluid leak rate of less than 10−2 torr liters/sec when subjected to a helium leak test.
8. The system of claim 1 , wherein said barrier assembly comprises a second sealed window member for cooperating with said at least one sealed window member to fluidly isolate said first and second TMab waveguides from each other while permitting passage of at least a portion of said microwave energy from said first TMab waveguide to second TMab waveguide.
9. The system of claim 1 , wherein said microwave distribution system further comprises a first mode converter disposed between said at least one microwave generator and said first TMab waveguide for changing the mode of said microwave energy produced by said generator from a TExy mode to a TMab mode, wherein b and x are both 1 and y is 0.
10. The system of claim 9 , wherein said microwave distribution system further comprises a second mode converter disposed downstream of said second TMab waveguide for changing the mode of said microwave energy from a TMab mode to a TExy mode prior to directing said microwave energy into the interior of said microwave heater, wherein b and x are both 1 and y is 0.
11. The system of claim 10 , wherein the total electrical length between said first mode converter and said second mode converter extending through and including the electrical length of said TMab barrier assembly is equal to a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of the competing mode of microwave energy passing through said TMab barrier assembly.
12. The system of claim 1 , wherein said at least one sealed window member is capable of maintaining a pressure differential of at least 0.5 atm across said at least one sealed window member, wherein said at least one sealed window member has a loss tangent of less than 2×10−4.
13. The system of claim 1 , further comprising a vacuum system operable to reduce the pressure in said microwave heater to no more than 350 torr.
14. The system of claim 1 , wherein said at least one microwave generator is capable of generating microwave energy at a rate of at least 50 kW.
15. The system of claim 1 , wherein said microwave distribution system further comprises a third TMab waveguide, a fourth TMab waveguide, and a second TMab barrier assembly coupled to and disposed between said third and fourth TMab waveguides.
16. The system of claim 15 , wherein said microwave distribution system further comprises a first microwave launcher coupled to said second TMab waveguide and a second microwave launcher coupled to said fourth TMab waveguide for emitting at least a portion of said microwave energy into said microwave heater.
17. The system of claim 16 , wherein said first and said second microwave launchers are located on generally opposite sides of said microwave heater.
18. A system for producing chemically-modified, dried, and/or thermally-modified wood, said system comprising:
at least one microwave generator for generating microwave energy;
a microwave heater for receiving a bundle of wood; and
a microwave distribution system for directing at least a portion of said microwave energy from said at least one microwave generator to the interior of said microwave heater,
wherein said microwave distribution system comprises a first mode converter, a second mode converter, and a TMab barrier assembly disposed therebetween, wherein a is 0 and b is an integer between 1 and 5,
wherein the total electrical length between said first mode converter and said second mode converter extending through and including the electrical length of said TMab barrier assembly is equal to a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of the competing mode of microwave energy passing through said TMab barrier assembly.
19. The system of claim 18 , wherein said total electrical length is equal to a non-integral number of half-wavelengths of a competing TEmn mode of microwave energy passing through said TMab barrier assembly, wherein b and n are 1, wherein m is an integer in the range of 1 and 5.
20. The system of claim 18 , wherein said first mode converter is operable to convert at least a portion of the microwave energy passing therethrough from a TExy mode to a TMab mode, wherein y is 0 and x is an integer in the range of 1 and 5.
21. The system of claim 18 , wherein said second mode converter is operable to convert at least a portion of said microwave energy passing therethrough from a TMab mode to a TExy mode, wherein y is 0 and x is an integer in the range of 1 and 5.
22. The system of claim 21 , wherein said second mode converter comprises a mode converting splitter operable to discharge at least a portion of said microwave energy into the interior of said microwave heater, wherein said mode converting splitter is at least partially disposed within the interior of said microwave heater.
23. The system of claim 22 , wherein said mode converting splitter is entirely disposed within the interior of said microwave heater.
24. A process for producing chemically-modified, dried, and/or thermally-modified wood, said process comprising:
(a) generating microwave energy;
(b) directing at least a portion of said microwave energy to a microwave heater, wherein said directing includes passing at least a portion of said microwave energy in TMab mode through a barrier assembly while a pressure differential is maintained across said barrier assembly, wherein a is 0 and b is an integer between 1 and 5; and
(c) heating a bundle of wood in said microwave heater with at least a portion of said microwave energy passed through said barrier assembly.
25. The process of claim 24 , wherein b is 1.
26. The process of claim 24 , wherein said pressure differential across said barrier assembly is at least 0.25 atmospheres during said directing of step (b).
27. The process of claim 24 , wherein microwave energy is passed through said barrier assembly at a rate of at least 30 kW during said directing of step (b).
28. The process of claim 24 , wherein a pressure of not more than 350 torr is maintained in said microwave heater during said directing of step (b).
29. The process of claim 24 , wherein during said directing of step (b) said pressure differential is at least 0.5 atmospheres, microwave energy is passed through said barrier assembly at a rate of at least 50 kW, a pressure of not more than 250 torr is maintained in said microwave heater and the electromagnetic field in said barrier assembly is maintained below the threshold of arcing.
30. The process of claim 24 , wherein said microwave energy generated in step (a) is in a TExy mode, wherein x is an integer between 1 and 5 and y is 0, wherein said directing of step (b) comprises converting said microwave energy from said TExy mode into said TMab mode prior to passing said microwave energy through said barrier assembly, wherein said directing of step (b) comprises converting said microwave energy from said TMab mode into said TExy mode after passing said microwave energy through said barrier assembly and prior to introducing said microwave energy into said microwave heater, wherein b and x are both 1.
31. The process of claim 24 , wherein said barrier assembly comprises at least one sealed window member across which said pressure differential is maintained and through which said microwave energy is passed, wherein said at least one sealed window member comprises a circular disc having a loss tangent of less than 2×10−4.
32. The process of claim 31 , wherein the temperature of said circular disc of said at least one sealed window member changes less than 10° C. during said directing of step (b).
33. The process of claim 24 , wherein prior to said heating of step (c) said bundle of wood weighs at least 500 pounds.
34. The process of claim 24 , wherein at least a portion of said bundle of wood has been chemically modified prior to step (a).
35. The process of claim 24 , wherein at least a portion of said bundle of wood has been acetylated prior to step (a).
Priority Applications (25)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US13/323,133 US20120160835A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave barrier system |
CN2011800619675A CN103260838A (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave barrier system |
PCT/US2011/065737 WO2012087877A2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave launching system |
CN2011800620795A CN103260837A (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave launching system |
TW100147206A TW201231885A (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave choke system |
TW100147209A TW201236751A (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Dual vessel chemical modification and heating of wood with optional vapor containment |
PCT/US2011/065732 WO2012087874A2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with alternating microwave launch locations and enhanced heating cycles |
PCT/US2011/065728 WO2012087870A2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave barrier system |
EP11850754.0A EP2655026A2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave barrier system |
PCT/US2011/065745 WO2012087883A2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Microwave wood heater with enhanced spatial usage efficiency and uniformity of heat distribution |
PCT/US2011/065756 WO2012087890A2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave launch efficiency |
PCT/US2011/065725 WO2012087868A2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave choke system |
CA2821722A CA2821722A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Dual vessel chemical modification and heating of wood with optional vapor containment |
TW100147207A TW201240526A (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave dispersing and TM-mode microwave launchers |
PCT/US2011/065740 WO2012087879A2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Dual vessel chemical modification and heating of wood with optional vapor containment |
TW100147113A TW201240528A (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave launching system |
EP11849945.8A EP2655024A4 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Dual vessel chemical modification and heating of wood with optional vapor containment |
CA2821765A CA2821765A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave barrier system |
PCT/US2011/065741 WO2012087880A2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave dispersing and tm-mode microwave launchers |
CA2821733A CA2821733A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave launching system |
EP11850967.8A EP2655025B1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave launching system |
CN2011800620475A CN103282169A (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-19 | Dual vessel chemical modification and heating of wood with optional vapor containment |
CL2013001786A CL2013001786A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2013-06-18 | System and process for producing chemically modified wood, comprising a chemical modification reactor and defining an internal reactor volume of at least 2831 liters, a microwave heater with an internal volume of at least 2831 liters. |
CL2013001785A CL2013001785A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2013-06-18 | System and process for producing chemically modified, dried and thermally modified wood, comprising at least one microwave generator (mo), one heater per mo, a mo distribution system containing a launcher with a tmab waveguide segment , texy wave and a converter splitter. |
CL2013001784A CL2013001784A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2013-06-18 | System and process for producing chemically modified, dried and thermally modified wood, comprising at least one microwave generator (mo), one heater per mo, a mo distribution system containing a first and a second tmab waveguide and a mounted tmab barrier assembly. |
Applications Claiming Priority (13)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201061427030P | 2010-12-23 | 2010-12-23 | |
US201061427075P | 2010-12-23 | 2010-12-23 | |
US201061427053P | 2010-12-23 | 2010-12-23 | |
US201061427080P | 2010-12-23 | 2010-12-23 | |
US201061427079P | 2010-12-23 | 2010-12-23 | |
US201061427042P | 2010-12-23 | 2010-12-23 | |
US201061427064P | 2010-12-23 | 2010-12-23 | |
US201061427076P | 2010-12-23 | 2010-12-23 | |
US201061427067P | 2010-12-23 | 2010-12-23 | |
US201061427056P | 2010-12-23 | 2010-12-23 | |
US201061427072P | 2010-12-23 | 2010-12-23 | |
US201061427070P | 2010-12-23 | 2010-12-23 | |
US13/323,133 US20120160835A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave barrier system |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20120160835A1 true US20120160835A1 (en) | 2012-06-28 |
Family
ID=46315430
Family Applications (9)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/323,140 Expired - Fee Related US9282594B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave launching system |
US13/323,104 Abandoned US20120160841A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave choke system |
US13/323,164 Abandoned US20120160839A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Microwave wood heater with enhanced spatial usage efficiency and uniformity of heat distribution |
US13/323,239 Abandoned US20120160838A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave dispersing and tm-mode microwave launchers |
US13/323,194 Abandoned US20120160840A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Wood heater with alternating microwave launch locations and enhanced heating cycles |
US13/323,133 Abandoned US20120160835A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave barrier system |
US13/323,184 Expired - Fee Related US9456473B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Dual vessel chemical modification and heating of wood with optional vapor |
US13/323,219 Abandoned US20120160837A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave launch efficiency |
US15/242,090 Abandoned US20160354948A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2016-08-19 | Dual vessel chemical modification and heating of wood with optional vapor containment |
Family Applications Before (5)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/323,140 Expired - Fee Related US9282594B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave launching system |
US13/323,104 Abandoned US20120160841A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave choke system |
US13/323,164 Abandoned US20120160839A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Microwave wood heater with enhanced spatial usage efficiency and uniformity of heat distribution |
US13/323,239 Abandoned US20120160838A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave dispersing and tm-mode microwave launchers |
US13/323,194 Abandoned US20120160840A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Wood heater with alternating microwave launch locations and enhanced heating cycles |
Family Applications After (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/323,184 Expired - Fee Related US9456473B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Dual vessel chemical modification and heating of wood with optional vapor |
US13/323,219 Abandoned US20120160837A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2011-12-12 | Wood heater with enhanced microwave launch efficiency |
US15/242,090 Abandoned US20160354948A1 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2016-08-19 | Dual vessel chemical modification and heating of wood with optional vapor containment |
Country Status (6)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (9) | US9282594B2 (en) |
EP (3) | EP2655026A2 (en) |
CN (3) | CN103260838A (en) |
CA (3) | CA2821765A1 (en) |
CL (1) | CL2013001786A1 (en) |
WO (8) | WO2012087870A2 (en) |
Cited By (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9456473B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2016-09-27 | Eastman Chemical Company | Dual vessel chemical modification and heating of wood with optional vapor |
US20170333258A1 (en) * | 2016-05-19 | 2017-11-23 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method and apparatus for circularly polarized microwave product treatment |
US20190381689A1 (en) * | 2018-06-15 | 2019-12-19 | Phytosanitation Vacuum Systems Llc | Chamber |
Families Citing this family (28)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP3581866A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-12-18 | Usnr, Llc | Unidirectional multi-path lumber kilns |
US9052140B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2015-06-09 | Usnr, Llc | Method for converting existing kiln to multi-pass kiln |
US11143454B2 (en) | 2013-10-17 | 2021-10-12 | Joseph P. Triglia, Jr. | System and method of removing moisture from fibrous or porous materials using microwave radiation and RF energy |
WO2015058027A1 (en) * | 2013-10-17 | 2015-04-23 | Triglia Joseph P Jr | System and method of removing moisture from fibrous or porous materials using microwave radiation and rf energy |
US11384980B2 (en) | 2013-10-17 | 2022-07-12 | Joseph P. Triglia, Jr. | System and method for reducing moisture in materials or plants using microwave radiation and RF energy |
US11085694B2 (en) * | 2014-05-30 | 2021-08-10 | Pelican Biotech & Chemical Labs Pvt Ltd | Multiple microwave/radiofrequency (MW/RF) magnetrons heated single vessel/reactor/chamber and its various applications including a novel dehydration process employing solvent extraction and solvent recovery |
CN104613517A (en) * | 2015-02-13 | 2015-05-13 | 广东美的厨房电器制造有限公司 | Microwave oven door body, door frame of microwave oven door body, and microwave oven |
BR112018006972B1 (en) * | 2015-10-09 | 2020-11-17 | Stuart L. Phoenix | METHODS TO EXTRACT NATURAL GAS OR MIXTURES OF OIL AND NATURAL GAS FROM UNDERGROUND ENVIRONMENTS AND CONVERSION OF THE SAME INTO A SOLID HYDRATE |
WO2017077695A1 (en) * | 2015-11-05 | 2017-05-11 | パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 | Cooking device |
CN107770943A (en) * | 2016-08-17 | 2018-03-06 | 核工业西南物理研究院 | A kind of great-power electronic cyclotron resonance heating system waveguide switch |
AU2017379417A1 (en) * | 2016-12-20 | 2019-06-20 | Grains Research & Development Corporation | Microwave application method and apparatus |
CN108931108A (en) | 2017-05-26 | 2018-12-04 | 久盛地板有限公司 | Solid wood ground heating floor timber microwave vacuum drying process |
CN107965992A (en) * | 2017-12-29 | 2018-04-27 | 天津莱沃真空干燥设备制造有限公司 | The device and application method of a kind of superfines of dried recovered containing volatile solvent |
CN110160337A (en) * | 2018-02-13 | 2019-08-23 | 睿明科技股份有限公司 | Microwave drier |
KR102014484B1 (en) * | 2018-06-28 | 2019-08-30 | 주식회사 파셉 | Wood drying method using micro wave |
EP3817572A4 (en) * | 2018-07-02 | 2022-05-11 | Mars Incorporated | Process and apparatus for the production of a meat analogue |
EP3817571A4 (en) * | 2018-07-02 | 2022-03-23 | Mars Incorporated | Process and apparatus for the production of a meat analogue |
CN109210872A (en) * | 2018-09-18 | 2019-01-15 | 深圳力士智造科技有限公司 | One vacuum pump multiple devices system of one kind and vacuum pumping method |
CN109352775B (en) * | 2018-09-30 | 2020-06-05 | 中南林业科技大学 | Guiding type decompression-pressurization impregnation wood penetration device and method |
CN109595887B (en) * | 2018-12-12 | 2020-04-17 | 广东阅生活家居科技有限公司 | Large-thickness high-density solid wood drying method |
RU190613U1 (en) * | 2018-12-12 | 2019-07-04 | Рустам Сагитович Аипов | Installation for drying wood |
CA3078044A1 (en) * | 2020-04-14 | 2021-10-14 | 1140522 B.C. Ltd. | Angle-paired waveguide vacuum microwave dehydrator |
US11287185B1 (en) | 2020-09-09 | 2022-03-29 | Stay Fresh Technology, LLC | Freeze drying with constant-pressure and constant-temperature phases |
CN112229146B (en) * | 2020-10-20 | 2022-05-03 | 西安电子科技大学 | Drying control method, system and equipment for microwave drying, simulation optimization and application |
US20240091981A1 (en) * | 2021-01-26 | 2024-03-21 | Panasonic Intellectual Property Management Co., Ltd. | Method for producing colored wood |
CN114688831A (en) * | 2022-02-08 | 2022-07-01 | 宁夏共享机床辅机有限公司 | Furnace door structure of furnace body |
WO2023195715A1 (en) * | 2022-04-04 | 2023-10-12 | 영 센츄리 마이크로 테크 인크 | Wood dryer |
KR102535257B1 (en) * | 2022-05-12 | 2023-05-26 | 군산대학교산학협력단 | Vacuum microwave drying method with renewable energy generation function |
Citations (24)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4153328A (en) * | 1974-05-13 | 1979-05-08 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Polarization converter and circuit elements for use in optical waveguides |
US4861956A (en) * | 1986-10-17 | 1989-08-29 | Magnetronics, Inc. | Microwave/steam sterilizer |
US4999591A (en) * | 1990-02-22 | 1991-03-12 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Air Force | Circular TM01 to TE11 waveguide mode converter |
US5272299A (en) * | 1990-09-11 | 1993-12-21 | Kansas State University Research Foundation | Combination microwave and convection oven and method of using |
US5399999A (en) * | 1993-02-08 | 1995-03-21 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Wideband TM01 -to-TE11 circular waveguide mode convertor |
US5892208A (en) * | 1996-11-21 | 1999-04-06 | Ewes Enterprises | Apparatus and method for microwave curing of resins in engineered wood products |
US5970624A (en) * | 1996-06-04 | 1999-10-26 | Common Facility Co-Operatives Forest Nishikawa | Method of drying wood and method of subjecting wood to impregnative treatment |
US6121595A (en) * | 1997-01-06 | 2000-09-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Applicator to provide uniform electric and magnetic fields over a large area and for continuous processing |
US20020017033A1 (en) * | 1998-02-04 | 2002-02-14 | Michael Wefers | Method and apparatus for drying or heat-treating products |
US20020036201A1 (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 2002-03-28 | Dalton Robert C. | Dielectric matrix material |
US6473994B1 (en) * | 1997-10-30 | 2002-11-05 | Valeurs Bois Industrie | Method for drying saw timber and device for implementing said method |
US20030037458A1 (en) * | 1997-10-30 | 2003-02-27 | Valeurs Bois Industrie | Method for drying saw timber and device for implementing said method |
US6546646B1 (en) * | 1999-01-11 | 2003-04-15 | Microwave Processing Technologies Pty. Limited | Method and apparatus for microwave processing of planar materials |
US20040108313A1 (en) * | 2002-12-10 | 2004-06-10 | Mars Incorporated | Differential temperature microwavable container |
US7129453B2 (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 2006-10-31 | Dalton Robert C | Artificial dielectric systems and devices with sintered ceramic matrix material |
US20070079523A1 (en) * | 2005-09-22 | 2007-04-12 | Eastman Chemical Company | Microwave reactor having a slotted array waveguide coupled to a waveguide bend |
US20070079522A1 (en) * | 2005-09-22 | 2007-04-12 | Eastman Chemical Company | Microwave reactor having a slotted array waveguide |
US20070194016A1 (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 2007-08-23 | Robert Dalton | Useful energy product |
US20080233020A1 (en) * | 2007-03-15 | 2008-09-25 | Capital Technologies, Inc. | Processing apparatus with an electromagnetic launch |
US20090291229A1 (en) * | 2008-04-30 | 2009-11-26 | Marvin Lumber And Cedar Company D/B/A Marvin Windows And Doors | Method and apparatus for steam heating with drying of solvents |
US20100000110A1 (en) * | 2006-08-24 | 2010-01-07 | Sheng Li | Vacuum microwave drying apparatus |
US7688132B2 (en) * | 2006-11-29 | 2010-03-30 | L-3 Communications Corporation | Method and apparatus for RF input coupling for inductive output tubes and other emission gated devices |
US20100096295A1 (en) * | 2005-12-14 | 2010-04-22 | Global Resource Corporation | Microwave processing of oil shale and coal |
US20110212273A1 (en) * | 2007-09-28 | 2011-09-01 | Claus Ludvig Engelbrecht Holm | Process for treating wood |
Family Cites Families (187)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US2417995A (en) | 1944-11-14 | 1947-03-25 | Nasa | Acetylation of lignocellulosic board materials |
US2820127A (en) | 1953-03-30 | 1958-01-14 | Raytheon Mfg Co | Microwave cookers |
US2909635A (en) | 1957-07-29 | 1959-10-20 | Raytheon Co | Electronic oven systems |
US3094431A (en) | 1961-03-22 | 1963-06-18 | Koppers Co Inc | Process of acetylating wood |
US3263052A (en) | 1963-09-11 | 1966-07-26 | Cryodry Corp | Power distribution system for microwave process chambers |
US3446929A (en) | 1966-10-10 | 1969-05-27 | Cryodry Corp | Microwave apparatus |
US3461261A (en) | 1966-10-31 | 1969-08-12 | Du Pont | Heating apparatus |
US3632945A (en) * | 1969-04-16 | 1972-01-04 | Cryodry Corp | System and method for heating material employing oversize waveguide applicator |
US3597566A (en) | 1969-08-22 | 1971-08-03 | Cryodry Corp | Resonant cavity microwave applicator |
US3597567A (en) | 1969-09-24 | 1971-08-03 | Ray M Johnson | Microwave applicator for heating continuous web |
US3622733A (en) * | 1970-01-28 | 1971-11-23 | Cryodry Corp | Method and apparatus for drying sheet materials |
US3673370A (en) | 1970-04-03 | 1972-06-27 | Cryodry Corp | Microwave applicator system with cylindrical resonant cavity |
US3619536A (en) | 1970-05-14 | 1971-11-09 | Bowmar Tic Inc | Microwave oven with separately driven antenna elements |
SE343742B (en) | 1970-10-19 | 1972-03-13 | Husqvarna Vapenfabriks Ab | |
US3775860A (en) | 1971-06-03 | 1973-12-04 | Mac Millan Bloedel Ltd | Method for drying materials with microwave energy |
US3721013A (en) | 1971-06-04 | 1973-03-20 | Canadian Patents Dev | Method of drying wood |
US3745291A (en) | 1972-02-18 | 1973-07-10 | Raytheon Co | Microwave heating applicator |
US3739130A (en) | 1972-05-25 | 1973-06-12 | Guardian Packaging Corp | Multi cavity microwave applicator |
SE366456B (en) | 1972-05-29 | 1974-04-22 | Stiftelsen Inst Mikrovags | |
SU391923A1 (en) | 1972-06-16 | 1973-07-27 | METHOD OF MODIFICATION OF WOOD | |
US4045639A (en) | 1973-01-16 | 1977-08-30 | Food Processing Systems Corporation | Continuous microwave and vacuum dryer |
AR204636A1 (en) | 1973-09-17 | 1976-02-20 | Koppelman Edward | PROCEDURE AND A DEVICE FOR DRYING WOOD |
US3916137A (en) | 1974-05-20 | 1975-10-28 | Gerling Moore Inc | Multi-mode microwave cavity feed system |
US3993886A (en) * | 1974-08-30 | 1976-11-23 | U.S. Philips Corporation | Supply wave guide system in microwave ovens |
SE387815B (en) | 1974-12-18 | 1976-09-13 | Husqvarna Ab | MICROWAVE APPLICATOR |
US4033048A (en) | 1976-01-12 | 1977-07-05 | Clayton Van Ike | Freeze drying apparatus |
FR2362551A1 (en) | 1976-08-19 | 1978-03-17 | Saint Gobain | RESONANT MULTIMODAL CAVITY FOR HYPERFREQUENCY HEATING |
SE415317B (en) | 1978-01-02 | 1980-09-22 | Husqvarna Ab | MICROWAVE HEATER FOR TREATING A DISCOVERED, Aqueous Container |
US4214571A (en) * | 1978-01-16 | 1980-07-29 | Chambers Corporation | Removable oven panel and door sealing gasket |
GB1601713A (en) | 1978-02-07 | 1981-11-04 | Electronic Kilns Luzern Gmbh | Drying lumber |
US4189629A (en) | 1978-09-22 | 1980-02-19 | General Motors Corporation | Apparatus and method for microwave heating in a kiln |
DE3071956D1 (en) | 1979-01-22 | 1987-05-27 | Premo France | Microwave heating apparatus |
GB2071833B (en) | 1980-02-05 | 1984-07-11 | Balfour & Co Ltd Henry | Vacuum drying apparatus |
US4336434A (en) | 1980-08-15 | 1982-06-22 | General Electric Company | Microwave oven cavity excitation system employing circularly polarized beam steering for uniformity of energy distribution and improved impedance matching |
SE423931B (en) | 1980-10-15 | 1982-06-14 | Nils Oskar Tore Loof | WAY TO DRY WOOD PRODUCTS |
EP0064516B1 (en) * | 1980-11-14 | 1984-06-13 | Aktiebolaget Edane Komponenter | A method of carrying out the drying of wooden objects |
US4427867A (en) | 1982-12-03 | 1984-01-24 | General Electric Company | Power divider for microwave oven |
US4631380A (en) | 1983-08-23 | 1986-12-23 | Durac Limited | System for the microwave treatment of materials |
US4690156A (en) | 1984-03-04 | 1987-09-01 | Tokyo Keiki Co., Ltd. | Applicator for localized hyperthermia by electromagnetic waves |
US4629849A (en) | 1984-06-28 | 1986-12-16 | Ngk Insulators Ltd. | Microwave heating device having a rotary reflector means in a heating chamber |
NL8402999A (en) | 1984-10-02 | 1986-05-01 | Philips Nv | MICROWAVE DEVICE FOR HEATING MATERIAL. |
DE3585945D1 (en) * | 1984-11-20 | 1992-06-04 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | DOOR STRUCTURE FOR MICROWAVE HEATER. |
US4714812A (en) | 1985-05-08 | 1987-12-22 | John F. Woodhead, III | Apparatus and method for processing dielectric materials with microwave energy |
ATE60727T1 (en) | 1985-08-28 | 1991-02-15 | A Cell Acetyl Cellulosics | METHOD OF IMPROVING DIMENSIONAL STABILITY AND BIOLOGICAL RESISTANCE OF LIGNOCELLULOSIC SUBSTANCE. |
US4640020A (en) | 1985-11-27 | 1987-02-03 | Mcdonnell Douglas Corporation | Zoned microwave drying apparatus and process |
JPS62195892A (en) | 1986-02-21 | 1987-08-28 | 株式会社豊田中央研究所 | Heating controller of ceramics |
US4771156A (en) | 1986-10-20 | 1988-09-13 | Micro Dry Incorporated | Method and apparatus for heating and drying moist articles |
US4795871A (en) | 1986-10-20 | 1989-01-03 | Micro Dry, Inc. | Method and apparatus for heating and drying fabrics in a drying chamber having dryness sensing devices |
US4728910A (en) | 1986-10-27 | 1988-03-01 | The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy | Folded waveguide coupler |
US4882851A (en) | 1987-04-13 | 1989-11-28 | The Fitzpatrick Co. | Apparatus and method for batch drying using a microwave vacuum system |
US4777336A (en) | 1987-04-22 | 1988-10-11 | Michigan State University | Method for treating a material using radiofrequency waves |
JPH0754759B2 (en) | 1987-04-27 | 1995-06-07 | 日本電信電話株式会社 | Plasma processing method and apparatus, and mode converter for plasma processing apparatus |
US5072692A (en) * | 1988-05-25 | 1991-12-17 | Nobuo Ikeda | Apparatus for impregnating wood including monitor unit |
US4851788A (en) | 1988-06-01 | 1989-07-25 | Varian Associates, Inc. | Mode suppressors for whispering gallery gyrotron |
SE460499B (en) | 1988-07-15 | 1989-10-16 | Loeoef Nils Oskar T | SEAT AND DEVICE FOR DRYING OF TANKS AND SIMILAR PRODUCTS |
GB8822706D0 (en) | 1988-09-28 | 1988-11-02 | Core Consulting Group | Microwave-powered heating chamber |
JPH0645098Y2 (en) | 1988-10-24 | 1994-11-16 | イーグル工業株式会社 | Lip seal |
JPH07115326B2 (en) | 1989-03-10 | 1995-12-13 | 富洋木材販売株式会社 | Wood modification method |
KR950000247B1 (en) * | 1989-04-06 | 1995-01-12 | 주식회사 금성사 | Apparatus for shielding microwave for electronic range |
JPH0649283B2 (en) | 1990-02-05 | 1994-06-29 | 富洋木材販売株式会社 | Wood material improvement method |
DE4008770A1 (en) | 1990-03-19 | 1991-09-26 | Ant Nachrichtentech | Cavity resonator with TE wave-type coupling - provided by slot in side wall of cylinder |
US6054696A (en) | 1997-01-06 | 2000-04-25 | International Business Machines Corporation | Feedback system to automatically couple microwave energy into an applicator |
US6072167A (en) | 1997-01-06 | 2000-06-06 | International Business Machines Corporation | Enhanced uniformity in a length independent microwave applicator |
US6020579A (en) | 1997-01-06 | 2000-02-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | Microwave applicator having a mechanical means for tuning |
US6020580A (en) * | 1997-01-06 | 2000-02-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | Microwave applicator having a mechanical means for tuning |
US5228947A (en) | 1990-07-23 | 1993-07-20 | Trus Joist Macmillan, A Limited Partnership | Microwave curing system |
US5245154A (en) * | 1990-09-18 | 1993-09-14 | Daiken Trade & Industry Co., Ltd. | Method and apparatus for heating a wood material |
US5111111A (en) | 1990-09-27 | 1992-05-05 | Consortium For Surface Processing, Inc. | Method and apparatus for coupling a microwave source in an electron cyclotron resonance system |
FR2672730B1 (en) | 1991-02-12 | 1993-04-23 | Thomson Tubes Electroniques | MODEL CONVERTER DEVICE AND POWER DIVIDER FOR MICROWAVE TUBE AND MICROWAVE TUBE COMPRISING SUCH A DEVICE. |
CN1024264C (en) * | 1991-02-23 | 1994-04-20 | 丹麦技术协会 | Method and apparatus for compressing wooden sample |
SE469540B (en) | 1991-11-29 | 1993-07-19 | Ericsson Telefon Ab L M | GUIDANCE GUARANTEE WITH TARGETED HALL ROOM GUARD |
US5302803A (en) * | 1991-12-23 | 1994-04-12 | Consortium For Surface Processing, Inc. | Apparatus and method for uniform microwave plasma processing using TE1101 modes |
US5195251A (en) | 1992-02-19 | 1993-03-23 | Gyurcsek Frank T | Drying kiln |
JP3085019B2 (en) * | 1992-04-27 | 2000-09-04 | 住友金属工業株式会社 | Plasma processing method and apparatus |
ATE183852T1 (en) | 1992-06-01 | 1999-09-15 | Poseidon Scient Instr Pty Ltd | MICROWAVE RESONATOR |
US5324485A (en) | 1992-08-12 | 1994-06-28 | Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc. | Microwave applicator for in-drum processing of radioactive waste slurry |
FI940039A (en) | 1993-01-08 | 1994-07-09 | Shell Int Research | Method for processing low quality wood |
DE4313806A1 (en) | 1993-04-27 | 1994-11-03 | Rene Salina | Device for heating materials in a heating chamber which can be irradiated with microwaves, and method for producing ceramic products, in which the raw product (unfinished product) is dried by means of microwaves |
GB9322187D0 (en) | 1993-10-28 | 1993-12-15 | Bp Chem Int Ltd | Acetylation of lignocellulosic materials |
RU2057404C1 (en) | 1993-12-22 | 1996-03-27 | Малое предприятие "Научно-технический центр "Альфа 1" | Microwave dryer |
GB9403509D0 (en) | 1994-02-24 | 1994-04-13 | Bp Chem Int Ltd | Acetylation of lignocellulosic materials |
US5532462A (en) | 1994-04-29 | 1996-07-02 | Communications & Power Industries | Method of and apparatus for heating a reaction vessel with microwave energy |
DK174057B1 (en) | 1994-08-17 | 2002-05-13 | Tulip Internat A S | Method and apparatus for heating media by high frequency electromagnetic waves |
US5630004A (en) | 1994-09-09 | 1997-05-13 | Deacon Research | Controllable beam director using poled structure |
US5488681A (en) * | 1994-09-09 | 1996-01-30 | Deacon Research | Method for controllable optical power splitting |
US5703710A (en) * | 1994-09-09 | 1997-12-30 | Deacon Research | Method for manipulating optical energy using poled structure |
EP0702393A3 (en) | 1994-09-16 | 1997-03-26 | Daihen Corp | Plasma processing apparatus for radiating microwave from rectangular waveguide through long slot to plasma chamber |
DE19515342A1 (en) | 1995-04-26 | 1996-10-31 | Widia Gmbh | Process, device for the thermal treatment of substances in a microwave oven and use of this process and this device |
US5864123A (en) | 1995-06-02 | 1999-01-26 | Keefer; Richard M. | Smart microwave packaging structures |
US5632921A (en) | 1995-06-05 | 1997-05-27 | The Rubbright Group, Inc. | Cylindrical microwave heating applicator with only two modes |
RU2113666C1 (en) | 1995-06-06 | 1998-06-20 | Ульяновский государственный технический университет | Lumber drying process |
US5558800A (en) | 1995-06-19 | 1996-09-24 | Northrop Grumman | Microwave power radiator for microwave heating applications |
GB2306090B (en) * | 1995-09-15 | 1999-10-06 | English Country Furniture Limi | Drying of timber |
KR0171337B1 (en) | 1995-09-18 | 1999-05-01 | 배순훈 | Microwave shielding structure for microwave oven door |
TW312815B (en) | 1995-12-15 | 1997-08-11 | Hitachi Ltd | |
KR0176801B1 (en) * | 1995-12-29 | 1999-05-15 | 구자홍 | Microwave leakage shielding apparatus for microwave oven |
JP2932428B2 (en) | 1996-03-28 | 1999-08-09 | 八木 俊一 | Drying method and apparatus for drying object |
CN2255598Y (en) * | 1996-05-08 | 1997-06-04 | 吴能福 | Micro-wave drying equipment |
AU716316B2 (en) | 1996-05-17 | 2000-02-24 | Implico B.V. | Method of drying a porous body |
EP0910602A1 (en) | 1996-07-10 | 1999-04-28 | Sound Pipe Ltd | Acetylation of lignocellulosic materials and applications thereof |
US6072168A (en) | 1996-08-17 | 2000-06-06 | Forschungszentrum Karlsruhe Gmbh | Microwave resonator for the high temperature treatment of materials |
US5874706A (en) | 1996-09-26 | 1999-02-23 | Tokyo Electron Limited | Microwave plasma processing apparatus using a hybrid microwave having two different modes of oscillation or branched microwaves forming a concentric electric field |
US6242726B1 (en) | 1996-11-21 | 2001-06-05 | George M. Harris | Adjustable microwave field stop |
US6034363A (en) | 1997-02-10 | 2000-03-07 | California Institute Of Technology | Uniform batch processing using microwaves |
SE513617C2 (en) | 1997-02-13 | 2000-10-09 | Whirlpool Europ | Microwave feeding of oven cavity |
US5869817A (en) | 1997-03-06 | 1999-02-09 | General Mills, Inc. | Tunable cavity microwave applicator |
US6888116B2 (en) | 1997-04-04 | 2005-05-03 | Robert C. Dalton | Field concentrators for artificial dielectric systems and devices |
RU2133933C1 (en) | 1997-05-20 | 1999-07-27 | НИИ ядерной физики при Томском политехническом университете | Vacuum-electromagnetic wood drier |
SE510484C2 (en) | 1997-08-22 | 1999-05-25 | Antrad System Ab | Apparatus for heating and / or measuring dielectric materials |
US5834744A (en) | 1997-09-08 | 1998-11-10 | The Rubbright Group | Tubular microwave applicator |
EP0909618A3 (en) | 1997-09-16 | 2000-03-29 | Sound Pipe Ltd | Process and apparatus for the acetylation of lignocellulosic materials |
FR2793008B1 (en) | 1999-04-30 | 2001-07-27 | Valeurs Bois Ind | PROCESS FOR THE EXTRACTION OF NATURAL JUICE FROM WOODY PLANT MATERIAL, DEVICE FOR CARRYING OUT THE PROCESS AND USE OF THE PROCESS FOR THE PRODUCTION OF DRY WOODY PLANT |
US6029368A (en) | 1997-12-15 | 2000-02-29 | Banerjee; Sujit | Method for lowering the VOCS emitted during drying of wood products |
US6084226A (en) | 1998-04-21 | 2000-07-04 | Cem Corporation | Use of continuously variable power in microwave assisted chemistry |
DE19822355A1 (en) | 1998-05-19 | 1999-11-25 | Pierre Flecher | Fine vacuum condensation wood drier |
AUPP396998A0 (en) * | 1998-06-09 | 1998-07-02 | University Of Melbourne, The | A method for increasing the permeability of wood |
JP2000021871A (en) | 1998-06-30 | 2000-01-21 | Tokyo Electron Ltd | Plasma treating method |
WO2000004746A1 (en) | 1998-07-16 | 2000-01-27 | The Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System | Method and apparatus for rapid drying of coated materials with close capture of vapors |
US6204606B1 (en) | 1998-10-01 | 2001-03-20 | The University Of Tennessee Research Corporation | Slotted waveguide structure for generating plasma discharges |
US6870123B2 (en) | 1998-10-29 | 2005-03-22 | Canon Kabushiki Kaisha | Microwave applicator, plasma processing apparatus having same, and plasma processing method |
JP3462780B2 (en) | 1999-02-19 | 2003-11-05 | 三洋電機株式会社 | High frequency heating equipment |
US6488024B2 (en) * | 1999-03-23 | 2002-12-03 | Mark Champion | Wood heater |
JP2000351106A (en) | 1999-06-10 | 2000-12-19 | Yamaha Corp | Production of woody material |
US6104018A (en) * | 1999-06-18 | 2000-08-15 | The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy | Uniform bulk material processing using multimode microwave radiation |
US6124584A (en) | 1999-06-18 | 2000-09-26 | Heatwave Drying Systems Inc | Moisture measurement control of wood in radio frequency dielectric processes |
AU5242400A (en) * | 1999-06-21 | 2001-01-09 | Andrzej Marek Klemarewski | System and method for making compressed wood product |
DE10109306A1 (en) | 1999-08-24 | 2002-09-12 | Roeger Ulrich | Accelerated drying of wood involves applying microwave energy at 2,450 megahertz, leading to environmentally friendly wood conservation, combined with any other technique |
JP2001096511A (en) | 1999-09-30 | 2001-04-10 | Yamaha Corp | Method for modification of wood element |
IT1319036B1 (en) | 1999-11-03 | 2003-09-23 | Technology Finance Corp Pro Pr | DIELECTRIC HEATING DEVICE |
MXPA02005638A (en) | 1999-12-07 | 2002-09-02 | Ind Microwave Systems Inc | A cylindrical reactor with an extended focal region. |
US6801691B2 (en) | 1999-12-23 | 2004-10-05 | Spectalis Corp. | Optical waveguide structures |
US6902767B2 (en) | 2000-06-21 | 2005-06-07 | D & L, Llc | Process for treating wood and products from treated wood |
AU2001273451A1 (en) | 2000-07-14 | 2002-01-30 | Board Of Control Of Michigan Technological University | Wood-based composite board and method of manufacture |
US7466467B2 (en) | 2000-08-23 | 2008-12-16 | Intermac Ip Corp. | Method and apparatus for generating an angular sweep of a directed propagation of electromagnetic radiation |
FI20002085A0 (en) | 2000-09-21 | 2000-09-21 | Lahden Ammattikorkeakoulu | Method and system for drying material |
SE520855C2 (en) | 2000-10-30 | 2003-09-02 | Kerttu Eriksson | Ways and devices for drying wood |
KR100415803B1 (en) | 2001-01-08 | 2004-01-24 | 한국에너지기술연구원 | Microwave Applied Adsorptive Ethanol Drying Apparatus and Its Operation Method |
US6674056B2 (en) * | 2001-02-05 | 2004-01-06 | Young Hee Lee | Apparatus for uniforming microwave and heating system using the same |
CN1370664A (en) * | 2001-02-19 | 2002-09-25 | 张强华 | Microwave timber processing method and equipment |
AUPR388201A0 (en) * | 2001-03-21 | 2001-04-12 | University Of Melbourne, The | Modified wood product and process for the preparation thereof |
DE60224183D1 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2008-01-31 | Comm And Power Ind Inc | MICROWAVE APPLICATOR FOR HEATING A FLOWING LIQUID |
US6741143B2 (en) | 2001-06-01 | 2004-05-25 | Rf Technologies Corporation | Apparatus and method for in-process high power variable power division |
AUPR596301A0 (en) | 2001-06-27 | 2001-07-19 | University Of Melbourne, The | A method of microwave treatment of wood |
FR2826783B1 (en) | 2001-07-02 | 2005-04-22 | Aldivia | ENERGY APPLICATORS ADAPTED AS WELL AS DIELECTRIC HEATING OF COMPOUNDS WITH HIGH DIELECTRIC CONSTANTS AS COMPOUNDS ABSORBING LITTLE ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES |
JP3662530B2 (en) * | 2001-08-28 | 2005-06-22 | 東芝コンシューママーケティング株式会社 | Vacuum microwave thawing method and vacuum microwave thawing machine |
RU2203459C1 (en) | 2001-09-10 | 2003-04-27 | Зао "Тимакс" | Vacuum freeze drying unit |
US6933482B2 (en) * | 2001-10-19 | 2005-08-23 | Personal Chemistry I Uppsala Ab | Microwave heating apparatus |
US6821631B2 (en) | 2001-10-29 | 2004-11-23 | Wood Treatment Products, Inc. | Method and composition for treating substrates |
AUPR853801A0 (en) | 2001-10-30 | 2001-11-29 | Poseidon Scientific Instruments Pty Ltd | Temperature compensated oscillator |
EP1444867B1 (en) | 2001-11-09 | 2006-01-25 | Biotage AB | Microwave applicator system |
US6960747B2 (en) | 2001-11-09 | 2005-11-01 | Personal Chemistry I Uppsala Ab | Microwave applicator system |
DE10157601B4 (en) | 2001-11-26 | 2011-06-01 | Dieffenbacher Gmbh + Co. Kg | Device for heating pressed material in the manufacture of material plates |
SE521315C2 (en) * | 2001-12-17 | 2003-10-21 | A Cell Acetyl Cellulosics | Microwave system for heating bulky elongated loads |
EP1354640A1 (en) * | 2002-04-19 | 2003-10-22 | Dürr Systems GmbH | Process and apparatus for hardening a coating |
US20050212626A1 (en) * | 2002-05-07 | 2005-09-29 | Toshiyuki Takamatsu | High frequency reaction processing system |
US20030209542A1 (en) | 2002-05-13 | 2003-11-13 | Harris George M. | Apparatus and method for microwave processing of food products |
US20030224082A1 (en) | 2002-05-29 | 2003-12-04 | Akopyan Razmik L. | Microwave molding of polymers |
AU2003292615A1 (en) | 2002-12-26 | 2004-07-22 | Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. | Dielectric filter |
US20040206755A1 (en) | 2003-04-18 | 2004-10-21 | Hadinger Peter James | Microwave heating using distributed semiconductor sources |
US7300705B2 (en) | 2003-06-23 | 2007-11-27 | Weyerhaeuser Company | Methods for esterifying hydroxyl groups in wood |
DE10329411B4 (en) | 2003-07-01 | 2006-01-19 | Forschungszentrum Karlsruhe Gmbh | Microwave resonator, a process line constructed modularly from such a microwave resonator, a method for operating and by this method thermally processed objects / workpieces by means of a microwave |
WO2005043953A2 (en) | 2003-10-24 | 2005-05-12 | The Ferrite Company, Inc. | Choke assembly for continuous conveyor microwave oven |
JP2005298290A (en) | 2004-04-14 | 2005-10-27 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Microwave calcining furnace |
US20060102622A1 (en) | 2004-11-12 | 2006-05-18 | Daniel Gregoire | Uniform microwave heating method and apparatus |
US7091457B2 (en) | 2004-11-12 | 2006-08-15 | Hrl Laboratories, Llc | Meta-surface waveguide for uniform microwave heating |
US20060101755A1 (en) | 2004-11-15 | 2006-05-18 | Rf Technologies Llc--A Ferrite Company | I-beam curing system |
US8138458B2 (en) | 2004-12-28 | 2012-03-20 | Kabushiki Kaisha Idx | Microwave chemical reaction device |
GB2429143B (en) | 2005-07-11 | 2008-02-13 | Re18 Ltd | Vessel and source of radio frequency electromagnetic radiation, heating apparatus and method of heating a feedstock |
US20070068939A1 (en) | 2005-09-23 | 2007-03-29 | The Ferrite Company, Inc. | Apparatus and Method for Microwave Heating Using Metallic Conveyor Belt |
JP4852997B2 (en) | 2005-11-25 | 2012-01-11 | 東京エレクトロン株式会社 | Microwave introduction apparatus and plasma processing apparatus |
US7666235B2 (en) | 2005-11-30 | 2010-02-23 | Industrial Microwave Systems, L.L.C. | Microwave drying of coal |
US7750859B2 (en) | 2006-01-12 | 2010-07-06 | Lockheed Martin Corporation | Generic pick-up horn for high power thermal vacuum testing of satellite payloads at multiple frequency bands and at multiple polarizations |
US20070184196A1 (en) | 2006-02-03 | 2007-08-09 | Ben Wallace | Electromagnetic irradiation vacuum drying of solvents |
JP2007258286A (en) | 2006-03-22 | 2007-10-04 | Tokyo Electron Ltd | Heat treatment apparatus and method, and storage medium |
US20080068110A1 (en) * | 2006-09-14 | 2008-03-20 | Duly Research Inc. | Symmetrized coupler converting circular waveguide TM01 mode to rectangular waveguide TE10 mode |
WO2008132700A2 (en) * | 2007-04-30 | 2008-11-06 | Albertus Cornelius Voges | A barbeque cooker |
AU2008251135A1 (en) | 2007-05-11 | 2008-11-20 | Kebony Asa | Microwave curing of impregnated wood |
CN103481342B (en) | 2008-02-01 | 2018-09-07 | 泰坦木业有限公司 | The timber of acetylation |
US7846295B1 (en) | 2008-04-30 | 2010-12-07 | Xyleco, Inc. | Cellulosic and lignocellulosic structural materials and methods and systems for manufacturing such materials |
FI122203B (en) | 2008-09-11 | 2011-10-14 | Raute Oyj | waveguide elements |
FI122204B (en) | 2008-09-11 | 2011-10-14 | Raute Oyj | Device for microwave heating of flat products |
US8128788B2 (en) * | 2008-09-19 | 2012-03-06 | Rf Thummim Technologies, Inc. | Method and apparatus for treating a process volume with multiple electromagnetic generators |
CN201357467Y (en) | 2008-12-23 | 2009-12-09 | 罗玉成 | Microwave -vacuum drying carbonizing device for wood |
GB0906146D0 (en) | 2009-04-09 | 2009-05-20 | Kebony Asa | Apparatus and operating systems for manufacturing impregnated wood |
US20100331531A1 (en) * | 2009-06-25 | 2010-12-30 | Eastman Chemical Company | Methods for esterifying lignocellulosic material |
TR201000373A1 (en) | 2010-01-19 | 2011-01-21 | Avangart Kurutma Teknoloji̇leri̇ Sanayi̇ Ve Ti̇caret Li̇mi̇ted Şi̇rketi̇ | Electromechanical wave energy drying trees in the vacuum tree drying oven improvement. |
US9282594B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2016-03-08 | Eastman Chemical Company | Wood heater with enhanced microwave launching system |
-
2011
- 2011-12-12 US US13/323,140 patent/US9282594B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2011-12-12 US US13/323,104 patent/US20120160841A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-12-12 US US13/323,164 patent/US20120160839A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-12-12 US US13/323,239 patent/US20120160838A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-12-12 US US13/323,194 patent/US20120160840A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-12-12 US US13/323,133 patent/US20120160835A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-12-12 US US13/323,184 patent/US9456473B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2011-12-12 US US13/323,219 patent/US20120160837A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-12-19 CA CA2821765A patent/CA2821765A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-12-19 WO PCT/US2011/065728 patent/WO2012087870A2/en active Application Filing
- 2011-12-19 CN CN2011800619675A patent/CN103260838A/en active Pending
- 2011-12-19 WO PCT/US2011/065741 patent/WO2012087880A2/en active Application Filing
- 2011-12-19 WO PCT/US2011/065725 patent/WO2012087868A2/en active Application Filing
- 2011-12-19 WO PCT/US2011/065732 patent/WO2012087874A2/en active Application Filing
- 2011-12-19 EP EP11850754.0A patent/EP2655026A2/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2011-12-19 WO PCT/US2011/065740 patent/WO2012087879A2/en active Application Filing
- 2011-12-19 EP EP11850967.8A patent/EP2655025B1/en active Active
- 2011-12-19 CN CN2011800620475A patent/CN103282169A/en active Pending
- 2011-12-19 CA CA2821722A patent/CA2821722A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-12-19 WO PCT/US2011/065756 patent/WO2012087890A2/en active Application Filing
- 2011-12-19 WO PCT/US2011/065737 patent/WO2012087877A2/en active Application Filing
- 2011-12-19 WO PCT/US2011/065745 patent/WO2012087883A2/en active Application Filing
- 2011-12-19 EP EP11849945.8A patent/EP2655024A4/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2011-12-19 CA CA2821733A patent/CA2821733A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2011-12-19 CN CN2011800620795A patent/CN103260837A/en active Pending
-
2013
- 2013-06-18 CL CL2013001786A patent/CL2013001786A1/en unknown
-
2016
- 2016-08-19 US US15/242,090 patent/US20160354948A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (27)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4153328A (en) * | 1974-05-13 | 1979-05-08 | The Regents Of The University Of California | Polarization converter and circuit elements for use in optical waveguides |
US4861956A (en) * | 1986-10-17 | 1989-08-29 | Magnetronics, Inc. | Microwave/steam sterilizer |
US4999591A (en) * | 1990-02-22 | 1991-03-12 | The United States Of America As Represented By The Secretary Of The Air Force | Circular TM01 to TE11 waveguide mode converter |
US5272299A (en) * | 1990-09-11 | 1993-12-21 | Kansas State University Research Foundation | Combination microwave and convection oven and method of using |
US5399999A (en) * | 1993-02-08 | 1995-03-21 | Hughes Aircraft Company | Wideband TM01 -to-TE11 circular waveguide mode convertor |
US5970624A (en) * | 1996-06-04 | 1999-10-26 | Common Facility Co-Operatives Forest Nishikawa | Method of drying wood and method of subjecting wood to impregnative treatment |
US5892208A (en) * | 1996-11-21 | 1999-04-06 | Ewes Enterprises | Apparatus and method for microwave curing of resins in engineered wood products |
US6121595A (en) * | 1997-01-06 | 2000-09-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Applicator to provide uniform electric and magnetic fields over a large area and for continuous processing |
US20070194016A1 (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 2007-08-23 | Robert Dalton | Useful energy product |
US20020036201A1 (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 2002-03-28 | Dalton Robert C. | Dielectric matrix material |
US7129453B2 (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 2006-10-31 | Dalton Robert C | Artificial dielectric systems and devices with sintered ceramic matrix material |
US6473994B1 (en) * | 1997-10-30 | 2002-11-05 | Valeurs Bois Industrie | Method for drying saw timber and device for implementing said method |
US20030037458A1 (en) * | 1997-10-30 | 2003-02-27 | Valeurs Bois Industrie | Method for drying saw timber and device for implementing said method |
US6675495B2 (en) * | 1997-10-30 | 2004-01-13 | Valeurs Bois Industrie | Method for drying saw timber and device for implementing said method |
US20020017033A1 (en) * | 1998-02-04 | 2002-02-14 | Michael Wefers | Method and apparatus for drying or heat-treating products |
US6546646B1 (en) * | 1999-01-11 | 2003-04-15 | Microwave Processing Technologies Pty. Limited | Method and apparatus for microwave processing of planar materials |
US20040108313A1 (en) * | 2002-12-10 | 2004-06-10 | Mars Incorporated | Differential temperature microwavable container |
US20070079522A1 (en) * | 2005-09-22 | 2007-04-12 | Eastman Chemical Company | Microwave reactor having a slotted array waveguide |
US20070079523A1 (en) * | 2005-09-22 | 2007-04-12 | Eastman Chemical Company | Microwave reactor having a slotted array waveguide coupled to a waveguide bend |
US8299408B2 (en) * | 2005-09-22 | 2012-10-30 | Eastman Chemical Company | Microwave reactor having a slotted array waveguide coupled to a waveguide bend |
US8487223B2 (en) * | 2005-09-22 | 2013-07-16 | Eastman Chemical Company | Microwave reactor having a slotted array waveguide |
US20100096295A1 (en) * | 2005-12-14 | 2010-04-22 | Global Resource Corporation | Microwave processing of oil shale and coal |
US20100000110A1 (en) * | 2006-08-24 | 2010-01-07 | Sheng Li | Vacuum microwave drying apparatus |
US7688132B2 (en) * | 2006-11-29 | 2010-03-30 | L-3 Communications Corporation | Method and apparatus for RF input coupling for inductive output tubes and other emission gated devices |
US20080233020A1 (en) * | 2007-03-15 | 2008-09-25 | Capital Technologies, Inc. | Processing apparatus with an electromagnetic launch |
US20110212273A1 (en) * | 2007-09-28 | 2011-09-01 | Claus Ludvig Engelbrecht Holm | Process for treating wood |
US20090291229A1 (en) * | 2008-04-30 | 2009-11-26 | Marvin Lumber And Cedar Company D/B/A Marvin Windows And Doors | Method and apparatus for steam heating with drying of solvents |
Cited By (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9456473B2 (en) | 2010-12-23 | 2016-09-27 | Eastman Chemical Company | Dual vessel chemical modification and heating of wood with optional vapor |
US20170333258A1 (en) * | 2016-05-19 | 2017-11-23 | The Procter & Gamble Company | Method and apparatus for circularly polarized microwave product treatment |
US20190381689A1 (en) * | 2018-06-15 | 2019-12-19 | Phytosanitation Vacuum Systems Llc | Chamber |
US10766164B2 (en) * | 2018-06-15 | 2020-09-08 | Phytosanitation Vacuum Systems Llc | Chamber |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US9456473B2 (en) | Dual vessel chemical modification and heating of wood with optional vapor | |
US20130171365A1 (en) | Wood treatment method and apparatus employing bundle lift system | |
US8299408B2 (en) | Microwave reactor having a slotted array waveguide coupled to a waveguide bend | |
US9380651B2 (en) | Microwave choke system for use in heating articles under vacuum | |
US20150351165A1 (en) | Microwave barrier system for use in heating articles under vacuum | |
WO2013101651A1 (en) | Wood treatment method and apparatus employing vessel with bundle stabilization system | |
WO2013101656A1 (en) | Wood treatment method and apparatus employing multiple vessels and multiple wood-transporting carts | |
TW201240527A (en) | Wood heater with enhanced microwave barrier system | |
TW201231885A (en) | Wood heater with enhanced microwave choke system | |
WO2013101646A1 (en) | Wood treatment method and apparatus employing laterally shiftable transportation segments | |
RU2424479C2 (en) | Procedure for shf-drying long-length timber, preferably, logs and cants and device for its implementation |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: EASTMAN CHEMICAL COMPANY, TENNESSEE Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:KIMREY, HAROLD DAIL, JR.;ATTRIDE, DAVID CARL;OVERTURF, BRAD WILLIAM;SIGNING DATES FROM 20111215 TO 20111221;REEL/FRAME:027690/0896 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |